Book Template

2016 - 2017

Undergraduate Catalog

SUNYOneonta

Oneonta, New York 13820-4015

(607)436-3500

(800)SUNY-123

www.oneonta.edu

2 Correspondence Directory

2016-2017 Undergraduate Catalog

This catalog is current as of June, 2016. The State University of

New York College at Oneonta reserves the right to make changes

in policies, requirements, and regulations as conditions change

and such revisions are necessary subsequent to the catalog’s

publication.

All students are expected to have knowledge of the information

contained in this publication and others, including the Student

Handbook and the academic advisement materials explaining

individual programs.

This catalog describes all current undergraduate programs of the

College. For graduate program information, see the current

Graduate Catalog. This is the official undergraduate catalog of

record.

Accreditation

The State University of New York College at Oneonta is accredited

by the Commission on Higher Education of the Middle States

Association of Colleges and Schools, 3624 Market Street, Phila-

delphia, PA 19104, (215) 662-5606. The Commission on Higher

Education is an institutional accrediting agency recognized by the

U.S. Secretary of Education and the Commission on Recognition

of Postsecondary Accreditation. The College is also accredited by

the New York State Education Department.

The Human Ecology Department has professional accreditation

from the American Association of Family and Consumer Sciences.

The Dietetic Program is accredited by the Accreditation Council for

Education in Nutrition and Dietetics.

The Chemistry program has been approved by the American

Chemical Society.

The Education programs are accredited by the National Council

for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) which is transi-

tioning to the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Prepara-

tion (CAEP), 1140 19th Street NW, Suite 400, Washington, DC

20036, phone: (202) 223-0077. This accreditation includes the

initial teacher preparation and advanced levels of professional

education programs offered at SUNY Oneonta.

The Department of Music is accredited by, and is a member of the

National Association of Schools of Music.

The business programs are accredited by AACSB Internation-

al—the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business.

The Theatre Department is accredited by, and is an Associate

member of the National Association of Schools of Theatre.

In compliance with the Federal Title II Campus Crime Awareness

and Campus Security Act, a report of campus safety and security

programs and incidents of crime on the campus is available from

the Admissions Office, Alumni Hall, College at Oneonta, Oneonta

NY 13820-4016.

Discrimination Policy

SUNY Oneonta, in its continuing effort to seek equity in education

and employment, and in support of federal and state an-

ti-discrimination legislation, has adopted a complaint procedure

for the prompt and equitable investigation and resolution of al-

legations of unlawful discrimination on the basis of race, color,

national origin, religion, creed, age, sex, sexual orientation, disa-

bility, gender identity, familial status, pregnancy, predisposing

genetic characteristics, military status, domestic violence victim

status, or criminal conviction.

Harassment is one form of unlawful discrimination on the basis of

the above protected categories. The college will take steps to

prevent discrimination and harassment, to prevent the recurrence

of discrimination and harassment, and to remedy its discrimina-

tory effects on the victim(s) and others, if appropriate. Conduct

that may constitute harassment is described in the Definitions

section of the full policy. Sex discrimination includes sexual har-

assment and sexual violence. Retaliation against a person who

files a complaint, serves as a witness, or assists or participates in

any manner in this procedure is strictly prohibited and may result

in disciplinary action.

At SUNY Oneonta, this policy is primarily administered by the

Affirmative Action Officer/Title IX Coordinator ("AAO")

133B Netzer Administration Building

607-436-2835

[email protected]

To see the full text of the college’s policy and for more infor-

mation, please visit:

www.oneonta.edu/admin/oei/affirmativeaction

http://www.oneonta.edu/admin/oei/affirmativeaction

Diversity Statement

SUNY Oneonta is an academic community that values diversity.

Diversity at the College is an inclusive value that encompasses

race and ethnicity, nationality, religion, gender, sexual orientation,

sexual identity and gender expression, age, ability, so-

cio-economic status, and other aspects of identity.

As a campus community, we believe that every individual is im-

portant in a unique way and contributes to the overall quality of

the institution. We are committed to recruiting and retaining di-

verse faculty, staff, and students, and to fostering a learning

environment which draws strength from, celebrates, and honors

diversity. We strive to eliminate prejudice and discrimination; to

respect the dignity of all persons; and to learn from differences in

people, ideas, experiences and opinions.

Originally approved 2004. Revised and approved by the Presi-

dent’s Council on Diversity, 2007

Originally approved 2004. Revision approved by the President’s

Cabinet, 2007

2016-2017 Undergraduate Catalog ............................................2

Accreditation .................................................................................2

Discrimination Policy ....................................................................2

Diversity Statement ......................................................................2

Correspondence Directory ................................................................... 5

The College Calendar ........................................................................... 7

Special Examination Schedule .....................................................7

Civil Holidays .................................................................................7

The College and the Community ........................................................ 8

The Campus ..................................................................................8

The Oneonta Area .........................................................................8

The College ....................................................................................8

Location of SUNY Oneonta ...........................................................8

Student Retention to Degree .......................................................8

Facilities ........................................................................................8

The Center for Social Responsibility and Community .................9

The Alumni Association.............................................................. 10

The College Foundation ............................................................. 10

Oneonta Auxiliary Services (OAS) .............................................. 10

Admission to the College................................................................... 11

Freshman Admission ................................................................. 11

Early Admission .......................................................................... 11

Early Action ................................................................................. 11

Talented Student/Provisional Admission ................................. 11

Transfer Admission .................................................................... 12

Readmits .................................................................................... 12

Admission of Persons with Prior Felony Convictions or Disciplinary

Dismissals ............................................................................. 12

Granting of Two Baccalaureate Degrees .................................. 12

International Admissions ........................................................... 12

Office of Special Programs ........................................................ 13

College Assistance Migrant Program (CAMP) ........................... 13

Deferred Admission ................................................................... 13

Non-Degree Students ................................................................ 13

Undergraduate Expenses .................................................................. 14

Approximate Costs – Full-time Students .................................. 14

Definitions .................................................................................. 14

Room .......................................................................................... 14

Dining Plan ................................................................................. 14

Student Health Insurance ......................................................... 14

Comprehensive Student Fee ..................................................... 14

Transcript Fee ............................................................................ 14

Alumni Fee ................................................................................. 14

New Student Orientation Fee .................................................... 14

Dragon Dollars ........................................................................... 14

Advance Deposits ...................................................................... 14

Expenses for Part-time Students .............................................. 14

Deferment of Expenses ............................................................. 15

Clearing the Bill and Payment Options ..................................... 15

Other Fees .................................................................................. 15

Student Internships ................................................................... 15

Financial Aid Refunds ................................................................ 15

Past Due Balances and Collection of Unpaid Debts ................ 15

Withdrawals from College: Liability and Refunds ..................... 15

Financial Aid ........................................................................................ 16

Policies and Procedures ............................................................. 16

Student’s Rights and Responsibilities ....................................... 16

New York State Financial Aid ..................................................... 16

Program Pursuit .......................................................................... 16

Waivers ....................................................................................... 16

Academic Requirements for New York State-Funded Aid ........ 17

New York State Financial Aid Programs .................................... 17

Federal Financial Aid .................................................................. 17

Federal Financial Aid Programs ................................................. 17

Academic Requirements for Federally Funded Aid ................... 18

Examples of Typical Payments for Perkins Loan Repayment... 18

Recent Changes to Federal Student Aid Programs .................. 18

Student Life ......................................................................................... 19

Student Development ................................................................ 19

Campus Safety Report ............................................................... 19

Orientation .................................................................................. 19

Housing ....................................................................................... 19

Student Health Services ............................................................. 19

Services for Students with Disabilities ...................................... 20

Counseling Center ...................................................................... 20

Career Development Center ...................................................... 20

The Student Association ............................................................ 21

Academic Programs and Degrees ................................................... 22

The Academic Divisions ............................................................. 22

Degrees Offered ......................................................................... 22

Teacher Education Programs ..................................................... 22

Degrees Offered by SUNY Oneonta ........................................... 23

Human Ecology Programs .......................................................... 23

5-year Combined Bachelor's and Master's degree in Biology .. 24

Preparing for Professional Education ........................................ 24

Graduate Programs .................................................................... 26

Academic Policies and Standards ................................................... 27

Academic Advisement Center .................................................... 27

Continuing Academic Planning .................................................. 27

Declaration of Curriculum Majors .............................................. 27

Curriculum Minors ...................................................................... 28

Undergraduate Degree Requirements ...................................... 28

General Education 3 ................................................................... 29

General College Degree Requirements Chart ........................... 30

Degree Credit .............................................................................. 30

Grading System .......................................................................... 32

Grade Change Policy .................................................................. 34

Interim Progress Reports ........................................................... 34

Academic Progress ..................................................................... 35

Superior Performance ................................................................ 35

Pre-enrollment ............................................................................ 35

Registration ................................................................................. 35

Schedule Changes ...................................................................... 36

Grade Reports............................................................................. 36

Applying for a Degree ................................................................. 36

Leave of Absence ....................................................................... 36

ABLE OF

ONTENTS

Withdrawal from the College ..................................................... 36

Readmission .............................................................................. 36

Course Auditing .......................................................................... 37

Seniors Taking Graduate Level Courses for Graduate Credit .. 37

Student Records ........................................................................ 38

Special Academic Programs ............................................................. 39

Off-Campus Internship Programs .............................................. 39

Study Abroad Programs ............................................................. 39

SUNY Oneonta Programs ........................................................... 39

International Student Services .................................................. 42

International Health Insurance and Medical

Evacuation/Repatriation Insurance ..................................... 42

Independent Study..................................................................... 42

Teaching Assistantships ............................................................ 43

SUNY Cross-Registration Policy - Oneonta Campus ................. 43

Hartwick Exchange Program ..................................................... 43

Office of Special Programs (EOP/ACE)...................................... 44

College Assistance Migrant Program (CAMP) ........................... 44

Governmental and Public Affairs Internship Programs ............ 44

Credit for Prior Learning Assessment Program ........................ 44

Center for Academic Development and Enrichment (CADE) ... 45

Continuing Education ................................................................ 45

Academic Departments, Programs, and Courses ......................... 46

Key to Course Descriptions ....................................................... 46

Course Numbering System ........................................................ 46

Courses Not Regularly Offered .................................................. 46

Course Index .............................................................................. 47

Africana and Latino Studies ...................................................... 49

Anthropology .............................................................................. 55

Art 60

Biology ........................................................................................ 68

Center for Academic Development and Enrichment Program . 74

Chemistry and Biochemistry ...................................................... 76

Communication & Media ........................................................... 80

Earth and Atmospheric Sciences .............................................. 86

School of Economics and Business .......................................... 93

Education ................................................................................. 103

Secondary Education and Educational Technology ............... 111

Educational Psychology, Counseling and Special Education . 121

English ...................................................................................... 123

Foreign Languages & Literatures ............................................ 133

Geography and Environmental Sustainability ........................ 140

Health and Fitness ................................................................... 148

History....................................................................................... 153

Human Ecology ........................................................................ 161

Interdisciplinary Studies Program ........................................... 169

Mathematics, Computer Science and Statistics .................... 171

Music ........................................................................................ 177

Philosophy ................................................................................ 183

Physics and Astronomy ........................................................... 187

Political Science....................................................................... 192

Professional Studies Program ................................................ 198

Psychology ............................................................................... 199

Sociology .................................................................................. 203

Theatre ..................................................................................... 212

Women’s and Gender Studies ................................................ 216

Chancellor's Awards and Board Members ................................... 220

Distinguished Service Professor ............................................. 220

Distinguished Teaching Professor .......................................... 220

The State University Chancellor’s Award for Excellence in Teaching

............................................................................................. 220

The State University Chancellor’s Award for Excellence in Faculty

Service ................................................................................. 220

The State University Chancellor’s Award for Excellence in

Librarianship ....................................................................... 220

The State University Chancellor’s Award for Excellence in

Scholarship & Creative Activities ....................................... 220

The State University Chancellor’s Award for Excellence in

Professional Service ........................................................... 220

The State University Chancellor’s Award for Excellence in Adjunct

Teaching .............................................................................. 220

The State University Chancellor’s Award for Excellence in

Classified Service ................................................................ 220

State University of New York Board of Trustees .................... 221

Oneonta College Council ......................................................... 221

SUNY Oneonta Alumni Association Board of Directors .......... 221

State University of New York .......................................................... 222

General Statement – State University of New York .................... 223

Mission and Vision ............................................................................ 224

Education Law ................................................................................... 225

Policy on Student Records .............................................................. 226

Directory of Faculty and Professional Staff .................................. 227

General Administration ........................................................... 227

SICAS Center ............................................................................ 232

Auxiliary Services ..................................................................... 232

Distinguished Teaching Professors ........................................ 233

Distinguished Service Professors ........................................... 233

Full-time Faculty ...................................................................... 233

Index ................................................................................................... 241

College at Oneonta Campus Map .................................................. 246

Correspondence Directory 5

Office

Name

Building/Room

Phone Number

(Area Code 607)

President

Nancy Kleniewski

Netzer Admin. 301

436-2500

Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs

James Mackin

Netzer Admin. 340

436-2517

Vice President for Student Development

Franklin Chambers

Netzer Admin. 119

436-2513

Vice President for Finance and Administration

Todd D. Foreman

Netzer Admin. 200

436-2081

Vice President for College Advancement and Executive Director

of College Foundation

Paul J. Adamo

Netzer Admin. 308

436-2535

Senior Executive Employee Services Officer

Lisa M. Wenck

Netzer Admin 208

436-2518

Chief Diversity Officer

Terrence Mitchell

Netzer Admin 133

436-2830

Senior Assistant to the President

Colleen E. Brannan

Netzer Admin. 301

436-2748

Director of College Communications

Hal Legg

Netzer Admin 301

436-2748

Associate Provost for Institutional Effectiveness

Wade Thomas

Netzer Admin. 135

436-2844

Associate Provost for Academic Programs

Eileen Mor-

gan-Zayachek

Netzer Admin 333B

436-2520

Dean of Arts and Humanities

Joao Sedycias

Netzer Admin. 333B

436-2520

Dean of Economics and Business

David Yen

Netzer Admin. 226

436-3458

Dean of Education and Human Ecology

Jan Bowers

Denison 23A

436-2541

Dean of Social Sciences

Susan Turell

Netzer Admin. 333C

436-3488

Dean of Natural Sciences and Mathematics

Venkat Sharma

Netzer Admin. 334

436-2125

Chief Enrollment Services Officer

Kevin Jensen

Netzer Admin. 119

436-2513

Chief of University Police

Daniel Chambers

Alumni Hall

436-2491

Associate Vice President for Student Life

vacant

Netzer Admin. 119

436-2513

Associate Vice President for Development

Barry P. Warren

Bacon Hall 25

436-2792

Chief Information Officer

Karlis Kaugars

Milne Library B258

436-3663

Controller

Susan Clemons

Netzer 200

436-2081

Associate Vice President for Facilities and Safety

Thomas M. Rathbone

Milne Library B217

436-3224

Director of Academic Advisement

Eileen M. McClafferty

Netzer Admin. 100

436-3390

Center for Academic Development and Enrichment

Alison Fugit

Alumni Hall 225

436-3010

Director of Academic Information Technology

Steven J. Maniscalco

Milne Library

436-2735

Director of Admissions

Karen A. Brown

Alumni Hall 116

436-2524

Director of Advancement Services and Donor Relations

Michael Sullivan

Netzer Admin. 311

436-2594

Affirmative Action Officer/Title IX Coordinator

Andrew Stammel

Netzer 133B

436-2835

Director of Alumni Engagement

Laura Lincoln

Alumni Hall 129

436-2526

Director of Fund for Oneonta

Kim Nostrom

Netzer Admin. 305

436-2563

Director of Athletics, Intramurals, and Recreation

Tracey M. Ranieri

Alumni Field House 311

436-2446

Director of the Budget

Julie Piscitello

Netzer Admin 206

436-2503

Director of Business Services

Betty Tirado

Netzer Admin. 200

436-2081

Director of Campus Activities

William Harcleroad

Hunt College Union

436-2550

Director of Career Development and Student Employment Ser-

vices

Amy Benedict

Netzer Admin. 110

436-2534

Director of Center for Social Responsibility and Community

Linda M. Drake

Alumni Hall 101E

436-2633

Director of College Assistance Migrant Program

Patricia A. Hanley

Wilsbach Hall 111B

436-3110

Director of Continuing Education and Summer Session

Michelle W. Thibault

Netzer 135

436-2548

I.T. Systems Manager

Richard Serafin

Netzer Admin. B1

436-2709

Director of Counseling Services

Melissa Fallon-Korb

Wellness Center 108

436-3368

Director of Creative Media Services

David W. Geasey

IRC 102

436-3263

General Manager of Dining Services

James Hamm

Hunt College Union

436-3336

Economic Development Coordinator

Carolyn Lewis

Netxer Admin 301

436-2572

Director of Employment Opportunities

Lorraine P. Hall

Netzer Admin 236B

436-2581

Director of Facilities Operations

Richard Roberts

Service Building

436-2507

Director of Financial Aid

Bill Goodhue

Netzer Admin. 123

436-2532

Director of Gift Planning

Ellen M. Blaisdell

Netzer Admin. 306A

436-2781

Director of Graduate Studies

Patrick J. Mente

Netzer Admin 135

436-2523

Director of Hunt College Union

Robb R. Thibault

Hunt College Union

436-3013

Director of Institutional Research

Ernesto Henriquez

Netzer Admin. 107

436-3592

Director of International Education

Vernon Larson

Schumacher Hall 111

436-3369

Director of Judicial Affairs

Amanda L. Finch

Netzer Admin. 119

436-3353

Director of Library

Charles O'Bryan

Milne Library 111B

436-2723

Director of New Student Services

Monica Grau

Wilsbach Hall 101

436-2255

Executive Director of Oneonta Auxiliary Services

Diane M. Williams

Hunt College Union

436-3352

Payroll Manager

Christine L. Krueger

Netzer Admin. 213

436-2504

College Registrar

Maureen P. Artale

Netzer Admin. 127

436-3216

Director of Residential Community Life

Michele Luettger

Wilsbach Hall 106

436-2514

ORRESPONDENCE

IRECTORY

6 Correspondence Directory

Director of Office of Special Programs

Lynda D. Bas-

sette-Farone

Netzer Admin. 332B

436-2407

Director of Sponsored Programs

Denise Straut

Bacon Hall 29A

436-2479

Director of Student Accounts

vacant

Netzer Admin. 240

436-2528

Director of Student Disability Services

Craig J. Levins

Alumni Hall 209

436-2137

Director, Student Diversity and Advocacy

Mary Bonderoff

Netzer Admin 119

436-2665

Director of Student Health Services

Melissa Fallon-Korb

Wellness Center

436-3573

The College Calendar 7

SUNY Oneonta offers two 15-week semesters during the aca-

demic year, as well as summer sessions. New student orientation,

including advisement and registration, is offered before the start

of each semester. The fall semester generally begins in late Au-

gust, recesses for breaks in October and at Thanksgiving, and

concludes around the third week of December. The spring se-

mester generally begins during the third week of January, re-

cesses for break in the beginning of March, and concludes around

the second week of May with Commencement generally on the

second Saturday of May.

Fall 2016

August 24

New Student Arrival

August 25-27

Orientation

August 29

Classes Begin

September 2

College Closes After Last

Class

September 6

Classes Resume

October 7

College Closes After Last

Class

October 12

Classes Resume

November 22

College Closes After Last

Class

November 28

Classes Resume

December 4

December Recognition

December 13

Study Day

December 14-20

Finals Week

Spring 2017

January 15-17

New Student Arrival & Ori-

entation

January 18

Classes Begin

March 3

College Closes After Last

Class

March 13

Classes Resume

May 3

Study Day

May 4-10

Finals Week

May 13

Commencement

Special Examination Schedule

During the last week in each semester, day classes will be

scheduled for two and a half hour periods. The meeting time will

be determined by the time pattern as shown in the Schedule of

Classes. Classes which are not conducted according to time pat-

terns will be scheduled on the basis of the initial weekly meeting

of the class. The schedule for the final week is shown in the Key

Dates and Deadlines.

Classes beginning at 5 p.m. or later generally meet on their reg-

ular schedule. Instructors are required to meet their classes dur-

ing the ﬁnal week. The assigned times may be used for instruc-

tion, examination or both.

Civil Holidays

Academic instruction is usually conducted on the following na-

tional holidays, during which some administrative office may be

closed.

Fall Semester

Spring Semester

Election Day

Martin Luther King Day

Veterans Day

Lincoln’s Birthday

Washington’s Birthday

OLLEGE

ALENDAR

8 The College and the Community

The Campus

SUNY Oneonta’s 250-acre campus overlooks the scenic Sus-

quehanna River Valley in central New York about halfway between

Albany and Binghamton. On nearby Otsego Lake in Cooperstown,

the College maintains a complex which houses its Biological Field

Station and Graduate Program in History Museum Studies.

The Oneonta Area

Visitors to SUNY Oneonta enjoy the area’s natural beauty, outdoor

recreational opportunities, and many historic sites. Cooperstown

offers the National Baseball Hall of Fame and many museums.

Within a 30-minute drive are two state parks (Glimmerglass and

Gilbert Lake) and several popular ski areas. Oneonta offers a

shopping mall, a distinctive downtown business community, a

wide range of shops and restaurants, and convenient public

transportation.

The College is located on the outskirts of the City of Oneonta. In

addition to being an educational center, the city offers diverse

housing, shopping, cultural, and recreational opportunities. SUNY

Oneonta contributes significantly to the cultural and intellectual

life of the community.

Major cultural activities at SUNY Oneonta include theatrical pro-

ductions and musical events offered by student groups, commu-

nity organizations, and national touring companies. Art exhibitions

are shown regularly in the College galleries. A wide variety of

speakers address provocative and timely topics throughout the

year.

The campus is within walking distance of Oneonta’s shopping

district. Public transportation, connecting the campus with the

City of Oneonta, runs on a regular schedule seven days a week.

The city is served by Trailways bus company. Chartered buses

take students to and from the New York Metropolitan Area and

other parts of the state for vacation periods. The Binghamton

airport is about 60 minutes away, and the Albany airport is about

90 minutes away.

Weather in Oneonta is variable. Winters are usually brisk and

snowy. Spring and fall bring beautiful, sunny days interspersed

with occasional rain. Spring flowers and fall foliage attract many

visitors to the area and make these seasons exceptionally beau-

tiful. Warm days and cool nights make the summer sessions

extremely popular.

The College

Founded in 1889, SUNY Oneonta became a charter member of

the State University system in 1948. Today, it has grown into a

liberal arts college with a pre-professional focus. The College is

noted for an outstanding and accessible faculty, students com-

mitted to both academic achievement and community service,

excellent facilities and technology, a beautiful campus with a new

field house and a lighted track and field, and a modern library with

exceptional electronic and print resources.

After nearly 50 years of specializing in teacher education, the

College received authorization to grant baccalaureate degrees,

the first of which were awarded in 1942. Since the founding of

SUNY in 1948, the development of SUNY Oneonta has paralleled

the growth of the State University of New York, a system that has

gained a reputation for academic excellence both nationally and

internationally. Also in 1948, the College initiated its special pro-

gram in home economics and began graduate offerings in teacher

education. Subsequently, programs were developed both in early

secondary education and secondary education.

With the addition of a full range of programs in the arts and sci-

ences in 1964, the College became a comprehensive institution.

Several study-abroad programs were initiated in 1967, and the

College has continued to expand learning opportunities through

international study, internships, community service, and tech-

nology. Pre-professional programs prepare students for advanced

degrees in law and medicine. Cooperative programs allow stu-

dents to combine a degree from the College with specialized

studies at other institutions.

Today, the College enrolls more than 6,000 students in 69 un-

dergraduate majors, nine graduate programs, and several spe-

cialized certificate programs.

Location of SUNY Oneonta

SUNY Oneonta is located midway between Albany and Bing-

hamton in the midst of one of New York’s most scenic and historic

upstate areas

Student Retention to Degree

SUNY Oneonta maintains data on graduation rates of new

freshmen and transfer students. The most recent six-year gradu-

ation rate for entering freshmen has been 67 percent. The most

recent four-year graduation rate for lower division transfers (those

with under 57 credit hours) has been 65 percent. The most recent

four-year graduation rate for upper division transfers (57 or more

credit hours) has been 81 percent.

These graduation rates refer to students graduating from SUNY

Oneonta. It should be noted that significant numbers of additional

students transfer to and graduate from other colleges. Taking

such transfers into account, the percentage of students com-

pleting a degree is significantly higher than those given above.

Facilities

The main campus consists of 36 buildings located on 250 acres

overlooking the City of Oneonta and the Susquehanna Valley. The

284-acre College Camp, located about two miles from campus,

features an observatory, lodge, and outdoor recreational facilities.

In nearby Cooperstown, on the shores of Otsego Lake, the College

has 2,600 acres of woodland, pond, and shoreline that serve as

an aquatic and terrestrial ecological research area for the Bio-

logical Field Station.

OLLEGE AND THE

OMMUNITY

The College and the Community 9

The James M. Milne Library is a five-story building where students

access information and research materials in a technology-rich

environment. The library provides access to traditional library

services, including research help, circulation, and interlibrary

loan, and offers learning support across the disciplines through

the Center for Academic Development and Enrichment (CADE)

satellite. Computers and wireless access are available throughout

the building.

The Milne Technology Center offers over 100 computers with a

wide range of productivity software, digital video editing suites,

and a presentation rehearsal room with self-video capability.

Under one roof, students are able to retrieve information, write

papers, and create presentations in a collaborative environment.

Laptops are available for loan at the computer lab and printing

services desk for use within the building.

Help is available in many forms. Professional library staff mem-

bers offer research assistance online and in-person, as well as by

telephone and email. More in-depth research consultations are

available by appointment. The Information Technology Help Desk,

located within the Technology Center, provides walk-in, email, and

telephone support, and the Technology Instruction Program for

Students (TIPS) offers one-on-one assistance for computing ap-

plication needs.

The library is an integral part of the research and instructional

activities of faculty and students. Library instruction is designed in

collaboration with faculty to develop students’ information literacy

skills in single classes and multi-class components. The library

offers the one-credit course INTD 150: Library & Internet Re-

search in both the fall and spring semesters.

The library’s Reading Room, located on the first floor, provides

comfortable seating and leisure reading materials, only a short

distance away from Jazzman’s Café, a popular meeting place

where specialty coffees and light fare are served in an inviting

atmosphere.

The College’s Fine Arts Building houses programs in the visual

and performing arts. The north section of the building contains art

studios, a computer art lab, and student artwork displayed along

the walls. The Laurence B. Goodrich Theater and the Hamblin

Arena Theater share the central section of the building with the

Martin-Mullen Art Gallery and the Project Space Gallery. Extensive

renovation of the Music Department's studios, music labs, re-

hearsal halls, and performance spaces was completed in 2011.

Enhancements included soundproofing, acoustically tunable

paneling, industry-grade recording equipment, and secure, cli-

mate controlled storage.

The Evelyn R. Hodgdon Instructional Resources Center (IRC) is

designed to accommodate, support, and maintain current tech-

nology used in the instructional process on campus. It contains

nine lecture halls for large classes and public service activities,

television studio used for the production of video programming

both by students and professional staff, and computer laborato-

ries. The lecture halls are fully equipped "electronic classrooms"

with complete computer, audio-visual, video, and large-screen

projection capabilities.

Computer Facilities at the college provide a robust technology

environment in support of student learning. A campus-wide

technology initiative stresses the acquisition of computing skills

and provides students universal access to computers and soft-

ware. Supporting this commitment, the College has over 700

networked computers dedicated to student use in about 50 dif-

ferent labs on campus. Many of the labs, including those in each

residence hall, are open seven days a week. Some computer labs

support specific disciplines and offer specialized software.

All traditional classrooms are equipped with multimedia capabili-

ties. The use of technology is supported by an Information Tech-

nology Help Desk, which provides consultation and assistance

with hardware and software to students and employees of the

College.

Every student on campus has access to the College’s email, web

servers, and instructional support service through a high-speed

data network. Wireless networking is available in all academic

and residential buildings and some outdoor areas. Through the

College’s local area network and the Internet, students can reg-

ister for classes, complete coursework, check grades, pay bills,

and complete many other tasks.

The Charles W. Hunt College Union is the focal point for many

College activities, including student government, leadership pro-

grams, Greek affairs, feature films and comedy shows, literary

and musical performances, and current affairs programming

including speakers and exhibits, as well as faculty functions and

educational conferences. It has conference rooms, a lecture

hall/movie theater, a snack bar, multimedia lounge, dining room,

club and student organization offices, and Red Dragon Outfitters.

The Union’s 900-seat ballroom is used for speakers, concerts,

craft shows and special events.

The Outdoor Resource Center, located in Hulbert Hall, is the

campus headquarters for the Outdoor Adventure Club and for a

wide assortment of outdoor activities and wilderness program-

ming.

One of the busiest places on the campus is the Alumni Field

House, which features three basketball courts, a dance studio, an

elevated indoor track, a weight training and fitness center, and

two racquetball courts. The Dewar Arena in the field house hosts

major academic, entertainment, and athletic events. In addition,

the G. Hal Chase Physical Education Building contains a gymna-

sium, fitness center, handball/racquetball courts, a quarter-mile

track, and a swimming pool. Tennis and basketball courts, athletic

fields, and a lighted all-weather track and field are also available

on campus for recreational and scheduled sports activities.

The College’s 15 residence halls provide housing for over 3,000

students, while five additional buildings have office space and

classrooms for other academic departments and programs.

Fitzelle Hall houses the Education, Mathematics, Philosophy,

Africana and Latino Studies, Computer Science and Statistics,

and Psychology Departments. Schumacher Hall contains class-

rooms for the History, English, Foreign Languages and Literatures,

Geography and Environmental Sustainability, Economics and

Business, Political Science, and Sociology Departments. Two

well-equipped Science Buildings provide laboratory, classroom,

office, and research space for Biology, Earth and Atmospheric

Sciences, Chemistry and Biochemistry, and Physics and Astron-

omy, while the Human Ecology Building provides its department

with laboratories, a CAD computer lab, Child Development Center,

and special purpose rooms.

The Morris Conference Center is a full-service, year-round resi-

dential conference center available to college, community, busi-

ness, and professional organizations. The Center is noted for

excellence in service, dining, and lodging, all at very attractive

rates. The Center’s comfortable, climate-controlled conference

rooms are equipped to support teleconferencing and a variety of

audio-visual presentations. Computers with Internet access are

also available.

The Center for Multicultural Experiences, located in Lee Hall,

provides social, spiritual, and academic support to students of

color and international students. Open to everyone at SUNY

Oneonta, the CME is the perfect place for meetings, discussions,

receptions, or quiet study.

The Center for Social Responsibility and

Community

The Center for Social Responsibility and Community (CSRC) pro-

vides students with a wide variety of volunteer and ser-

10 The College and the Community

vice-learning opportunities, connecting students to a rich learning

laboratory of nonprofit organizations and agencies off campus.

Located at Alumni Hall in Room 101C, the CSRC office is stu-

dent-led. Throughout the school year, the Center hosts a number

of events, beginning in the fall semester with Freshman Service

Day when students first arrive on campus. In November, CSRC

holds its Annual Conference on Volunteerism and Social Re-

sponsibility, partnering with neighboring institutions of higher

education. Students are encouraged to participate in

CSRC-sponsored activities on campus, such as American Red

Cross blood drives, and American Cancer Society and Kidney

Foundation fundraising events. Each May, CSRC’s Into the Streets

event brings the campus and local community together through a

full day of service that benefits area organizations and residents.

Over 20% of the SUNY Oneonta student body participates in vol-

unteer and service-learning activities, averaging 50,000 hours of

community service each year in serving over 90 nonprofits and

organizations in our region. Upon graduation, the Center recog-

nizes students for their service at a ceremony attended by College

administrators and faculty, with certificates and awards given to

those who have reached 350, 500 or 750 hours of service.

The Alumni Association

Established in 1890, the SUNY Oneonta Alumni Association is

made up of more than 60,000 alumni who have distinguished

themselves in their careers and their service to our College. The

Alumni Association can provide you with the tools you need to stay

connected, engaged and involved with SUNY Oneonta and each

other. Ongoing involvement with the Association can help pro-

mote your career and business, increase your professional con-

tacts and lead to other opportunities. The Office of Alumni En-

gagement works with the SUNY Oneonta Alumni Association

Board of Directors to develop programs and services that support

the Association’s mission. The Office, located in Alumni Hall,

Room 128, is open Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 4:30

p.m.

The College Foundation

Established in 1982, the SUNY Oneonta College Foundation

raises, receives, and manages gifts and grants from alumni,

parents, friends, faculty, staff, foundations, and corporations. It is

governed by a volunteer Board of Directors. The principal of the

Foundation constitutes nearly all of the college’s endowment,

which has grown to $52.4 million and provides financial support

for scholarships, academic programs, faculty development, lec-

tureships, student research, and a wide range of other college

activities. Gifts and grants are made to the College Foundation on

an annual basis and through estate planning.

Oneonta Auxiliary Services (OAS)

The mission of Oneonta Auxiliary Services is to support SUNY

Oneonta through our commitment to exceptional customer ser-

vice as we establish, operate, manage, enhance and promote

programs and auxiliary services for the benefit of the College

community. OAS is governed by a Board of Directors consisting of

students, faculty and administrators. Services provided either

directly by OAS or through a subcontract include: Dining Services,

the Red Dragon Outfitters (supplies, clothing, memorabilia),

Damascene Book Cellar (textbooks), the Shipping Room, the

College Camp educational and recreational facility, vending ser-

vices (snacks and soda), residence hall washers and dryers,

check cashing services, campus spending accounts, summer

storage solutions, and ID/dining card operation. OAS is a

not-for-profit corporation that returns $2 million annually to the

College through scholarships, utilities, program accounts and

capital improvements.

Admission to the College 11

The following information applies only to undergraduate admis-

sion. Students interested in graduate programs should consult

the Graduate Bulletin. In addition to information in this catalog,

many departments publish brochures that may be obtained by

contacting the Admissions Office. Admission to SUNY Oneonta is

based upon academic and personal qualifications, without regard

to race, color, religion, national origin, marital status, sexual ori-

entation, age, disability, or status as a veteran.

Freshman Admission

Freshmen are defined as those students who have attempted no

college course work, or whose only college courses were pursued

before high school graduation. All candidates for admission to an

undergraduate degree program must submit the SUNY applica-

tion or the Common Application. Application materials are availa-

ble online.

Applicants for both fall and spring semester admission are en-

couraged to submit applications as early in the fall of the previous

year as possible. Spring decisions are usually made and appli-

cants notified in early November; Fall decisions are made begin-

ning in early December. Declaration of a major upon admission is

encouraged but not required.

*Students who wish to major in Music must pass a required per-

formance audition. For more information please refer to the Music

Department website. Students who wish to declare Education as

a major will need a grade point average of at least 3.0 or they

must rank in the top 30 percent of their high school graduating

class.

Freshmen Admission Decisions

Admission to SUNY Oneonta is selective. Admissions decisions

are based on and overall enrollment goal for the college and the

spaces available for new students. There is no single formula for

decisions. Applicants are admitted on the overall strength of

their applications. While academic criteria such as grades, quality

and level of courses, test scores, and trend of grades are primary,

involvement in leadership and school and community activities,

recommendations, and how effectively an applicant communi-

cates strengths and interests, are also important elements in an

admission decision.

Applicants must be graduates of an accredited secondary school

or have evidence of equivalent education. The following distribu-

tion of high school courses is preferred:

4 units of english

4 units of social science

3-4 units of mathematics

3-4 units of science

3-4 units of foreign language

To be considered for admission, applicants must present a min-

imum of 16 or more units from the areas listed above. Submis-

sion of standardized test scores from either the Scholastic Apti-

tude Test (SAT) or the American College Testing Program (ACT) are

also required. The middle 50% of the 2015 enrolled class had

grades of 88-94 with an average 91. The middle 50% of stand-

ardized test scores for those students enrolled was as follows:

SAT 1050-1170 (Critical Reading and Math) and ACT Composite

23-26 with average scores of 1117 SAT and 24 ACT.

Notification Dates and Deposit Requirements

All candidates are notified in writing of the decision from the

Committee on Admissions. Spring semester applicants will be

notified as their application becomes complete. Fall semester

applicants are notified beginning in early December, with all ap-

plications generally receiving notification by late March. The ap-

plication contains specific information on recommended applica-

tion and notification dates.

After acceptance, students must submit a $100 tuition deposit.

Fall semester candidates must submit the $100 tuition deposit by

May 1, or thirty days after acceptance, whichever is later. Spring

semester deadline dates vary. Admitted students will receive

notification of all deadline dates with the offer of admission.

Accepted applicants desiring on-campus housing must submit a

$100 housing deposit. Fall semester entrants must submit the

deposit by May 1, or thirty days after the date of acceptance

whichever is later.

Fall semester deposits are refundable through May 1. Spring

semester deposits are refundable through December 31.

After acceptance and before registration, a student must submit a

Health Form to the Health Center. Health Forms are forwarded to

every accepted student who submits a deposit. The services of

the Health Center are available only to those who submit this

form.

Early Admission

Students wishing to enter SUNY Oneonta after the junior year of

high school may do so provided they meet all regular criteria and

are able to clearly demonstrate that early admission will be to

their educational benefit. The timetable for regular admission

should be followed and the student should request that a tran-

script of mid-year grades be forwarded for review. In addition,

students must submit a written statement from the applicant’s

appropriate school official stating what specific courses at the

college must be taken to fulfill high school graduation require-

ments.

Early Action

Early action is a non-binding early application/notification pro-

gram for fall freshmen. Early action applications must be sub-

mitted by November 15 and notification will be sent no later than

December 31. Admissions standards for early action will vary

based on an overall enrollment goal for the College and the

spaces available for new students. Early action consideration will

generally parallel regular admission criteria.

Talented Student/Provisional Admission

The College does not reserve a set number of places for entering

students on the basis of talent or other subjective factors. The

College does, however, recognize the diversity of talents and

different backgrounds among applicants and considers infor-

mation submitted by each applicant. Students should ensure that

information on any extenuating personal circumstances is avail-

able when their application is reviewed. Students with special

talents in Music, Art and/or Theatre should review the special

talent application process available on the admissions web site.

Applicants that do not meet one or more of the admission re-

quirements may be considered for provisional acceptance to the

College at the discretion of the Admissions Committee. Provi-

sionally accepted students may be required to meet certain ac-

ademic performance requirements beyond what is expected of

regularly admitted students. Provisionally admitted students

will be notified of any additional requirements at the time of ac-

ceptance.

DMISSION TO THE

OLLEGE

12 Admission to the College

Transfer Admission

Transfer students are defined as students who have attended

college after high school graduation. The College enrolls a large

number of transfers each year and encourages applications from

qualified applicants.

All candidates for admission to an undergraduate degree program

must submit the SUNY Application or the Common Application.

Official transcripts from all institutions attended must be re-

quested by the student and submitted directly to the Admissions

Office. A high school transcript or evidence of equivalent educa-

tion must be provided to Oneonta by all transfer applicants. Stu-

dents dismissed by another college may not be admitted until at

least one calendar year has passed since the date of dismissal

and students must present evidence of successful study else-

where during that period.

Transfer admission decisions are based on an overall enrollment

goal for the College and the spaces available for new transfer

students. For serious consideration, a student must have a cu-

mulative grade point average of 2.5 or better with a strong record

in their major and related fields. Students who wish to major in

Education must have a 3.0 GPA. Students who wish to major in

Music must pass a required performance audition. For more

information please refer to the Music Department website.

Notification Dates and Deposit Requirements

Dates and requirements for transfers are the same as those listed

for freshmen earlier in this chapter. Transfer decisions are made

on a rolling basis and continue until all seats for a particular se-

mester are filled. Please note: On-campus housing is not guar-

anteed for transfer students.

Transfer Credit Evaluation

Please refer to the section on "Degree Credit, Transfer of Credit

From Other Institutions" contained in the "Academic Policies and

Standards" chapter of this catalog.

Readmits

Students who previously attended SUNY Oneonta, and who did

not earn a degree from Oneonta, should refer to the section on

"Readmission" contained in the "Academic Policies and Stand-

ards" chapter of this catalog.

Admission of Persons with Prior Felony

Convictions or Disciplinary Dismissals

State University of New York (SUNY) policy requires applicants for

admission to report whether they have been convicted of a felony

or have been dismissed from an institution of higher education for

disciplinary reasons. State law prohibits discrimination against

those previously convicted of criminal offenses (Correction Law,

S750 et seq.). However, the law permits an institution to deny an

application for admission based on an individual’s prior conviction

when the admission "would involve an unreasonable risk to

property or to the safety or welfare of specific individuals or the

general public" (S752). Applications from such candidates are

reviewed by a campus committee whose purpose is to decide

whether an applicant with a felony conviction or disciplinary dis-

missal from an institution of higher education should be admitted.

After review of all information the committee will determine

whether to deny admission, admit or admit with certain condi-

tions.

Granting of Two Baccalaureate Degrees

Students wishing to receive a second baccalaureate degree from

SUNY Oneonta must meet all conditions in one of the following

three options:

1. The student’s first degree was granted by Oneonta. The sec-

ond degree program must be from an academic department

different from the one in which the first degree was granted

and a significant amount of additional course work (approxi-

mately 30 s.h.) must be completed in the new major field.

2. The student’s first degree was granted by Oneonta. The sec-

ond degree program may be from the same academic de-

partment as the one from which the first degree was granted if

a significant amount of additional course work (at least 30

s.h.) is required in the new major field and the department has

received approval for a second degree program from the

Council of Deans and the Provost.

Graduates of SUNY Oneonta who pursue a second degree

must satisfy a 30 s.h. residency requirement and all minimum

requirements for the degree in the second major. The stu-

dent’s transcript will reflect all courses taken at Oneonta.

GPA’s and credits for all undergraduate course work will be

cumulative.

3. The student’s first degree was granted by a college other than

Oneonta. The student must complete, at a minimum, all of the

College’s residency requirements (at least 45 s.h.) and all

minimum requirements for the second degree. The student’s

GPA will reflect only those courses taken at Oneonta.

International Admissions

The State University of New York (SUNY) Oneonta welcomes

qualified applicants from around the world. The college recog-

nizes the intellectual and cultural contributions that international

students offer while diversifying our campus. International stu-

dents are defined as those who currently hold or are seeking F1 or

other non-immigrant visa categories authorized to engage in

full-time academic studies.

To be considered for admission international applicants must

meet the academic standards for admission, show proficiency in

English, and certify that they will have the necessary financial

support required for each year of study. Additional information

related to application requirements and application deadlines can

be found on the International Admissions web site.

The following are minimum standards of English proficiency re-

quired for consideration:

TOEFL iBT 79

IELTS 6.5 (no sub scores below 6.0)

iTEP 3.5

ELS Language Center report score of 112

Additionally, two semesters of community college coursework in

good academic standing or successful completion of an accred-

ited ESL program in the US or overseas, with TOEFL waiver are

considered.

Students below the minimum English language proficiency scores

may be eligible for a provisional acceptance and may be subject

to English as a Second Language (ESL) coursework. (see tal-

ented students/provisional admission under freshmen admis-

sions)

Supplementary English as a Second Language (ESL) courses are

offered on campus, supported by a Language Lab with ESL mul-

timedia software, The Center for Academic Development and

Enrichment (CADE), Writing Center, and professional and peer

tutoring services.

Admission to the College 13

Office of Special Programs

The Office of Special Programs at SUNY Oneonta serves educa-

tionally and economically disadvantaged high school graduates.

The goal of the Office of Special Programs is to make higher ed-

ucation possible for students who are ineligible under traditional

standards but who nevertheless have the potential for academic

success. The Office of Special Programs provides academic

support and financial support. See the chapter "Special Academic

Programs" on page 39 in this catalog for programs offered by the

Office of Special Programs.

Educational Opportunity Program (EOP)

Admission

Students applying to the College as part of EOP must:

 be residents of New York State,

 have a New York State high school diploma or its equivalent,

 complete the standard State University application form and

the required EOP information form,

 be approved for receipt of financial aid through EOP,

 show historic disadvantage and ineligibility for admittance to

the College under regular admission standards, and

 demonstrate potential for satisfactory completion of a degree

program.

Using records, recommendations, special application information,

and a personal interview, an evaluation of an applicant is made

taking into account data that is not considered in the traditional

admission process.

The financial aid package of each individual in EOP is determined

by the Financial Aid Officer. The Free Application for Federal

Student Aid (FAFSA) and the EOP Supplemental application are

used to determine a student’s financial status. The financial aid

package is based on the student’s individual financial need, re-

flecting personal and family resources and obligations.

For information, contact the Director of Special Programs.

Access to College Excellence (ACE) Admission

Students applying to the College as part of ACE must:

 have a high school diploma or its equivalent,

 complete the standard State University application form and

the required ACE information form,

 be approved for receipt of financial aid through ACE,

 Be of the first generation in your family to obtain a college

degree,

 demonstrate potential for satisfactory completion of a degree

program.

Using records, recommendations, special application information,

and a personal interview, an evaluation of an applicant is made

taking into account data that is not considered in the traditional

admission process.

The financial aid package of each individual in ACE is determined

by the Financial Aid Officer. The Free Application for Federal

Student Aid (FAFSA) and the ACE Supplemental application are

used to determine a student’s financial status. The financial aid

package is based on the student’s individual financial need, re-

flecting personal and family resources and obligations.

For information, contact the Director of Special Programs.

College Assistance Migrant Program

(CAMP)

The College Assistance Migrant Program, better known as CAMP,

is a scholarship program designed to meet the special needs of

students from migrant and seasonal farmworking families in

pursuing higher education. This federally-funded program assists

eligible students in applying, entering and succeeding at the

University level. Students applying to the College as part of the

CAMP program must qualify in one of the following ways:

 Within the last 2 years, you, your parent or an immediate

family member, has performed agricultural activities, on a

temporary or seasonal basis, related to: the production of

crops, dairy products, poultry or livestock; the cultivation or

harvesting of trees; fish farming.

~or~

 You have been, or are a current participant in the Migrant

Education Program.

For more information contact Patricia Hanley, Director of the

CAMP Program at 877-256-2021.

Deferred Admission

Students who wish to defer their enrollment may request their

admission be reconsidered for a future semester within one year

of the date of their original request for admission. Applicants will

be reevaluated for the requested future term. Students seeking

deferred admission must contact the Office of Admissions.

Non-Degree Students

Undergraduate students who seek non-degree enrollment

through the Office of Continuing Education do so for a number of

reasons. The three main reasons students enroll through the

office are 1) to qualify for eventual matriculation at this or another

college or university; 2) to take courses as a visiting student from

another college or university; and 3) to take courses for personal

or professional enrichment.

Students wishing to pursue non-degree work follow a simplified

admission procedure. An application is available from the Office

of Continuing Education or on the Web

(www.oneonta.edu/academics/conted). Transcripts and other

supporting documentation must be supplied for the applicant to

be considered for admission as a non-degree student.

Further information regarding non-degree undergraduate admis-

sion can be found in this catalog under "Continuing Education."

14 Undergraduate Expenses

Expenses quoted in this section are current at the time of publi-

cation, however, fees and expenses may change. Students are

therefore urged to view updated costs and policies at

www.oneonta.edu/admin/stacct Semester bills are issued in July

for the Fall term and December for the Spring term. Bills are

available online at my.oneonta.edu.

Approximate Costs – Full-time Students

(estimated as of April 2016)

Tuition:

Per Semester

Resident Undergraduate*

$3,235.00

Non-Resident

8,160.00

Room (new student, includes laundry)

4,093.00

Dining Plan

2,100.00

Student Health Insurance (optional)

1,615.00

Comprehensive Student Fee

731.00

Orientation Fee

186.00

Non-billed costs:

Books and Supplies

600.00

Personal, Transportation, Miscellaneous

1,001.00

Definitions

Full-time student: a student enrolled for 12 or more s.h.

Part-time student: a student enrolled for fewer than 12 s.h.

* Resident: To qualify as a New York State resident for tuition

purposes, the student must: be domiciled in New York State; or

have attended a New York State high school for two years or

more, graduated and received a diploma, and applied for admis-

sion within five years; and/or meet other qualifications in ac-

cordance with guidelines established by the State University of

New York. Students charged out-of-state tuition who are applying

for in-state residency must submit a Residency Application by the

last day of the semester add/drop period. Residency applications

are available at the Student Accounts Office. Further information

is available at Student Accounts Residency Information

http://www.oneonta.edu/admin/stacct/residency.asp.

Room

The price of living on campus will be fixed for each entering class,

and will not be increased as long as the student lives in the resi-

dence halls. If at any time the student leaves the college for an

approved academic reason (including, but not limited to partici-

pation in an internship, study abroad program, student teaching,

etc.), the original, guaranteed room rates will apply upon their

return. Current rate information is available at Residential and

Community Life.

http://www.oneonta.edu/development/reslife/rates.asp.

Dining Plan

All resident students are required to purchase the Resident Dining

Plan, providing unlimited access to Mills, Wilsbach, and Hulbert

dining halls. The plan includes Retail Dining Dollars for use at

other venues. Additional dining options are available for Higgins

Hall residents and commuter students.

Student Health Insurance

All matriculated undergraduate and other full-time students are

billed for the College’s health insurance plan, which includes

dental benefits, on their initial semester bill each academic year.

Any student who has other coverage may opt out and remove the

charge by completing the waiver process (during the bill clearing

process) by the published deadline, after which waivers will not be

accepted.

Comprehensive Student Fee

This mandatory composite fee supports student services, pro-

grams, and facilities including the Counseling, Heath, and Well-

ness Center; intercollegiate athletic programs and facilities;

technology services; designated student activities and local bus

services. Detailed information about each fee, including waivers

and exceptions is available at Student Accounts.

Transcript Fee

This $5.00 fee is billed each semester and covers all transcript

requests processed by the Registrar's Office.

Alumni Fee

The Undergraduate Alumni Fee is a voluntary payment of $15.00

per semester for four years and results in a Lifetime Membership

in the Oneonta Alumni Association. The Fee supports scholar-

ships to undergraduate and graduate students, campus grants for

student research, library acquisitions, academic excellence pro-

grams, networking events, professional development opportuni-

ties, alumni communications, and a variety of cultural, educa-

tional, and social programs that enhance our campus. Payment

of the Undergraduate Alumni fee is also one of the criteria nec-

essary to be considered for Alumni Association Scholarships.

New Student Orientation Fee

All new and readmitted students must attend an orientation ses-

sion. The New Student Orientation Fee is billed at the beginning of

the student’s first semester of attendance. The fee supports all

orientation activities as well as programs offered throughout the

semester to assist new students with their transition.

Dragon Dollars

Students have the option to establish a prepaid account which

can be used for purchases at the College Bookstore and other on-

and off-campus locations. The prepaid account is accessed via

the student ID card.

Advance Deposits

Each student who accepts admission to the College is required to

pay an advance deposit of $100. This deposit is applicable to the

first semester charges. Students who pay the admission deposit

and then withdraw before May 1st are eligible for a refund of the

deposit. Students admitted after April 1 must request a refund in

writing within 30 days of the acceptance letter.

An additional advance deposit of $100 is required in order to

request dormitory reservations. This deposit is applicable to first

semester room charges.

Expenses for Part-time Students

Tuition for New York State residents carrying fewer than 12 s.h. is

$270 (estimate) per semester hour. For nonresidents, tuition is

$816 (estimate) per semester hour. All part-time students are

required to pay the College Fee of $0.85 per semester hour,

transcript fee of $5.00, and other fees as applicable to the

number of credits.

NDERGRADUATE

XPENSES

Undergraduate Expenses 15

Deferment of Expenses

Tuition, fee, room, and dining charges may be deferred based on

Financial Aid eligibility as indicated on the Financial Aid Award

Letter issued by the SUNY Oneonta Financial Aid Office (see Fi-

nancial Aid Section on page 16 of the Catalog). Federal College

Work Study salaries may not be deferred. Other credits may be

deferred with documented approval such as Veterans Benefits,

approved Alternative Student Loans, NYS College Savings Pro-

gram accounts, and private scholarships.

Clearing the Bill and Payment Options

Each initial semester bill must be "cleared" by the due date. In

order to clear the bill, the student must make appropriate pay-

ment and sign the billing Affirmation Statement to accept charges

and authorize financial aid payments. Clearing the bill is required

to confirm enrollment and to activate financial aid disbursements,

dining plan, housing placement, and other on-campus services.

Class registration is cancelled for any student whose bill is not

cleared by a published date before the start of the semester. Bills

may be cleared by mail (check or credit card) or via the web (credit

card or e-check) at my.oneonta.edu. Credit card payments are

accepted from Mastercard, VISA, Discover, and American Express.

The Oneonta Installment Plan is available to families who wish to

pay their semester bill in multiple installments. One-third of the

total plus an installment fee of $22.50 is required by the initial

due date. The final balance is due at mid-semester. Failure to

meet payment deadlines prohibits eligibility for future semesters.

Other Fees

Administrative Fee / Late Payment Fee

$30

Late Registration Fee

$40

Drop/Add Fee (late course changes)

$20

Returned Check Fee

$20

(personal checks are not accepted after two returns)

Course Fees - additional fees may apply to particular courses that

require facilities or supplies unique to the course of study.

SUNY Oneonta reserves the right to establish and collect new fees

or charges for services provided; any new charges established will

appear in the next printing of this publication.

Student Internships

Standard tuition and fee rates apply to all approved student in-

ternships based on the number of registered credits.

Financial Aid Refunds

Students whose grant, loan, and scholarship payments exceed

their semester billed charges may be eligible for a refund of ex-

cess payments to assist with other educational costs. The Col-

lege partners with BankMobile, formerly the Higher One Corpora-

tion, to provide refund delivery options which include electronic

delivery to a student bank account or BankMobile account, or a

paper check. Students are required to select a delivery op-

tion. Further information and enrollment procedures are availa-

ble here

http://www.oneonta.edu/admin/stacct/financialaidrefunds.asp.

Past Due Balances and Collection of

Unpaid Debts

The College reserves the right to place holds on records and ser-

vices, which will prevent students from receiving grades, tran-

scripts, and diplomas, accessing dining services, and registering

for future semesters until all financial obligations are met. SUNY

colleges are authorized to utilize private collection agencies and

the New York State Attorney General’s Office to collect outstand-

ing student obligations at the end of each semester. Accounts

referred for collection are subject to additional fees, interest, and

court costs as appropriate.

Withdrawals from College: Liability and

Refunds

Liability for certain College expenses begins on the first day of

classes. Students who withdraw are entitled to refunds of per-

sonal funds paid according to the information below:

Tuition, Activity Fee, Alumni Fee, Athletic Fee, Health Fee, Tech-

nology Fee, Transportation Fee: There is a seven-day liability

period beginning on the first day of classes. For example, if clas-

ses begin on a Wednesday and a student withdraws prior to the

following Wednesday, the refund would be calculated based on

the First Week percentage.

Amount Refunded

Withdrawal During

(full semester course)

First Week

100%

Second Week

70%

Third Week

50%

Fourth Week

30%

Remainder of Semester

None

A student’s liability for tuition and fees is calculated at the time

the student completes the official withdrawal process. Simply not

attending classes does not reduce or cancel liability.

College Fee: refundable only if student withdraws prior to the first

day of classes.

Course Fees: refundable only if student withdraws during the first

week of class.

Room: if a student has registered and occupied a room beyond

the first day of classes, then withdraws during the first four weeks

of school, 75% of the room charge will be refunded. A student who

withdraws during the second quarter will receive a 50% refund.

Students withdrawing on or after the second half of the semester

begins will receive no refund.

Dining Plans: Refund policy is established by Oneonta Auxiliary

Services. The policy provides for a prorated refund taking into

account an administrative overhead cost incurred, and the

number of weeks in the semester which have passed at the time

the student leaves the College. A student who withdraws from the

College, or is found academically ineligible to continue after the

Fall semester and prior to the beginning of the Spring semester, is

not entitled to a refund for any unused declining balance amount.

Similarly, any declining balance remaining at the end of Spring

semester is forfeited. A copy of the refund policy is available by

contacting O.A.S.

Student Health Insurance: refundable only if the student with-

draws within the first 30 days of the semester, has not used the

insurance, and requests a refund from Student Accounts within

30 days of the withdrawal.

General: a student who is dismissed prior to the end of an aca-

demic semester shall not be entitled to any refund of tuition and

fees paid to the College.

Federal Aid Eligibility: Students are entitled to financial aid based

on the percent of time in attendance. The unearned portion of aid

will be calculated as of the day of withdrawal, returned to the aid

program, and the student accordingly billed for any aid disbursed

that was not earned. This calculation will occur whether a student

officially withdraws or simply stops attending. Please consult the

Financial Aid Office for further information.

Transcript Requests: All unpaid balances at the time of with-

drawal must be paid in full before official College transcripts or

grades will be released.

16 Financial Aid

Policies and Procedures

SUNY Oneonta attempts to provide funding for as many students

as funding levels permit. Consequently, awards are made ac-

cording to financial need regardless of class year, major, or other

distinctive features. New students must be accepted as a ma-

triculated student and provided official FAFSA data before they

will be considered for financial aid. A step-by-step application

process can be found at www.financialaid.oneonta.edu.

To be considered for financial aid, students must annually file a

Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) with the pro-

cessing agency at www.fafsa.gov. Students must list SUNY

Oneonta with the appropriate code (002847) on the FAFSA to

have the processing agency release the data to the college. To be

considered for many institutional scholarships the processed

FAFSA must be received no later than March 15 of the award year.

Other Financial Aid Awards are made on a first come, first served

basis.

In developing the financial aid package, the College will first con-

sider all resources the student has or can be reasonably expected

to have. These resources include, but are not limited to, parental

contribution, student employment contribution, student asset

contributions, private scholarships, assistantships, Federal PELL

Grants, State grants, and scholarships.

Once an award has been determined, the College will send an

eAward notice to each financial aid recipient. If a student has

questions, please ask your financial aid counselor indicated on

the eAward notice.

The College reserves the right to revise awards if the student

receives subsequent additional resources. A revised eAward no-

tice supersedes all previous notices.

Student’s Rights and Responsibilities

1. It is the responsibility of each prospective aid applicant to

become familiar with the policies, procedures, and deadlines

for financial aid.

2. It is the right of each student to request and receive an ex-

planation of how his or her financial aid award was deter-

mined.

3. It is the responsibility of each aid recipient to notify the Fi-

nancial Aid Office of any additional awards received that were

not included in the original financial aid package and any

other change in status.

4. It is the right of the student to review his/her financial aid

folder. Students do not, however, have access to parents’ fi-

nancial information except with written permission.

5. It is the student’s responsibility to notify the Registrar’s Office

of an address change.

6. It is the student’s responsibility to ensure that the College

receives all required forms on time.

Please remember that full-time financial-aid eligibility for any

given semester is based upon enrollment in at least 12 credits

(semester hours) that are degree-applicable. Degree-applicable

credit is any credit that, according to College Catalog require-

ments at matriculation, fulfills the student’s primary major re-

quirements, related course work requirements, and general ed-

ucation requirements, as well as sufficient elective courses to

complete the minimum number of semester hours required for

graduation (122 s.h. for most undergraduate programs). Students

cannot receive financial aid for coursework that is not required for

degree completion, and the college must comply with federal and

state financial aid regulations.

With careful planning, many students can complete a second

major, minors or concentrations. Students who bring college

credit earned while in high school may be expected to complete

their degree in less than 8 semesters according to the rules of

financial aid eligibility.

When a student changes a major, it may affect the student’s

financial aid eligibility. Therefore, students contemplating

changing their majors should seek advice from their financial aid

counselors.

It is also recommended that students meet periodically with their

financial aid counselors to review their academic plans and the

effect on financial aid eligibility. Additional information about

these requirements is available on our website:

http://www.oneonta.edu/development/finaid/process.asp. on

page 16 Ultimately, it is the student’s responsibility to be aware of

the regulations affecting financial aid eligibility, and it is

the Financial Aid Office's responsibility to apply the rules that

determine aid eligibility.

New York State Financial Aid

For comprehensive up to date eligibility for New York State Stu-

dent Aid Programs visit www.hesc.org The combined total of all

New York State Tuition Awards cannot exceed the cost of tuition.

All full-time students eligible for state-sponsored financial aid

awards must comply with regulations that set standards in two

areas: academic progress and program pursuit. Any student

identified by the Student Progress Committee or Financial Aid

Office as not maintaining satisfactory progress or standing will

have their financial aid revoked until they resolve their academic

difficulty.

Program Pursuit

The State Education Department (SED) regulations require stu-

dents who receive State awards to complete a minimum number

of semester hours or credits each semester as follows:

1. In the first year of State awards, the student must complete a

minimum of 50% of a full-time load in each term. 12 s.h. is a

full- time load, and to remain eligible, 6 s.h. must be com-

pleted with grades other than Withdrawal or resignation.

2. In the second year of State awards, the student must com-

plete a minimum of 75% of a full-time load each term (9 s.h. of

a 12 s.h. load).

3. In the third and fourth years of State awards, the student must

complete 100% of a full-time load each term. Transfer stu-

dents who have received State awards for four previous se-

mesters must complete at least 12 s.h. each semester at

SUNY Oneonta.

Failure to complete the minimum number of hours or credits in a

given term renders the student ineligible for State financial aid in

the following term, or until additional hours are completed to

reach the minimum level.

Waivers

Students who fail to complete the required number of hours, or

fail to maintain the required GPA may remain eligible for financial

assistance by obtaining a waiver. The SED regulations allow for

INANCIAL

Financial Aid 17

only one waiver during a student’s undergraduate and graduate

career. According to SED waiver guidelines, a student may ask for

and receive the waiver if good reason (death in family, adverse

family economic conditions, etc.) is presented for the deficiency in

the student’s record and the student is expected to make mini-

mum progress thereafter. The waiver is not given automatically

and the student must consent to its use.

Academic Requirements for New York State-Funded Aid

Calendar: Semester

Program: Baccalaureate

Before being certified for this payment

A student must have earned this many credits

111

With at least this Grade Point Average (GPA)

1.5

1.8

2.0

With grades of A, B, C, D, or E for at least this many

credits

New York State Financial Aid Programs

Tuition Assistance Program: The New York State Tuition Assis-

tance Program provides awards to eligible, full-time, undergrad-

uate students. Awards are for New York State residents and are

based on applicant/family New York State net taxable income.

Eligible applicants must:

 study full time (12 credits applicable to degree program per

semester),

 provide proof of high school diploma or equivalent, as defined

by NYSHESC

 be a New York State resident,

 be either a U.S. citizen, or eligible noncitizen,

 be charged tuition of $200 or more per year,

 be matriculated in an approved program of study in New York

State,

 maintain good academic standing,

 not be in default on a student loan guaranteed by NYSHESC

and not be in default on any repayment of State awards,

 and declare a major by the time 56 s.h. are earned.

Students must apply annually for this grant. Students first com-

plete the FAFSA and then a TAP on the web application. Applica-

tions must be completed by the student and parents and sub-

mitted to www.hesc.org no later than May 1 of the academic year

for which the award is intended. NYSHESC calculates the award

and sends the student an award certificate.

Award amounts may change for any given academic year due to

legislative action. Undergraduate students may receive TAP for up

to 4 years (8 semesters) of undergraduate study; 5 years if en-

rolled in an approved 5-year program. Students enrolled in 2-year

associate degree programs cannot receive more than three years

of TAP. The total limit is 4 years (8 semesters) of combined un-

dergraduate awards.

NYSHESC also offers other awards, including but not limited to:

Award for Child of Veteran, Vietnam Veteran Tuition Awards, World

Trade Center Memorial Scholarship, NYS aid to Native Americans

and Memorial Scholarships for Families of Deceased Police Of-

ficers and Firefighters. Complete listing of award and current

instructions can be found at www.hesc.org.

For any state scholarships, students may contact NYSHESC, 99

Washington Avenue, Albany, NY 12255, call 1-888-NYSHESC, or

visit www.hesc.org.

Aid for Part-Time Study (APTS): This program provides awards for

New York State residents studying part-time in an undergraduate

program at participating degree granting schools in New York

State. Part-time study is defined as at least 3 but less than 12

semester hours per semester. Recipients apply to and are se-

lected by the participating institution, usually the Financial Aid

Office. Award amounts may range from $100 to $2,000 per year.

Students must apply annually with the APTS application, which is

available at the Financial Aid Office. A student must meet certain

criteria to be eligible. Refer to www.hesc.org for current criteria or

contact a SUNY Oneonta Financial Aid Advisor.

Federal Financial Aid

For comprehensive up to date eligibility for Federal Student Aid

Programs visit www.studentaid.ed.gov. Like New York State

financial aid regulations, Federal regulations place eligibility

standards on academic progress and program pursuit. The ac-

companying chart illustrates Federal financial aid eligibility regu-

lations. As an example, a student must accrue at least 30 credits

and earn a GPA of 2.00 before receiving the fifth Federal finan-

cial-aid payment. Students who fail to meet the academic pro-

gress and program pursuit requirements will be disqualified from

Federal financial aid until they resolve their academic difficulty.

Federal Financial Aid Programs

Federal PELL Grant Program: Students may receive a Federal

PELL Grant payment for up to 12 semesters. To be eligible, a

student must be a citizen or a permanent resident of the United

States matriculated in a degree program taking at least 6 s.h. per

semester. Also, a student cannot be in default on a previously

borrowed educational loan or owe a refund on a previous grant.

Students use the FAFSA to apply at www.fafsa.gov. The applica-

tion should be submitted no later than May 1 during the academic

year for which aid is sought.

In cases where significant family financial changes occur because

of disability; total unemployment, separation/divorce, or death of

the major wage earner, a Special Circumstances calculation may

be used to reflect these changes. Students whose families expe-

rience these changes should contact the Financial Aid Office for

assistance.

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG):

SEOG provides financial assistance to students who would not be

able to attend the College without the benefit of this grant. Eligible

students must be citizens or permanent residents of the United

States enrolled in an undergraduate degree program for their first

bachelor’s degree and be taking at least 6 s.h.

Through use of the FAFSA and other supporting documents, the

College selects the recipients of Federal Supplemental Grants.

The awards range from $100 to $4,000 per year, not to exceed

one-half of the cost of education. A student may not receive over

$8,000 for four undergraduate years. Students may receive

Supplemental Grants (not exceeding $10,000 total) for five years

if they are enrolled in a designated five year program or a program

of remediation.

Federal Perkins Student Loan Program: This loan program ena-

bles eligible students to borrow long term, low interest (5%) ed-

ucational loans. Students may borrow up to $20,000 for under-

graduate work and up to $40,000 for all graduate and under-

18 Financial Aid

graduate work combined. Students may borrow only $4,000 for

each year of undergraduate study. Through use of the FAFSA and

other supporting documents, the College selects the recipients for

this program. Eligible students must be citizens or permanent

residents of the United States and be enrolled half-time or more.

For borrowers who received their first Perkins Loan after July 1,

1987, repayment begins nine months after termination of study.

The student may have up to 10 years to repay the principal and

interest depending on the amount borrowed. Deferment of pay-

ment may be secured if the student continues as a half-time

matriculated student, obtains certain types of active military ser-

vice, Peace Corps or VISTA service, or if the borrower becomes

unemployed. Deferment provisions are explained during the Exit

Interview. See the accompanying chart for a sample repayment

schedule (at 5% interest).

Federal Work Study Program: SUNY Oneonta participates in this

Federally sponsored work program and identifies eligible students

through the use of the FAFSA and other supporting documents.

Job placement occurs after the student has been awarded work

study. Eligible students must be citizens or permanent residents

of the United States and enrolled at least half-time in a degree

program. Students may be employed on or off campus and are

paid every two weeks.

Federal Direct Subsidized/Unsubsidized Loan: Federal Loans are

fixed interest loans the student borrows in their name. Students

may apply for a subsidized or unsubsidized Direct Loan by sub-

mitting a FAFSA. The results of the need analysis form must be on

file in the Financial Aid Office. First time borrowers will be emailed

instructions on how to complete an electronic Master Promissory

Note (MPN). When the loan is approved, the student will receive a

notice of approval.

Eligible applicants must be citizens or permanent residents of the

U.S. admitted to or enrolled at least half-time as a matriculated

student. Students who demonstrate financial need may have part

of the Direct Loan subsidized, meaning no interest accrues on the

subsidized portion of the loan during the in-school period. Stu-

dents may borrow up to $5,500 per year as freshmen ($3,500 of

which may be subsidized if need is determined), $6,500 as

sophomores ($4,500 of which may be subsidized), and $7,500

each for the junior and senior years ($5,500 of which may be

subsidized). In no case may a student borrow more than $31,000

as a dependent student ($57,500 as an independent student) for

undergraduate study or $138,500 for all years of study (both

graduate and undergraduate).

All of the same provisions of the Subsidized Loan apply to the

Unsubsidized Loan except the borrower accepts responsibility for

the interest payment or deferment while attending college.

Federal Direct PLUS Loans: Graduate students or parents of

undergraduate students may borrow up to the cost of attendance

minus other financial aid to be repaid beginning 60 days after

receipt of funds. At the borrower’s choosing, a deferral of repay-

ment may be requested from the Federal Direct Loan Program.

Financial Aid to Native Americans: Eligible applicants must be one

quarter American Indian, Eskimo, or Aleut; enrolled as a member

of a tribe, band, or group recognized by the Bureau of Indian

Education; enrolled in or accepted for enrollment in an approved

four year degree program; and have financial need. Students

must apply to the Bureau of Indian Affairs each year, submit a

tribal enrollment certification, and file the FAFSA. Additional in-

formation may be found at: www.bie.edu.

Federal TEACH Grant Program: TEACH is a grant with a teaching

service obligation that provides up to $4000 per academic year

for full time study to students in education majors. In exchange for

the grant, the student must agree to obtain employment and

serve as a full time teacher in a high need field (currently defined

as Bilingual education and English language acquisition, Foreign

language, Mathematics, Reading specialist, Science, Special

education) in a school serving low income students for at least

four academic years within eight years of completing the program

of study. If the student does not satisfy the service obligation, the

amounts of the TEACH Grants received are treated as a Federal

Direct Unsubsidized Loan and must be repaid with interest. SUNY

Oneonta has defined the Oneonta majors eligible to participate in

this program on our

www.financialaid.oneonta.edu website.

Academic Requirements for Federally Funded Aid

Calendar: Semester

Program: Baccalaureate

Before being certified for this payment

A student must have earned this many credits

102

114

With at least this Grade Point Average (GPA)

.75

1.2

2.0

Examples of Typical Payments for Perkins Loan Repayment

Total Loan Amount

Number of Payments

Approximate Monthly

Payment

Total Interest Charges

Total Repaid

$4,000

120

$42.43

$1,091.01

$5,091.01

$5,000

120

$53.03

$1,364.03

$6,364.03

$15,000

120

$159.10

$4,091.73

$19,091.73

Recent Changes to Federal Student Aid

Programs

150% Rule

A new borrower on or after July 1, 2013 becomes ineligible to

receive additional Direct Subsidized Loans if the period during

which the borrower has received such loans exceeds 150 percent

of the published length of the borrower’s educational program.

The borrower also becomes responsible for accruing interest

during all periods as of the date the borrower exceeds the 150

percent limit.

For example, a student enrolled in a four-year program will have

six years’ worth of subsidized loan eligibility.

Student Life 19

Student Development

The mission of the Student Development Division is to facilitate

student engagement in learning and personal development by

providing exceptional enrollment services, co-curricular programs

and support services, and fostering a safe and diverse liv-

ing/learning community.

The Student Development Division contains the following de-

partments: Intercollegiate and Intramural Athletics, Career De-

velopment and Student Employment, Counseling, Health and

Wellness, Hunt College Union and Student Activities, Student

Conduct, Residential and Community Life, and University Police.

The Office of Student Development assists students who are

withdrawing from the College, taking leaves of absence, or have

prolonged absences from classes. The office assists students in

problem solving, makes referrals to other student services as

needed, and collects documentation on behalf of students.

Campus Safety Report

In compliance with the federal law, Title 11 "Campus Crime

Awareness and Campus Security Act", SUNY Oneonta provides

reports about campus safety and security programs, incidents of

crime on campus, and information regarding registered sex of-

fenders. In accordance with changes to the Higher Education

Opportunity Act (P.L. 110-315) in 2008, the College annually

includes information on campus fire safety procedures and

standards. This report is available on line at:

http://www.oneonta.edu/admin/police/pages/safety.asp.

You may obtain a paper copy of this report from the Vice President

for Student Development, 119 Netzer Administration Building,

State University of New York Oneonta, Oneonta, New York 13820,

607-436-2513, and at these additional locations:

 Admissions Office, Alumni Hall, State University of New York

Oneonta, Oneonta, New York 13820, 607-436-2524;

 University Police Department, Alumni Hall, State University of

New York Oneonta, Oneonta, New York 13820,

607-436-3550;

 At our University Police website

(www.oneonta.edu/admin/police/) at the tab labeled Campus

Crime Report;

 Student Diversity and Advocacy, 133 Netzer Administration

Building, State University of New York Oneonta, Oneonta, New

York 13820, 607-436-2665;

Campus crime statistics are available from the United States

Department of Education web site at

http://ope.ed.gov/security.

Information concerning registered sex offenders is transmitted to

the campus by the New York State Department of Criminal Justice

Services (DCJS) and may be obtained from the Chief of Police, c/o

University Police Department, or on the University Police website.

Orientation

The primary purpose of our orientation program is to introduce

new students and their families to the SUNY Oneonta community.

Students will have the opportunity to meet and talk with a variety

of academic and student support personnel. Students will meet

other students and begin the process of making the transition to

their new environment. Along with this fostered interaction, stu-

dents will receive academic information, engage in individualized

academic advisement, and receive a SUNY Oneonta student

identification card.

Students accepted for the Fall term attend the August Orientation

session immediately prior to the start of classes. Students ac-

cepted for the Spring term attend orientation in January prior to

the beginning of classes.

Housing

The College’s residence facilities consist of 15 non-smoking halls

that provide living arrangements with one- to six-student occu-

pancy styles. A variety of optional lifestyles are offered for stu-

dents to choose from. The halls are self-contained units where the

daily needs of students can be conveniently met. There are

washing machines and dryers, as well as vending machines in

each hall. Lounges are equipped with study space and recreation

rooms have televisions and a variety of recreational equipment.

Every bedroom is equipped with voice, cable, and data connec-

tions. Additionally, each residence hall has at least one computer

lab.

Staffing for the residence halls consists of one full-time profes-

sional Residence Hall Director, who is a student development

specialist. An upperclassman known as a Resident Advisor lives

on each floor/ section to personally integrate student life services

in the immediate environment. A concerted effort is made to aid

students in the development of positive social behavior and good

study habits, rather than to exercise close supervision of the

individual.

The College believes that all freshmen and sophomores should

live in the residence halls. Students living on campus must con-

tract for one of the dining hall meal plans. This system is flexible,

providing a variety of choices in food selection, meal times, and

sites. It is the student’s responsibility to initiate and follow through

on the procedures necessary to secure housing and meal plans.

Inquiries about campus lifestyle options should be directed to the

Residential Community Life Office.

Privately-Operated Off-Campus Housing

The College does not own or operate any off-campus housing, nor

does it inspect or approve available housing, or become involved

in private landlord-tenant matters. However, to assist students

and faculty, the Residential Life Office does maintain some list-

ings and informational services regarding available private

housing for rent.

Student Health Services

Appointments: Services at the Student Health Center are availa-

ble to all registered students. Students are encouraged to make

appointments, which can usually be scheduled within 24 hours of

calling. Appointments can also be made through the health center

portal. If a student prefers to be seen without an appointment,

an urgent care clinic is available most afternoons. Waiting times

for walk-in services vary and are difficult to estimate.

Providers: Services at the health center are provided by a physi-

cian, physician's assistant, nurse practitioners and registered

professional nurses.

Health histories and immunizations: New York State Department

of Health requires the college to monitor the vaccine status of all

registered students. Therefore, it is mandatory to provide a copy

of immunization records to the Health Center within 30 days of

the start of your first semester in attendance at SUNY Oneonta.

This includes measles, mumps and rubella, and meningitis in-

TUDENT

IFE

20 Student Life

formation. Students who fail to provide these records will be de-

registered. It is also required that, prior to receiving services at the

Health Center, students complete a health history located on the

health center portal.

Services and fees: Student Health Center services are covered

under the comprehensive fee and include the following for no

additional charges: assessment and treatment for medical ill-

nesses, minor injuries, nebulizer treatment, cryo-surgery, com-

prehensive male and female reproductive health, preparation for

overseas travel, follow-up and counseling for chronic illnesses

and healthy life-style assessment, referrals to specialty care,

limited on-site laboratory testing, limited prescriptions and over

the counter medications, annual influenza injections and health

education programming.

The following services are available for an additional nominal fee:

several types of contraception, sexually transmitted disease

testing, Hepatitis A, and Yellow Fever vaccinations. If a student

needs comprehensive laboratory or x-ray services, the hospital or

lab that provides the services will bill the student or parents di-

rectly. Specialty medical care and emergency services are avail-

able in the community and at local hospitals.

Office of Health Education

The Office of Health Education is dedicated to fostering a campus

climate that promotes low-risk choices, harm reduction, social

norming and disease prevention. The Office of Health Education

encourages students to work toward optimal wellness through the

following services:

Wellness Outreach Programs: The Office of Health Education

offers a variety of outreach program that include: events, work-

shops and presentations for Residence Halls, campus clubs,

organizations and/or athletic teams and a health newsletter.

Programs include but are not limited to the following topics:

wellness, sexuality, alcohol and other drugs, tobacco, nutrition

and exercise, relationships, body image, eating disorders, con-

traception, sexually transmitted infections including HIV/AIDS,

sexual assault, relationship violence, sexual harassment, stalking,

stress management, and bystander training. Smoking cessation

support is also available to students through this office.

Advocacy: The Health Educator acts as an advocate for students

concerning any issues regarding personal health and health care.

Students are encouraged to stop in Room 110 at the Counseling,

Health & Wellness Center to discuss a health-related issue or

concern.

Peer Health Education: The peer education group, C.H.O.I.C.E.S.

(Choosing Healthier Options in a College Environment Success-

fully), exists on campus to help promote wellness issues for the

entire campus community. Interested students should contact the

Health Educator at 436-3540.

Wellness Resources: The Office of Health Education is a clear-

inghouse of information concerning a variety of health topics.

Members of the college community may access materials, in-

cluding pamphlets, posters, videos and books. The Health Edu-

cator acts as a resource person and consultant for students re-

questing topical materials for class work, service projects or

personal use.

Internships: Students have the opportunity to earn one to three

credits working with the Office of Health Education. Internships

can focus on specific health topics or provide a broader view of

health promotional activities on the college campus.

For more information please visit us on the web at

www.oneonta.edu/development/wellness or call 436-3540.

Services for Students with Disabilities

SUNY Oneonta is committed to ensuring access and equity to all

students. Students diagnosed with a disability may be entitled to

a wide array of accommodations to meet specific needs. These

needs are supported through individualized accommodation

plans formulated in a collaborative effort by the director of Stu-

dent Disability Services (SDS) and the student. These plans must

be supported by a current evaluation from an appropriate pro-

fessional. Accommodations may include, but are not limited to,

classroom assistance, testing assistance, adaptive technology

and individualized accommodations as needed. It is strongly

suggested that all new students register with SDS at the begin-

ning of their first semester.

Counseling Center

The Counseling Center, located in the Counseling, Health and

Wellness Building, provides supportive, collaborative, profes-

sional counseling for students. When young adults leave home for

college, they face many challenges. They may find themselves

coping with feelings of stress, anxiety, sadness, or loneliness.

There are developmental challenges such as missing home,

making new friends, having romances, going through breakups,

experiencing loss, worrying about friends and family at home,

making career decisions and life style choices. Students face

difficult decisions about serious issues such substance use,

sexuality, and coping with prejudice. These feelings, challenges,

and stresses can interfere with the academic and social goals of

students. Talking with a counselor can help students to cope

while they learn new strategies and techniques for problem solv-

ing. Counseling can help students frame problems in ways that

lead to solutions, and help to minimize the negative academic

consequences of poor choices and help to clarify values related to

career and lifestyle choices.

 Students are seen by appointment on a voluntary basis.

 Counseling is confidential.

 There is no charge.

In addition to providing counseling services, counselors also offer

consultation to friends, roommates and family members who may

be concerned about a student. Confidential information cannot be

discussed, but counselors can help to evaluate concerns, discuss

options, and assist in problem solving. Reach the Center by calling

436-3368 or by visiting the Counseling Center's website.

Career Development Center

The Career Development staff is professionally trained to assist

students and alumni in career decision-making, career planning,

job search, and graduate school search. The Center’s philosophy

is to encourage and enhance student development through ca-

reer counseling, workshops, and support services. Services are

available to current students and alumni. Specific services in-

clude:

1. Career Counseling appointments are scheduled daily to help

students work through concerns or problems associated with

any aspect of career development.

2. Focus, a computer-based career guidance system, helps stu-

dents analyze their interests, skills, values and to explore ca-

reer options.

3. The Center’s Career Library maintains resources in a number

of areas for Exploring Careers, Job Searching and Exploring

Educational Alternatives.

4. Career Development Center Staff is available to present a

variety of career topics to halls, classes, clubs, organizations,

honor societies, fraternities and sororities.

Student Life 21

5. The Center produces, receives, and subscribes to many dif-

ferent vacancy listings. Job seekers can identify which listings

are most appropriate in their fields, and monitor them regu-

larly by visiting the office or DragonLink.

6. On Campus Recruitment events are scheduled through the

Center during fall and spring semesters. Representatives from

graduate/professional schools, business and industry, educa-

tion, and government visit the campus to hold information

sessions and interviews. Interested students should view the

calendar of events on the Career website or stop by the office

for last minute additions.

7. Internship Opportunities: In partnership with Faculty Intern-

ship Coordinators, the Career Development Center Internship

Coordinator provides local and regional outreach to repre-

sentatives of organizations offering experiential learning op-

portunities. Internship information is disseminated to students

through DragonLink. Students are required to first meet with

Faculty Internship Coordinators to discuss academic re-

quirements.

8. Summer Opportunities Fair: This annual Spring Semester

event provides a venue to learn about potential jobs and in-

ternships, career paths and organizations, and to network with

employers. Student registration is not required. However, it is

encouraged that students submit professional documents to

CDC Staff for review prior to the event. Professional attire is

recommended.

9. Credential Files are available for students and alumni to

support their efforts to obtain employment or admission to

graduate/professional school. Credential files are maintained

electronically via DragonLink.

10. The Student Employment Service is available to all currently

enrolled students seeking part-time jobs on or off campus. As

this is an on going service, students are encouraged to check

job listings regularly on DragonLink.

11. Mock Interviews are scheduled with a career professional for

students who would like to practice their interviewing skills.

Students have the opportunity to practice answering typical

interview questions while being videotaped which will then be

reviewed to discuss areas needing improvement. Students

can also use Interview Stream for on-line practice interviews.

12. Resume and Cover Letter critiques are offered to students and

alumni who need to improve the appearance and content of

their resume and/or cover letter when applying for jobs, in-

ternships and scholarships. The resumes and cover letters

may be dropped off and picked up typically within 4 business

days.

13. An annual Graduate and Professional School Fair is offered in

the fall semester with an average of 80 schools in attendance.

14. For undecided freshmen and sophomores, the Center offers

PROF 100, Survey of Career Fields, a 1 credit, 5 week mini

course in which students learn about themselves and career

options through inventories, structured assignments and ex-

ercises. PROF 100 is offered during Mini 1 & 2 during the Fall

and Spring Semesters.

15. Career Development Website is a comprehensive site that

offers many office services online to help cater to students’

hectic 24/7 lifestyle. There are interactive career related vid-

eos and podcasts, an online job searching database, "what

can you do with a major in…" packets, as well as information

on all of the aforementioned services. The site can be ac-

cessed at www.oneonta.edu/career.

The Student Association

The Student Association uses the Student Activities Fee that all

undergraduate students pay to fund campus organizations, in-

tramural athletics, concerts, lectures, movies, plays, the campus

newspaper, radio station, "Red Dragon Safe Escorts," a portion of

College Camp, scholarships, and free legal advice. The Student

Association also funds the OPT bus service from campus into the

city and to Southside Oneonta. The Student Association is man-

aged by an elected student government, and all fee-paying stu-

dents are qualified to seek a position in any one of the three

governmental areas (Senate, Judicial, and Executive Board), as

outlined in the Student Association Constitution. The Student

Association is also the primary liaison between the administra-

tion/faculty and the student body. If students ever have a con-

cern, they are highly encouraged to let the Student Association

know by coming to a meeting (6:30 Tuesdays in the Waterfront) or

e-mailing [email protected]

Organizations of the Student Association include academic clubs,

cultural enrichment organizations, musical and performance

organizations, special interest and recreational groups, and

men’s and women’s intramural sports. A complete list of clubs

and organizations is available on the college website. Please visit

the SA website at http://mySA.oneonta.edu The SA is "for stu-

dents and by students"—and student participation is encouraged

and vital!

22 Academic Programs and Degrees

The Academic Divisions

The undergraduate curriculum offerings of the College are divided

into five schools: Arts and Humanities, Economics and Business,

Education and Human Ecology, Natural and Mathematical Sci-

ence, and Social Science. Requirements for curriculum majors

are shown in detail under their respective departmental headings

in the chapter, "Academic Departments, Programs, and Courses."

Degrees Offered

The chart on the next page details the major degree programs for

undergraduates at SUNY Oneonta. These degree programs ap-

pear on the Inventory of Registered Degree Programs maintained

by the New York State Education Department. Students enrolled

in any of these programs, and who qualify for financial aid, are

eligible for any financial aid programs administered by SUNY

Oneonta.

Teacher Education Programs

Students interested in teaching may consider a number of pro-

gram options leading to certification. The four-year undergraduate

college program leads to the initial teaching certificate. This cer-

tificate is valid for five years. It is then necessary to earn a mas-

ter’s degree for professional certification. All programs are ac-

credited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher

Education (NCATE).

When reviewing programs it should be noted that the elementary

programs require a 30 s.h. concentration in a content area. The

adolescence programs require a major or its equivalent in a

content area.

Options Available

I. Childhood Education

This program leads to a baccalaureate degree and initial cer-

tification for teaching grades 1-6. A 30 s.h. concentration in

one of 13 different concentrations is required. Education

courses are aligned with the Common Core State Standards.

This program is designed to prepare the teacher to create a

productive learning environment, plan and execute instruc-

tional activities; monitor and assess student learning; and

address the special and developmental needs of students in

the elementary grades. Field experiences and student teach-

ing are included across grade levels.

II. Early Childhood/Childhood Education Dual Certificate

This program leads to a baccalaureate degree and initial cer-

tifications for teaching early childhood education (Birth-grade

2) and childhood education (grades 1-6). A 30 sh. concentra-

tion in one of 13 different concentrations is required. Educa-

tion courses are aligned with the Common Core State Stand-

ards. This dual certificate program requires two semesters of

methods. Field experiences and student teaching across cer-

tification levels are included.

III. Adolescence Certification for Grades 7-12

This certification requires completion of one of the following

programs: Family and Consumer Science Education (all

grades), Biology Education, Chemistry Education, Earth Sci-

ence Education, English Education, French Education,

Mathematics Education, Physics Education, Social Studies

Education, and Spanish Education. Each program includes

courses in professional education, content, and related work.

Professional education consists of a sequence of courses that

aids the preservice teacher in the knowledge, comprehension,

and application of the skills and strategies professional edu-

cators judge to be necessary to be an effective teacher. Each

program involves over 100 hours of field experience prior to

student teaching and college-supervised student teaching in

both the middle level and high school grades.

The programs are designed to prepare the teacher to create a

productive learning environment; plan and execute instruc-

tional activities; monitor and assess student learning; address

the special developmental and educational needs of diverse

student populations; effectively integrate technology; and be

reflective, self-directed lifelong learners.

Acceptance into Teacher Education Programs

The number of students accepted into teacher education pro-

grams at Oneonta depends upon several factors that may vary by

academic year:

 the space available in any particular program;

 the needs of the teaching profession;

 the likelihood of success of individual applicants.

Consequently, the Education Division reserves the right to:

 determine the grade point average necessary to be admitted

and retained in a teacher education program;

Details regarding acceptance, retention, and completion of edu-

cation programs can be found in the Education Division section of

this catalog.

Transfer Policy

EDUC/EPSY courses may not be more than five (5) years old.

Required courses in other content areas may not be more than

ten (10) years old.

Courses listed on the teacher education transfer template as not

accepted by Oneonta can be reviewed by the appropriate

department chair to determine whether additional work com-

pleted can be substituted for the required courses.

CADEMIC

ROGRAMS AND

EGREES

Academic Programs and Degrees 23

Degrees Offered by SUNY Oneonta

Programs/Majors

Degrees

Hegis

B.A.

B.S.

Code

Elementary Education

Childhood Education

(grades 1-6)

0802

Early Childhood/

Childhood Education

Dual Certificate

(birth - grade 6)

0802

Adolescence Education (grades 7-12)

Biology

0401.01

Chemistry

1905.01

Earth Science

1917.01

English

1501.01

Family & Consumer Sciences Ed

(K-12)

1301.01

French

1102.01

Mathematics

1701.01

Physics

1902.01

Social Studies

2201.01

Spanish

1105.01

Human Ecology

Child and Family Studies

1305

Dietetics

1306

Food Service and

Restaurant Administration

1307

Fashion and Textiles

1303

Human Ecology

1301

Africana & Latino Studies

2211

Anthropology

2202

Art

1002

Biochemistry

0414

Biology

0401

Business Economics

0517

Chemistry

1905

Communication Studies

1506

Computer Art

1002

Computer Science

0701

2100

Criminal Justice

Earth Science

1917

Economics

2204

English

1501

Environmental Sustainability

0420

French

1102

International Development Studies

2210

International Studies

2210

Geography

2206

Geology

1914

Gerontology Studies

4903

History

2205

Mass Communications

3 4

0601

Mathematics

1701

Meteorology

1913

Music

1005

Music Industry

1004

Philosophy

1509

Physics

1902

Political Science

2207

Professional Accounting

0502

Psychology

2001

Sociology

2208

Spanish

1105

Statistics

1702

Theater

1007

SUNY Oneonta’s undergraduate curriculum offerings are clas-

sified as falling within these HEGIS codes. The codes are used

primarily for reports to external agencies. They are for institu-

tional reporting only.

Only General Geography can be taken as a B.A. program. Geo-

graphic Information Systems, and Urban and Regional Planning

are B.S. only.

The Production Track is B.S. only. The Media Studies Track is

B.A. only.

Students required to declare a concentration with this major.

Students may choose to follow the Africana or Latino track.

Students may choose a concentration (area of specialization)

with this major.

Human Ecology Programs

Human Ecology: General Emphasis

This major leads to a B.S. degree, which provides a broad

knowledge of the family and consumer sciences disciplines.

Courses are taken in the following areas: fashion and textiles,

child and family studies, food and nutrition, consumer studies,

housing, and interior design. Internships are also an option and

are encouraged along with this major.

Family and Consumer Sciences Education

See the "Adolescence Education" section on page 116 in this

catalog.

Child and Family Studies

The major in Child and Family Studies provides students with a

life-span human development focus for working with children and

families. Coursework emphasizes the dynamics of interpersonal

relationships within diverse families and other social contexts.

Students who select this plan of study will be well grounded in a

liberal arts education as well as aided in the development of skills

and knowledge that are focused toward understanding and im-

proving the lives of children and families.

Dietetics

The Dietetics Program prepares students to meet the educational

requirements of the Accreditation Council for Education in Nutri-

tion and Dietetics (ACEND). Knowledge gained can be applied to

many aspects of dietetics, including administration of food service

systems and/or becoming part of a health care/wellness team.

Detailed curriculum guidelines are listed in the Human Ecology

Department section in this catalog.

In addition, an ACEND accredited supervised practice experience

and passing a registration examination are required to become

a registered dietitian. Supervised practice experiences are na-

tionally competitive.

24 Academic Programs and Degrees

Fashion and Textiles

The major in Fashion and Textiles focuses of the relationship of

textiles and clothing to the physical, aesthetic, psychological,

cultural, economic and social needs of individuals and families.

Students may concentrate in either merchandising or fashion

design. Fashion merchandising courses focus on marketing,

merchandising, retailing, promotions, economy analysis, and

fashion journalism. Design courses include apparel construction,

apparel design, Illustration, Pattern making, Computer Assisted

Design and wearable art. Emphasis is placed on problem solv-

ing, analytical skills, technical skills and creativity. Students are

encouraged to complete an internship or study abroad.

Fashion and Textiles: FIT 3-1 Program

Fashion and Textiles majors complete the first three years at

SUNY Oneonta and the final year at the Fashion Institute of

Technology (FIT) in New York City. Students completing the pro-

gram obtain a B.S. Degree in Fashion and Textiles from SUNY

Oneonta and an Associate of Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree from

FIT in one of the following areas: Accessories Design, Fashion

Design, Textile/Surface Design, Advertising and Marketing

Communications, Fashion Business Management, or Textile De-

velopment and Marketing. Note: Students in the 3-1 FIT program

must complete specific program requirements before applying to

FIT. Acceptance to FIT is competitive. Minimum overall GPA 3.0.

Food Service and Restaurant Administration

The Food Service and Restaurant Administration major provides

students with a substantial academic and practical background in

hospitality management, business economics, and Liberal Arts

courses. Detailed curriculum guidelines are listed in the Human

Ecology Department section in this catalog. Students can develop

leadership abilities and professional/technical depth, two keys to

success as a hospitality manager.

A diversity of career possibilities exist in the hospitality profession.

Graduates have careers as restaurant managers, hotel managers,

catering directors, marketing directors, events planners, resort

managers, sales directors and college and business foodservice

management.

5-year Combined Bachelor's and Master's

degree in Biology

SUNY Oneonta Biology majors may apply to a five year du-

al-degree program in Biology. Students who qualify for this com-

petitive program have the opportunity to complete a B.S. in Biol-

ogy in their fourth year while taking introductory graduate classes

and research. The fifth year is exclusively devoted to graduate

work. Admission into the five year program normally requires a

3.5 GPA in the major and students may initiate application in the

second semester of their sophomore year through the second

semester of their junior year. The program emphasis is ecology,

environmental science, field biology, and aquatic biology. For a

full description, refer to the Graduate Catalog.

Preparing for Professional Education

The College offers focused advising to assist students who are

preparing to continue their education in schools of law, medicine,

dentistry, veterinary medicine, and other health professions. All

students must declare a primary major. Students may also be

advised to enroll in courses outside their major requirements if

they intend to pursue graduate programs in particular profes-

sional areas.

Prelaw

The Prelaw program at SUNY Oneonta is exclusively an advise-

ment program through which students interested in pursuing law

school after graduation are apprised of courses they should

complete in addition to the requirements of their declared major.

Students intent on law careers are not limited to particular ma-

jors; students are admitted to law school from almost every aca-

demic discipline, and the American Bar Association (ABA) does

not recommend specific undergraduate majors, nor even specific

courses, to prepare for a legal education. The basic require-

ments for law school admission are a high academic average and

a good score on the LSAT (Law School Admission Test). Students

should meet with a Prelaw advisor early on in their academic

career and continue to meet with him or her, as they would their

primary academic advisor, throughout their academic career.

Prelaw advisors can help students choose courses according to

each individual student’s academic interests while providing

exposure to law and legal profession.

Among the basic academic skills students can acquire in prepa-

ration for law school are problem-solving, critical reading, writing

and editing, oral communication and listening, research, public

service and promotion of justice, relationship building and col-

laboration, and time management. In addition there is basic

knowledge that all law students will do well to have including

knowledge of American history, the American political system,

economic theory, ethics, basic mathematics and statistics, hu-

man and social behavior and an understanding of diversity. With

careful planning, courses in many of these areas can be taken as

part of a students General Education requirements.

Students are encouraged to participate in the Prelaw Society.

Pre-Nursing

The pre-nursing option at SUNY Oneonta is exclusively an ad-

visement program. There is no specific major for those wishing

to pursue nursing as a career. Because the number of appli-

cants to nursing schools greatly exceeds the number of openings,

satisfactory completion of the pre-nursing courses does not as-

sure acceptance by any nursing school. To help with the many

challenges associated with gaining admission to nursing schools,

there is an advisement program headed by the Health Professions

Advisement Coordinator.

Students in this area should familiarize themselves with the re-

quirements of those schools to which they intend to apply. While

the student may choose any Liberal Arts major field, the following

courses, which are minimum requirements for admission to most

nursing schools, should be included: one year of chemistry, one

year of human anatomy and physiology, general biology, microbi-

ology, nutrition, composition, psychology, sociology, philosophy,

mathematics, and elective courses selected by advisement.

Pre-nursing Concentration Requirements

BIOL 180, 181, 205, 206; 203 or 362

19-20 s.h.

CHEM 111, 112, 226, 330

16 s.h.

COMP 100, and a literature course

6 s.h.

STAT 101

3 s.h.

MATH 105

3 s.h.

NUTR 142

3 s.h.

PHIL 101, 102 or 103

3 s.h.

PSYC 100 and 246

6 s.h.

SOC 101

3 s.h.

Study within the primary major as required including elective

courses selected by advisement.

Premedicine, Predentistry, and Preveterinary

Students interested in pursing medical, dental, and veterinary

educations after graduation are provided with focused advising

about courses they should complete in addition to the require-

Academic Programs and Degrees 25

ments of their declared majors. The curricula in these areas

provide students with a strong background in liberal studies,

including preparation in biology, chemistry, physics, and mathe-

matics. Because the number of applicants to professional schools

greatly exceeds the number of openings, satisfactory completion

of the preprofessional courses does not assure acceptance by any

professional school. Most professional schools are seeking the

student who has a long record of consistently high-level perfor-

mance and who is highly-recommended by the undergraduate

school. To help with the many challenges associated with gaining

admission to health profession schools, the Health Professions

Advisement Coordinator provides advisement. Other areas in-

clude are optometry, pharmacy, and chiropractic.

Students in these areas should familiarize themselves with the

requirements of the schools to which they intend to apply. While a

student may choose any liberal arts major field, the following

courses, which are minimum requirements for admission to most

health profession schools, should be included: one year each of

English, general chemistry, organic chemistry, physics, mathe-

matics (including calculus), and one to two years of biology.

Recommended electives include genetics, microbiology, anatomy,

and physiology. In all cases, professional schools desire a strong

background in the humanities and social sciences. The required

courses for the Premedicine, Predentistry, and Preveterinary

programs follow.

Premedicine, Predentistry, and Preveterinary

Concentration Requirements

Premedicine study within the preprofessional concentration:

BIOL 180, 181, 201

12 s.h.

CHEM 111, 112, 221, 322, 331, 332

24 s.h.

COMP 100 and two literature course

9 s.h.

MATH 173, 174

8 s.h.

PHYS 203, 204

8 s.h.

STAT 101

3 s.h.

PSYC 100, SOC 101

6 s.h.

Two from: PHIL 101, 102, 103, 206, 211

6 s.h.

Total 76 s.h.

Study within the primary major as required.

Predentistry study within the preprofessional concentration:

BIOL 180, 181, 201

12 s.h.

CHEM 111, 112, 221, 322, 331, 332

24 s.h.

COMP 100 and a literature course

6 s.h.

Two from: MATH 173, 174, or STAT 101

7-8 s.h.

PHYS 103, 104 or 203, 204

8 s.h.

Total 57-58 s.h.

Study within the primary major as required.

Preveterinary study within the preprofessional concentration:

BIOL 180, 181, 201, 362

16 s.h.

CHEM 111, 112, 221, 322, and 330

20 s.h.

COMP 100 and COMM 100

6 s.h.

Two from: MATH 173, 174, or STAT 101

7-8 s.h.

PHYS 103, 104 or 203, 204

8 s.h.

Total 57-58 s.h.

Study within the primary major as required.

Pre-Physical Therapy and Pre-Occupational

Therapy

SUNY Oneonta has articulated programs in Physical Therapy and

Occupational Therapy with the Sage Graduate School in Troy, NY

and in Physical Therapy with the SUNY Upstate Medical University

in Syracuse, NY. They are 4+2 or 4+3 programs, four years and a

bachelor’s degree at Oneonta followed by two or three years of

graduate study. The Upstate PT program leads to a doctor of

physical therapy (DPT) degree; the Sage programs lead to DPT

and masters of occupational therapy (MOT) degrees. Students

can complete any major at Oneonta as long as the course work

required for the specific program is completed. Admission to the

DPT programs at Upstate and Sage and the MOT program at Sage

is highly competitive.

In addition, the College has a 3+3 program in Physical Therapy

with Upstate that leads to a BS degree with a Biology major from

Oneonta and a DPT degree from Upstate in a total of six years.

Admission to this program is administered by Upstate and is

separate from admission to the college. Application for admission

to this program must be made by high school seniors.

Please see the Coordinator of Health Profession Advisement for

details about these programs.

Pre-Physician Assistant Albany PA Program

The Albany Medical College Center for Physician Assistant Studies

(CPAS) offers highly qualified students at SUNY Oneonta the op-

portunity to apply for admission to CPAS upon completing the first

semester of their junior year. If accepted, they are assured of

admission to the program upon completion of the prerequisite

courses, the required health care experience, and the under-

graduate degree with a minimum grade point average (GPA) of

3.20. Early Assurance admission allows accepted students to

focus on achieving a strong knowledge base in the sciences,

completing of prerequisite courses, and obtaining the required

health related experience.

To be eligible to apply for acceptance into this program, a student

must have achieved a GPA of 3.20 or above and have completed

General Biology I and II, General Chemistry I and II, Human

Anatomy and Physiology I and II, and Elementary Organic Chem-

istry or Organic Chemistry I. Students accepted to the program

must carry full course loads during their remaining semesters at

Oneonta and fulfill the remaining prerequisite courses. The

Graduate Record Examination is waived for students accepted

through the Early Assurance Program (EAP).

Students who wish to investigate this opportunity should express

their interest to SUNY Oneonta PA Program advisor and discuss

the expectations of the EAP and the process for application. Ap-

plicants should be confident of their interest in pursuing a career

path in medicine as a Physician Assistant, and that admission to

the Albany Medical College’s PA program is the path they would

choose toward that goal.

Cooperative Programs

The College also offers a variety of cooperative programs with

other colleges and universities. These programs allow students to

begin education at SUNY Oneonta and finish at another college or

university. Degrees are earned from both institutions. All students

in cooperative programs must also declare a primary major.

3-2 Engineering Program

This five-year dual-degree program, in cooperation with engi-

neering schools at the State University of New York at Buffalo, the

Watson School of Engineering at Binghamton University, Clarkson

University, RPI, and Syracuse University, offers students the op-

portunity to become professionally-qualified in a specific engi-

neering field, while at the same time achieving capability in a

chosen Liberal Arts major. This combination can provide engi-

neers, as well as professionals in other fields, a unique back-

ground for contributing to solutions of the many critical, complex,

and interdisciplinary problems of modern society.

Students in the 3-2 Engineering Program attend SUNY Oneonta

for the first three years, pursuing one of the following Liberal Arts

majors: Chemistry, Computer Science, Geology, Mathematics,

Meteorology, Physics, or Statistics. At the beginning of the fourth

26 Academic Programs and Degrees

year, students transfer to an engineering school for the comple-

tion of the five-year program. (Majors in some disciplines may

need to spend more than three years at Oneonta to complete the

major and the engineering courses for transferring to engineering

school.) The B.S. degree in the chosen Liberal Arts major is

awarded by SUNY Oneonta and the B.S. in Engineering is awarded

by the engineering school.

Students may be accepted into the 3-2 Engineering Program

during their first semester freshman year. Students are expected

to meet the following criteria: a minimum grade point average

(GPA) of 2.5 and completion of General Chemistry I (CHEM 111),

General Physics I (PHYS 203), and Calculus I (MATH 173) with

grades in each course not less than "C." Students above the level

of freshman who apply for admission into the program will be

considered individually, but admission criteria will not be less

rigorous than those criteria stated for freshmen. Students in the

program must maintain a minimum overall GPA of 2.5 and a 2.5

GPA in those courses required for entrance into the junior year at

engineering school. In general these are courses in chemistry,

engineering, mathematics, computer science, and physics. If the

student has three initial grades of "D" or "E" in those courses

required for entrance into the junior year at engineering school, or

if the student fails to maintain satisfactory academic progress in

meeting the requirements, he or she may be dropped from the

program.

Engineering-designated courses are listed in this catalog under

the offerings of the Chemistry and Biochemistry Department and

the Physics and Astronomy Department.

In order for this dual major program to be completed successfully

in the scheduled five years, it is necessary for students to com-

plete certain courses during specific semesters. For this reason,

students in the program should establish contact with the Engi-

neering Program Director (436-3192) as early as possible, pref-

erably before classes start during their freshman year. Students

who do not take the recommended courses during their freshman

year will probably take longer than five years to finish their de-

grees. Students who transfer to Oneonta during their sophomore

or junior year may still need to attend Oneonta for three years in

order to complete the requirements. The required courses for the

3-2 Engineering Program are as follows:

3-2 Engineering Program Major Requirements

All students in this program take:

CHEM 111, 112

8 s.h.

ENGR 110, 313

3 s.h.

MATH 173, 174, 276, 277

15 s.h.

PHYS 203, 204, 205, 287

12 s.h.

CSCI 109 or CSCI 110 or CSCI 114 or CSCI

116

3 s.h.

Total 41 s.h.

Study within the primary major as required.

Additional courses required in the program depend on the stu-

dent’s choice of Liberal Arts major and Engineering major; they

are indicated on the appropriate engineering program sheets

available from the Engineering Program Director.

4-1 M.B.A. Programs

These academic programs are open to students in the School of

Economics and Business seeking a B.S. degree at SUNY Oneonta

and an M.B.A. (Master’s in Business Administration) at the coop-

erative universities. These Cooperative 4-1 M.B.A Programs are

offered in cooperation with Clarkson University School of Man-

agement, Rochester Institute of Technology (RIT) School of Busi-

ness and the Graduate College of Union University. The first four

years are at SUNY Oneonta. The fifth year is at the cooperative

graduate school. Admission to any of these graduate programs is

not automatic. The principal eligibility factors are the undergrad-

uate GPA and the score achieved on the Graduate Management

Admissions Test (GMAT). For further information on the 4-1 M.B.A.

Programs, contact the Coordinator of the programs in the School

of Economics and Business.

SUNY Optometry 3-4 Program

A seven-year cooperative degree program, yielding a baccalaure-

ate degree from SUNY Oneonta and the Doctor of Optometry

degree from SUNY Optometry (Manhattan), is available to stu-

dents who combine selected Liberal Arts majors with the pre-

scribed Optometry degree requirements.

Students accepted into this program will complete a major in

Biology, Chemistry, or Psychology at SUNY Oneonta and will also

be required to take the Optometry Admission Test as part of the

transfer process. Interested students should contact the program

coordinator as early as possible in the freshman year.

Advisement for Cooperative Programs

Advisement of all Preprofessional students and Cooperative Pro-

fessional Programs is centered in the Office of the Coordinator of

the respective programs. The Coordinators together constitute a

Committee of Coordinators for Preprofessional and Cooperative

Professional Programs.

Graduate Programs

SUNY Oneonta offers graduate programs in several fields of study:

Biology (Thesis or Non-Thesis), Educational Technology Specialist

(on-line), Museum Studies (History or Science), Lake Manage-

ment (Thesis or Professional Science Master’s), Literacy Educa-

tion (B-6 or 5-12) (on-line), Nutrition and Dietetics (on-line), School

Counseling, Special Education (Early Childhood, Childhood or

7-12 Generalist), Advanced Graduate Certificate in Bilingual Ed-

ucation (on-line) and Certificate of Advanced Study in School

Counseling (on-line). SUNY Oneonta alumni are exempt from

paying the application fee to graduate programs.

For more information, see the Graduate website

(www.oneonta.edu/gradstudies

http://www.oneonta.edu/gradstudies), the Graduate Catalog, or

contact the Office of Graduate Studies at 607-436-2523 or

[email protected].

Academic Policies and Standards 27

Academic Advisement Center

The Academic Advisement Center works closely with the aca-

demic departments, administrative offices, and faculty to coor-

dinate academic orientation and continuing advisement pro-

grams for matriculated undergraduates. In its function as a cen-

tral clearinghouse of academic information, it provides reliable

up-to-date advisement through Advisement Documents and in-

formation sheets. The Academic Advisement Center also monitors

curriculum declarations and other components of the advisement

operation.

Advisement of New Entrants

All newly matriculated students are required to participate in

orientation prior to their first semester at the College. Academic

Advisement is one component of the orientation program. It is

through the advisement portion of orientation that students work

with an advisor to make their schedules.

Freshman entrants have the opportunity to declare a major upon

acceptance to the institution. Although freshmen are not required

to declare a major, doing so will provide the student and the ad-

visor with more direction for course selection during the first year

of study. Students must declare a major before they have earned

56 s.h. toward a degree. Until a major is declared, designated

faculty serve as academic advisors. When a major is declared,

students are assigned a faculty advisor in their major.

Transfer students are admitted to the College in a specific major.

Transfer credit evaluations are based on the requirements for

that major, so it is essential that final transcripts of all previous

college work be received well in advance of the registration date.

Because of the changing professional school requirements and

the sequential nature of many required courses, students in Ed-

ucation, Preprofessional, and Cooperative Programs must plan

their first year courses very carefully (see the chapter "Academic

Programs and Degrees" on page 22 for information about these

programs). Appropriate faculty advisors will help students in their

planning.

Continuing Academic Planning

Academic planning and scheduling is an ongoing process. Stu-

dents with with advisors and other campus resources to craft

academic plans that result in not only degree completion, but also

career or graduate school preparation. Students can be proactive

in this process by regularly reviewing their Degree Works, sched-

uling ongoing meetings with their advisors, and selecting a major

early in their degree progress.

1. Becoming familiar with requirements for the program of rec-

ord. Students must use up-to-date information. Advisement

Documents (Degree Works) are available to students on-line

through myOneonta.

2. Maintaining a record of the progress made toward the com-

pletion of degree and program requirements.

3. Initiating conferences with advisors to discuss academic

matters. The Academic Advisement Center keeps advisors

informed of academic program requirements and changes.

4. Initiating and following through with the specified procedures

for changes in schedule or program. And, if necessary, gaining

credit through some means other than the completion of reg-

ularly-scheduled courses at the College.

Academic advisors are not able to offer advice regarding financial

aid. Students should consult with the Financial Aid Office for this

type of information.

Declaration of Curriculum Majors

In accordance with the policies of SUNY Oneonta, freshman and

transfer student applicants are admitted into their program of

choice provided they meet admission requirements for the major.

Students are cautioned that admission to a specific curriculum

may be dependent upon additional criteria, such as availability of

classroom space, sequence of courses offered, and a grade point

average (GPA) acceptable to the academic department. Continu-

ing students must be in an approved major, with an assigned

faculty advisor, before they have completed 56 s.h. toward a

degree (including accepted transfer credits). Students majoring in

one of the teacher education fields must be properly enrolled and

have completed necessary requirements for entry into the

methods sequence.

Designation of Major for Transfer Students

The Admissions Office evaluates transfer credit and makes as-

signments to specific programs based upon the student’s re-

quest. Requests are granted provided the student meets de-

partmental criteria for entrance to the major. If departmental

criteria are not met, the student is asked to designate another

major.

Transfers are urged to bring copies of their former college cata-

logs and syllabi to aid advisors in reviewing courses for

re-evaluation (if necessary).

Change of Major Curriculum

Requests for change of curriculum are made on a standard re-

quest form available in the Academic Advisement Center and

online. Approval is required by the chairpersons of the major

department(s) concerned and Academic Advisement. When stu-

dents transfer from one curriculum to another, their academic

records are evaluated on the basis of the new program require-

ments. This may result in a loss of credit. In general, it is the

practice to approve a transfer of curriculum only if the student has

at least a 2.0 GPA in the courses that will be required in the new

program. Students are expected to complete, with a minimum 2.0

GPA, the major requirements in effect at the time of matriculation.

Majors in the fields of Education, Business, and Dietetics follow

the requirements in place at the time of declaration. Some majors

require higher GPAs. Students may choose to follow more recent

major requirements. Students should work with their advisor for

clarification of their specific degree requirements.

Declaration of More Than One Major

Within current policies relating to degree requirements, and ac-

ceptance and retention in a curriculum major, students may de-

clare as many as two majors. One must be designated as the

primary major and the other as the secondary major. FInancial Aid

is determined upon the primary major requirements.

All program requirements for both majors must be completed

satisfactorily for students to graduate; however, only one degree

will be awarded. To satisfy all degree and program requirements

in some combinations, it may be necessary for a student to com-

plete more than the minimum 122 s.h.

Dual-major students:

CADEMIC

OLICIES AND

TANDARDS

28 Academic Policies and Standards

 must satisfy all requirements in both majors.

 are permitted a maximum of 6 s.h. of course overlap between

the major field requirements. Any additional overlap must be

supplemented with additional course work in the majors.

Students should contact the Academic Advisement Center for

detailed information concerning dual majors. At present, dual

majors that include an Education major with a non-Education

major are exempt from the 6 s.h. overlap rule.

 must satisfy the degree requirements for the B.A. degree when

a dual major combines a B.A. major with a B.S. major.

It is possible that the same course may be a requirement in each

of the two major programs. If so, the credit earned in that course

can be counted only once in total credit accumulations and GPA.

A student may elect to take one major in a teacher-education

program and one major in a Liberal Arts program. Most Adoles-

cence Education on page 111 majors are matched with a Liberal

Arts major. For these matched dual majors, no other major may

be selected. In such instances, the student must declare

Teacher Education as the primary major. As long as a student

continues to be in both majors, all required courses in each pro-

gram (including student teaching) will be counted in fulfillment of

graduation requirements. It should be noted, however, that any

change out of one major may necessitate a new credit evaluation,

which may show some revision of credits allowed toward the

remaining major.

Criteria for Retention in the Major

The major is defined as the academic discipline or approved

interdisciplinary sequence and does not include required sup-

porting courses unless these courses are counted in the major.

Independent of the College retention standards, many depart-

ments require that students maintain a minimum GPA of 2.0 in

their majors as a criterion for remaining enrolled in that major.

Students may be dropped from their major by their department at

the end of their junior year if they do not have a 2.0 GPA in their

major. They may also be dropped from their major if they receive

three initial grades of "D" or "E" in courses required in the major.

Students will be informed of their status by their department.

Students are responsible for officially changing their major after

notification of not meeting required standards. Failure to com-

plete necessary paperwork may result in the loss of financial aid.

Students will not receive their degree unless they have achieved a

2.0 GPA in all work taken in their major. Education and Dietetics

majors are required to earn higher GPAs. See the department for

information.

Departments wishing to impose standards that are not a part of

any course, but that are related to competence or skills needed in

the program, may submit proposals for inclusion of these stand-

ards to the Curriculum Committee.

Criteria for Completion of a Major

Students must complete all required courses in the major field

(major core) with a minimum major GPA of 2.0 (some majors

require higher GPAs), one-half the major core must be completed

with Oneonta course work, and the maximum number of credits in

the major may not be exceeded (generally this is 45 s.h. for a BA

degree and 60 s.h. for a B.S. degree). For adolescence education

majors, the major field is the subject area. Students must also

complete all General Degree requirements to be awarded the

major and a degree. All courses in the major field must be taken

for a letter grade unless offered P/F only. Related work is part of

the major program, but is not calculated in the major GPA.

Curriculum Minors

A curriculum minor constitutes a program of study less extensive

than that of a major. Although minors do not qualify as degree

programs, approved minors are recorded on the transcript of a

student who successfully completes the requirements. Minors are

awarded only with the completion of a degree. Students may

declare a maximum of two minors.

Minimum standards for acceptance into and completion of mi-

nors are the same as for majors. Specifically:

 one-half the minor requirements must be completed in resi-

dence

 minimum cum GPA of 2.00 must be earned in the courses

used for the minor

 no more than two courses may overlap between/among ma-

jors and/or minors. Any additional overlap must be supple-

mented with additional coursework.

Within a broad range of purposes, a minor may:

 provide an academic emphasis in a department or provide a

program of study in an interdisciplinary area,

 offer students an opportunity to pursue interests different

from their major field, and

 help students to enhance their job potential upon graduation.

Departmental minors are listed under their respective depart-

ments in the chapter, "Academic Departments, Programs, and

Courses."

Undergraduate Degree Requirements

College Writing Exam

Before earning a bachelor’s degree from SUNY Oneonta, each

student must pass the College Writing Examination. The exam

consists of a multiple-choice test of the mechanics of writing and

an impromptu essay of 400 words. Students have three hours to

complete the exam and have a choice of three essay topics. They

may use a dictionary and A Writing Handbook for Writers while

they are taking the exam.

Both the multiple-choice test and the essay are evaluated ac-

cording to the standards set forth in the Prentice Hall Handbook

for Writers, the College’s descriptive standard for formal writing.

Students may schedule the exam or receive further information at

the Center for Academic Development and Enrichment’s website

(http://cade.oneonta.edu). Students who wish to prepare for the

College Writing Exam are encouraged to take a workshop at CADE.

College Writing Requirement

The College has a program of writing requirements for all stu-

dents.

1. The writing skills of incoming freshmen will be evaluated

based on SAT or ACT scores, English Regents Exam scores,

high school GPA, and their academic records. Based on the

College's evaluation of these records, students may be re-

quired to take and pass PROF 111 their first semester.

Student must pass PROF 111 before taking any composition

courses.

2. Before graduation all students must pass the College Writing

Examination.

Policy Statement on Mandatory Placement

The College may require students to participate in testing to de-

termine course placement in selected subjects. As a result of

such testing, or based on other performance indicators, the Col-

lege may require students to complete identified courses. While

some mandatory placement will be the result of students’ per-

formance on the College Placement Tests, the Center for Aca-

demic Development and Enrichment has the authority to deter-

mine mandatory placement for any student based on available

records and materials other than the College Placement Tests. At

present, testing and/or placement are carried out in the subject

Academic Policies and Standards 29

areas of writing, reading, mathematics, and English as a second

language. Placement in these courses is mandatory.

Requirements for B.A. and B.S. Degrees

In most instances, a student may choose either the Bachelor of

Arts (B.A.) or the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree for a given

major; however, one or the other degree is mandated for a few

majors, as specified in the chart of curriculum majors in the

chapter "Academic Programs and Degrees." Students who pursue

a Preprofessional Program must declare an approved major.

General Education 3

All students at the College are required to complete a group of

General Education courses. The General Education requirements

at Oneonta have been carefully devised to give students oppor-

tunities to enrich their own personal intellectual development and

contribute to the quality of life of our larger community. General

Education experiences are designed to help students learn to

appreciate a multiplicity of perspectives concerning a wide array

of topics and issues while mastering the skills of effective think-

ing, problem solving, and communication. The learning outcomes

are defined below, with appropriate attributes in parenthesis.

 Only courses that carry an attribute in the Schedule of Classes

in the semester they are taken may be used to satisfy

SUNY-GER areas. Check the attribute column in the Sched-

ule of Classes for SUNY-GER attributes.

 A course fulfills SUNY-GER if it carries at least 2.66 credits.

 Transfer courses that fulfilled SUNY-GER at another SUNY

school will fulfill SUNY-GER at Oneonta.

 SUNY-GER courses may overlap with major and minor courses

unless specified otherwise in the major.

 Oneonta SUNY-GER courses must be taken for a letter grade.

Important Notes on General Education

1. The SUNY Board of Trustees and SUNY Systems Administra-

tion have mandated changes to the guidelines of the General

Education requirements for all SUNY campuses. Students

should consult their Degree Works and/or with their academic

advisor concerning these requirements.

2. Special provisions are made for students in a few specified

programs.

3. All courses taken to fulfill General Education 3 requirements

must be taken for a letter grade.

4. General Education categories fulfilled at one SUNY institution

will be considered fulfilled at SUNY Oneonta regardless of

whether transfer credit is granted.

Additional Requirements

Students in some programs may be required to take placement

examinations. Students may also be required to participate in

testing programs as part of the College assessment process.

General Education 3 Learning Outcomes

Defined/Required

Students must complete courses in 7 of the 10 general education

categories, and a minimum of 30 semester hours total in General

Education courses. Gen Ed categories met at one SUNY will meet

the same Gen Ed categories at SUNY Oneonta. Note: Where

courses/credits are listed, it is possible a requirement may be

met via exam. In such a case, credit is not earned, but the re-

quirement is considered to be met.

Mathematics (M3) Students will show competence in the follow-

ing quantitative reasoning skills: arithmetic, algebra, geometry,

data analysis, and quantitative reasoning.

Basic Communication (BC3) Students will produce coherent texts

within common college-level written forms; demonstrate the abil-

ity to revise and improve such texts; research a topic, develop an

argument, and organize supporting details; develop proficiency in

oral discourse; and evaluate an oral presentation according to

established criteria.

Science (NS3) Students will demonstrate an understanding of the

methods scientists use to explore natural phenomena, including

observation, hypothesis development, measurement and data

collection, experimentation, evaluation of evidence, and em-

ployment of mathematical analysis; and application of scientific

data, concepts, and models in one of the natural sciences.

Social Sciences (SS3) Students will demonstrate an under-

standing of the methods scientists use to explore social phe-

nomena, including observation, hypothesis development, meas-

urement and data collection, experimentation, evaluation of evi-

dence, and employment of mathematical and interpretive analy-

sis; and knowledge of major concepts, models and issues of at

least one discipline in the social sciences.

Humanities (H3) Students will demonstrate knowledge of the

conventions and methods of at least one of the humanities in

addition to those encompassed by other knowledge areas re-

quired by the General Education program.

The Arts (A3) Students will demonstrate an understanding of at

least one principal form of artistic expression and the creative

process inherent therein.

American History (AM3) Students will demonstrate knowledge of

a basic narrative of American history: political, economic, social,

and cultural, including knowledge of unity and diversity in Ameri-

can society; knowledge of common institutions in American soci-

ety and how they have affected different groups; and an under-

standing of America’s evolving relationship with the rest of the

world.

Western Civilization (WC3) Students will demonstrate knowledge

of the development of the distinctive features of the history, in-

stitutions, economy, society, culture, etc., of Western civilization,

and relate the development of Western civilization to that of other

regions of the world.

Other World Civilizations (OW3) Students will demonstrate

knowledge of either a broad outline of world history, or the dis-

tinctive features of the history, institutions, economy, society,

culture, etc., of one non-Western civilization.

Foreign Language (FL3) Students will demonstrate basic profi-

ciency in the understanding and use of a foreign language and

knowledge of the distinctive features of culture(s) associated with

the language they are studying.

General Education Competencies

Note: the following two competencies have been infused

throughout this General Education program:

 Critical Thinking (Reasoning) Students will identify, analyze,

and evaluate arguments as they occur in their own or other’s

work and will develop well-reasoned arguments.

 Information Management Students will perform the basic

operations of personal computer use; understand and use

basic research techniques; and locate, evaluate, and synthe-

size information from a variety of sources.

30 Academic Policies and Standards



General College Degree Requirements Chart

Refer to the section on Academic Departments for specific major requirements.

B.A. Degree

(Greater Breadth of Study)

B.S. Degree

(Greater Specialization)

At least 122 completed s.h. of approved course work.

(Maximum of 12 s.h. of PHED activity credits.)

Completion of a minimum of 45 s.h. (including 30 of the last 60) in residence

Completion of one-half the major field in residence

(All courses in the major field must be taken for a letter grade unless offered P/F only)

Note: Dual majors/minors: Except for Education majors, no more than two courses may overlap between or among programs. Any

excess in overlap requires additional Department courses be taken to make up for the excess overlap.

Students may not earn more than 45 s.h. in the Department that

houses their major (Exception: MUSC, MUSI and ART may have a

max of 60 s.h.) Any excess beyond the maximum permitted will

require students changes to the BS degree or, if the major is ap-

proved as BA only, taking an equal number of additional

non-Department credits.

Students may not earn more than 60 s.h. in the Department that

houses their major (Exception: Majors in the departments of Hu-

man Ecology; Economics & Business; Foreign Languages; English;

Mathematics, Comp. Sci & Stats; and Communications may have a

max of 75 s.h. in the Department with no more than 60 in any one

discipline) Any excess beyond the maximum permitted will require

an equal number of additional non-Department credits.

Minimum earned GPA of 2.0 cumulatively and in major.

(Some majors require a higher gpa. Only Oneonta grades count in the gpa.)

At least 48 s.h. of upper division (200 and 300 level) course work.

Completion of a minimum of 90 s.h. of Liberal Arts.

Completion of a minimum of 60 s.h. of Liberal Arts.

Passing grade on the College Writing Examination

Completion of SUNY General Education Requirements

(7 of 10 areas with a minimum of 30 s.h. - all courses must be taken for a letter grade.)

SUNY Learning Outcomes

I. Complete Each of the Required Two Areas:

Mathematics (M3 attribute)

Basic Communication (BC3 attribute)*

*COMP 100 is the required course for all students who have not

completed the BC3 requirement at a prior institution.

II. Complete Five of the Following Eight Areas:

Natural Sciences (NS3 attribute)

Social Sciences (SS3 attribute)

Humanities (H3 attribute)

The Arts (A3 attribute)

American History (AM3 attribute)

Western Civilization (WC3 attribute)

Other World Civilizations (OW3 attribute)

Foreign Language (FL3 attribute)

III. Complete additional courses from any of the areas to complete a minimum of 30 s.h.

Degree Credit

Credits for regularly-scheduled courses satisfactorily completed at

this College are assigned on a semester hour (s.h.) basis. Other

credits may be granted as shown below.

Transfer Credit and Grading Policies for Course

Work Completed at Other Institutions

The transcript of each student who has completed course work at

another institution prior to admission to SUNY Oneonta is evalu-

ated by the Admissions Office to determine the number of se-

mester hours and the appropriate course equivalents. Only credit

satisfactorily completed at regionally accredited institutions of

higher education or through external programs such as Advanced

Placement (AP), College Level Examination Program (CLEP), Re-

gents College Exams (RCE), and the Armed Forces (USAFI and

DANTES) will be accepted. Credit is granted on a semester hour

(s.h.) basis. Students transferring from institutions on a quarter

system will receive 2 s.h. of transfer credit for every 3 s.h. credits

earned on the quarter system. Credits from other institutions may

transfer, but only grades earned at SUNY Oneonta are used in

computing the Oneonta grade point average.

Maximum pre-matriculation transfer credit rules: Total transfer

credit awarded is restricted as follows: (a) a maximum of 66 s.h.

from any combination of two-year colleges; (b) a maximum of 36

s.h. from external programs; (c) a maximum of 77 s.h. from a

combination of two-year colleges, four-year colleges and/or ex-

ternal credit programs (e.g., CLEP, AP, etc.) with no more than 66

s.h. being granted from two-year colleges.

Students wishing to attend another college during the summer or

winter, while on an Academic Leave of Absence, or concurrent

with Oneonta course work, must contact the Academic Advise-

ment Center (Netzer 100) to obtain prior approval. See re-

strictions under Post-matriculation Transfer Credit Policies.

Pre-matriculation Transfer Credit Policies:

Two-Year Colleges

Two-year SUNY colleges:

Academic Policies and Standards 31

Grades/ Maximum Credits Allowed: Credit will be granted for

those courses in which grades of "C" or better were earned to a

maximum of 66 s.h. Students who earn A.A., A.S. or A.A.S. degrees

will be granted credit for all course work applied to the two-year

degree to a maximum of 66 s.h.

The SUNY transfer credit appeal process is designed for pre- or

post-matriculated students transferring from a two-year SUNY

Associate’s degree program into a SUNY four-year institution. If

you have questions concerning the evaluation of your credit

and/or whether or not you qualify for the SUNY appeal process,

please contact a transfer counselor in the Office of Admissions.

Two-year NON-SUNY colleges:

Grades/Maximum Credits Allowed: Credit will be granted for

those courses in which grades of "C" or better were earned to a

maximum of 66 s.h.

Pre-matriculation Transfer Credit Policies:

Four-Year Colleges

Four-year SUNY colleges:

Grades/Maximum Credits Allowed: Credit will be granted for all

passed courses to a maximum of 77 s.h.

General Education Requirements: Students who have earned B.A.

or B.S. degrees will be considered to have completed the General

Education requirements. Recipients of 4-year degrees other than

B.A. or B.S. must complete the General Education Requirements.

Four-year NON-SUNY colleges:

Grades/Maximum Credits Allowed: Credit will be granted for all

courses in which grades of "C" or better were earned to a maxi-

mum of 77 s.h.

General Education Requirements: Students who have earned B.A.

or B.S. degrees will be considered to have completed SUNY

Oneonta’s General Education requirements. Recipients of 4-year

degrees other than B.A. or B.S. must complete Oneonta’s General

Education Requirements.

Post-matriculation Transfer Credit Policies

Students must obtain Prior Approval from the Academic Advise-

ment Center before taking courses through another institution. If

students are taking courses through another institution during a

fall or spring semester and are not registered in any courses at

Oneonta, they must request an Academic Leave along with their

Prior Approval.

 Students may take approved course work at any regionally

accredited college provided the transfer of the course work is

required and does not place the student in violation of SUNY

Oneonta residency requirements:

 45 s.h. must be earned in residence.

 30 s.h. of the last 60 s.h. must be earned in residence.

 At least one-half the credits required for a major must be

earned in residence.

 At least one-half the credits required for a minor must be

earned in residence.

Note: Credit earned through a SUNY study abroad program

not requiring an academic leave is considered credit earned

in residence.

 Students must obtain a grade of "C" (2.00) or higher for the

transfer credit to be awarded.

 General Education categories fulfilled at one SUNY institution

will be considered fulfilled at SUNY Oneonta regardless of

whether transfer credit is granted.

Transfer of Credit Earned Through External

Programs

SUNY Oneonta has policies that allow for the acceptance of credit

toward the degree from the programs outlined below. A maximum

of 36 s.h. of credit will be accepted from all of these programs.

Note: In all pre-matriculation instances, the combination of all

transfer credit may not exceed 77 s.h.

Advanced Placement (AP)

This College recognizes the program of Advanced Placement

available to talented high school students. Students satisfactorily

completing the final examination prepared by the Education

Testing Service may be given appropriate college credit if the

completed courses are similar in nature to those offered at

Oneonta.

AP courses are graded from 1 to 5. Credit is allowed where the

grade earned is 3, 4, or 5. No credit or special recommendations

are allowed for grades of 1 and 2.

Students desiring to submit AP courses for college credit should

have official score reports sent to the Admissions Office.

Regents College Exams (RCE)

The Regents College Examination (previously College Proficiency

Examinations) program is administered by the State University of

New York, State Education Department. Out-of-state administra-

tion of this testing program is accomplished by the American

College Testing Program (ACT). ACT’s administration of this pro-

gram is known as the ACT Proficiency Examination Program (PEP).

RCE credit will be granted by the College in accordance with the

following policy:

1. The College will grant credit only in those academic areas

where this College has an academic department or an aca-

demic program.

2. Acceptable grades for awarding credit for the RCE or the PEP:

Evaluation Method

Acceptable Grade*

Numerical Standard Score

53 or better

Letter Grade

A, B

Pass/Fail

Pass

Foreign Language (Battery A)

Standard Score

45 or better on subset and

200 combined score

Foreign Language (Battery B)

Standard Score

58 or better

*The College reserves the right to require a student to demon-

strate proficiency in areas not covered by examinations. Normally

these areas would be in science laboratory work or in research

skills.

3. If a student fails the same Regents College Examination twice,

no credit will be granted for passing it on any subsequent

attempt.

It is the obligation of the student to apply for the examination to

the Regents College Examination Program, New York State Edu-

cation Department, Albany NY 12224.

Armed Forces Credit

Some training courses provided by the Armed Forces may be

equivalent to college courses and transfer credit may be granted

by presenting certificates or form DD295 describing the training

received. The American Council on Education Guide to the Eval-

uation of Educational Experiences in the Armed Services is used

to determine the acceptability of satisfactorily-completed courses

and the level they are to be accepted. Credit is granted only in

disciplines where the College has academic programs or de-

partments.

32 Academic Policies and Standards

Defense Activity for Non-Traditional Education Support

(DANTES)

When the Department of Defense discontinued the USAFI Pro-

gram, DANTES was created. The credit-by-examination function of

DANTES is recognized and accepted by this College. The guide-

lines used for USAFI courses are also used for the DANTES pro-

gram when determining the acceptability of courses for transfer to

this College.

College-Level Examination Program (CLEP)

The College-Level Examination Program enables students to earn

college credit by examination. SUNY Oneonta will award credit

and/or placement for those CLEP examinations that are equiva-

lent to courses presently accepted for transfer to this College.

SUNY Oneonta will award credit in each of the acceptable exam-

inations in which an individual has scored over the American

Council of Education recommendation.

International Baccalaureate

Students who have completed an International Baccalaureate (IB)

diploma will be awarded credit for all standard level and higher

level exams with a grade of 4 or higher to a maximum of 30 se-

mester hours. Students who have not completed an IB diploma

will receive credit for higher level exams with grades of 4 or

higher.

Noncollegiate-sponsored Instruction

Early in 1974, the New York State Education Department devel-

oped a system for evaluating formal learning experiences spon-

sored by noncollegiate institutions; that is, by organizations

whose primary focus is not education. They include private in-

dustry, professional associations, labor unions, voluntary associ-

ations, and government agencies.

The State Education Department, Office of Noncolle-

giate-Sponsored Instruction, in cooperation with the American

Council on Education, administers an evaluation system and

recommends the awarding of credit earned through these learn-

ing experiences. The State Education Department publication, A

Guide to Education Programs in Noncollegiate Organizations, is

used by SUNY Oneonta to determine the acceptability of credit

earned for successfully-completed courses.

Credit is granted only for courses completed in academic areas

where this College offers similar academic course work.

Course Challenges

The College recognizes that some students have acquired

knowledge and skills equivalent to those normally acquired

through course work. In such cases, students may receive credit

for appropriate classes by "challenging" those courses. To chal-

lenge a course, students must be full-time, matriculated students

and must apply to the department chair. Each department de-

cides under what circumstances a course may be challenged, as

well as the time of course challenges. Students are encouraged to

obtain a course outline or prospectus before challenging.

Course challenge requirements are prepared by the instructor

and subject to approval of the department or a subgroup thereof.

The passing or failing of a challenged course is determined by the

instructor and reported to the Registrar. Credits granted on the

basis of course challenges are acknowledged on student tran-

scripts with a grade of CH. Credit earned for challenged courses

does not count toward full-time enrollment status.

Students may not challenge particular courses more than once.

Students who have unsuccessfully challenged other courses

should expect to have this factor considered in evaluating other

challenge requests. Students may not challenge a course and

then enroll in it for additional credit; nor may they earn credit for a

course and then challenge it to earn additional credit. Students

also may not challenge a course in which they have already taken

and received a failing grade.

If students transfer from institutions where credit has been given

on the basis of course challenges, such credits will be reviewed

and evaluated in the same manner as other transfer credit.

Grading System

Within each course, the instructor determines the basis for eval-

uation and the system used is founded upon academic perfor-

mance professionally judged and not on matters irrelevant to that

performance such as personality, race, religion, degree of political

activism, or personal beliefs.

Grading Scale

4.00 quality points

2.00 quality points

A-

3.67 quality points

C-

1.67 quality points

B+

3.34 quality points

D+

1.34 quality points

3.00 quality points

1.00 quality points

B-

2.67 quality points

D-

0.67 quality points

C+

2.34 quality points

0.00 quality points

Quality Point System (or Grade Point Average)

Academic standing is based on the cumulative quality point index

or grade point average (GPA), which is determined by assigning a

numerical value for each letter grade earned. For each semester,

grades of "A" through "E" yield the quality points listed above. No

other grades carry quality point values.

The GPA for one semester is determined by dividing the number of

quality points earned during the semester by the number of credit

hours carried during the semester for all courses in which

weighted grades were received. The following example illustrates

how the GPA is determined for one semester.

Course

Semes-

ter

Hours

Carried

Grade

Quality

Points

Semester

Hours

Earned

Total

Quality

Points

ARTH 109

B+

3.34

10.02

PHED 168

4.00

8.00

PSYC 100

2.00

6.00

CHEM 111

C-

1.67

6.68

HIST 101

3.00

9.00

Totals

39.70

GPA =

Quality Points Earned =

39.70 =

2.64

Semester Hours Carried

In the example, 39.70 quality points divided by 15 s.h. attempted

yields a semester GPA of 2.64.

The cumulative GPA is determined by dividing the total number of

quality points earned by the total number of credit hours carried

for all courses in which weighted grades were received.

Cumulative GPA

Total Quality Points Earned

Total Semester Hours Carried

Passing ("P"), failing ("F"), pending ("PEN"), incomplete ("I"), and

withdrawal ("W") grades are not computed in the GPA. When "PEN"

or "I" grades are replaced by a permanent grade, the semester

and cumulative GPA’s are recomputed. Only grades earned for

course work completed at SUNY Oneonta are included in the

computation of the GPA. GPA’s are truncated, not rounded. For

example, a 2.64666 mathematical computation means the stu-

dent’s GPA is 2.64.

GPA’s in the Major and Minor

Normally, grades for all courses taken in the major are used to

compute the GPA in the major. Grades for all courses taken to

Academic Policies and Standards 33

complete minor requirements are used to compute the GPA in the

minor.

Students must earn a minimum GPA of 2.0 in their major and

minor (if one is declared) in order to graduate. Individual pro-

grams may require a higher GPA. See your faculty advisor or the

department chair if you have questions.

Incompletes

Incomplete grades may be assigned only on request by the stu-

dent and only under the following conditions:

 A majority of the course work has been completed

 Completion was not possible due to circumstances beyond the

student’s control

 Course work can be completed without additional faculty

instruction.

Faculty may not assign an incomplete in circumstances where the

student’s performance to date clearly indicates an inability to

pass the course as originally structured in the syllabus. Faculty

may not assign an incomplete grade in place of a failing grade or

because the student stopped attending class.

An example of acceptable circumstances would be a student who

missed the final exam or final paper because of an illness or

family emergency that can be documented.

Faculty may not assign an incomplete grade without the student’s

knowledge.

An understanding of the remaining course requirements and the

deadline for completion of them must be established between the

student and faculty member prior to assigning the incomplete.

Faculty must complete an Incomplete Grade Agreement Form and

submit it to the Registrar’s Office at the same time end-of-term

grades are submitted.

Students must not re-register for the course in order to complete

the course work. If they do, a failing grade will be assigned for the

first course registration.

Deadlines for completing incompletes are determined by the

course instructor. However, they must be within College desig-

nated deadlines noted below.

 For incompletes received in spring or summer terms, the

deadline for completion is usually in November unless course

instructor determines an earlier date.

 For incompletes received in fall terms, the deadline for com-

pletion is usually in April unless course instructor determines

an earlier date.

Specific dates are posted in the Key Dates and Deadlines which

are on the Registrar’s web page www.oneonta.edu/registrar

Extension of the deadline beyond the College designated one

should not be necessary. However, under extreme circumstances,

a student may submit a Petition for Extension of Incomplete form.

The petition must state reasons for the request, and contain

documentation supporting the request. The student submits the

petition to the course instructor and advisor for signature indi-

cating support of the request. The petition is then submitted to

the school's dean for final approval. The approved forms are

submitted to the Registrar for recording.

The Registrar will send notification of outstanding incompletes to

students and their instructors, indicating specific deadlines and

any approved extension dates.

Any incomplete grades not resolved by the College deadline via

incomplete extension form or grade change form will be converted

to failing grades. These failing grades will not be changed back to

incomplete grades, so both faculty and students must be atten-

tive to these deadlines.

Incomplete grades may not be changed to "W" grades at a later

date.

Degrees will not be awarded to students who have Incomplete

grades. The student must opt to change the Incomplete to an

"E/F" or complete the course work and reapply for the degree

during the semester in which the course requirements are com-

pleted.

Pending

The grade "PEN" indicates that the course work has been satis-

factory but there is some persistent inadequacy in writing or

reading. Instructors should refer a student to the Center for Aca-

demic Development and Enrichment (CADE) as soon as a problem

is discovered and not wait to assign a "PEN" grade at the end of

the term.

The "PEN" grade may be used when an instructor discovers a

specific skill or deficiency (writing or reading) in a student’s work,

but not in place of an "E" grade or an "I". Students who receive a

"PEN" grade are required to start remediation during the next

semester in residence.

When a "PEN" grade is given in a course, the deadline for com-

pletion of the course is the same as that for an Incomplete. The

date by which an Incomplete must be made up falls in November

for the fall semester and in April for the spring semester. Failure to

complete the "PEN" by the deadline would result in a failing grade

for the course. With the student’s consent, an instructor may

extend the "PEN" grade whenever there is an educational ad-

vantage in doing so.

A form that specifies the remedial work that must be undertaken

by the student must be filled out by the instructor for that course.

The faculty member issuing a "PEN" grade must provide a brief,

but clearly written statement of the exact skill to be mastered in

order to pass a course. Students are not permitted to graduate

with a "PEN" grade. Upon notification of the completion of a re-

ferred remediation, it is the instructor’s responsibility to remove

the "PEN" grade via a grade change form.

Withdrawals

Withdrawals from individual courses: The deadline for withdraw-

ing from a semester-length course is one week after the published

mid-semester date. A "W" will appear on the transcript. After the

above date no individual course withdrawals will be permitted;

students are committed to each of their courses for the remainder

of the semester and will receive grades in them. Equivalent dates

apply to mini-courses and half-semester courses.

Exceptions to this policy in individual circumstances for personal

(nonacademic) reasons may be recommended to an instructor by

the Student Development Office. Under such circumstances the

student may appeal the instructor’s decision to the appropriate

academic dean, who will make the final decision.

The provisions of this section do not apply to students who with-

draw from the College.

Non-attendance – First Week of Classes

 Students must attend one of the first two class hours in each

course as well as the first laboratory (if applicable) or the in-

structor may declare the student’s place in a course "vacant".

 If an illness or unavoidable circumstance prevents the student

from meeting this attendance requirement, the student must

notify the instructor or the academic department office of

his/her intention to attend the course. If neither can be

reached the student may ask the Office of Student Develop-

ment to notify the instructor or department office. Such noti-

fication must occur during the first three class days of the

semester.

34 Academic Policies and Standards

Flagrant Non-Attendance

 Students missing 25% or more of class, any time from the

second week of class up until the last day to withdraw from an

individual course (see Keydates and Deadlines for specific

dates) may be removed from the course by the instructor.

 This removal from the course is accomplished by notifying the

Registrar via e-mail or via faculty web.

 Registrar will assign "WI" (Involuntary Withdrawal).

 E-mail is sent to instructors approximately two weeks prior to

the deadline for this action with a reminder to take action, if

appropriate.

 Students appearing on the final grade webpage must be as-

signed a final grade (not a "W", Incomplete or Pending grade),

regardless of student’s class attendance.

Pass/Fail

Grades of "P" or "F" are assigned when such grades are authorized

in accordance with faculty-established policy. That policy is as

follows:

Faculty Option: A department may designate a course or courses

in which only the Pass/Fail grading system shall be used. A de-

partment may designate a course or courses in which only the

conventional letter grading shall be used. (Not subject to student

option.)

Student Option: A student may elect to receive Pass/Fail grading

in a course, provided the following conditions are met:

 A student must have successfully completed one full semes-

ter’s work at the College.

 Except in courses for which a department has designated only

Pass/Fail grading, a student may elect only one course per

academic semester or summer session for a total of four such

semester or summer session courses for his entire college

program.

 A student may not elect Pass/Fail grading for required courses

in his major or specialization, minor, courses taken to satisfy a

General Education requirement, or for courses designated by

a department as not subject to student option.

 A student may take a Pass/Fail option in a required supporting

course that is not listed as part of the major field requirement.

 A student who has completed his major field requirement may

take additional hours in his major department for Pass/Fail

credit.

 The student must request Pass/Fail grading during the des-

ignated Add/Drop period. A student indicating Pass/Fail status

may change to a graded basis by requesting this change from

the instructor before two-thirds of the course has been com-

pleted. The final date for these changes shall be set by the

Registrar. (See Key Dates and Deadlines, a list of important

dates published each semester and distributed to both stu-

dents and faculty.)

 The criterion for a "P" will be achievement of the minimum

requirements of the course.

 The "P" or "F" will be entered on the student transcript and

hours successfully completed will count as credits for gradua-

tion. Hours graded "P" or "F" will not be included in the com-

putation of the student’s GPA.

 Certain exceptions to the policy apply with regard to Physical

Education (PHED) activity courses. A student may elect

Pass/Fail grading in PHED activity courses in any semester,

even concurrently with another Pass/Fail option course; and

may accumulate a maximum total of 4 s.h. in PHED activity

beyond the established maximum total credits for Pass/Fail

option toward a degree.

Pass/Fail Grading and General Education

Courses taken to satisfy General Education requirements must be

taken on a letter grade basis only. Students should keep this

policy in mind when registering for General Education courses.

Undergraduate Course Repeat Policy

For a course initially taken prior to Fall 1994 and subsequently

repeated, the transcript will reflect both courses and grades; both

grades will be calculated in the grade point average.

For a course initially taken in the Fall of 1994 or thereafter and

subsequently repeated, the transcript will reflect both courses

and grades; only the higher grade will be calculated in the grade

point average.

In both cases, credit will be granted only once. In courses that are

allowed to be repeated (e.g., COMP 100 to a maximum of 6 se-

mester hours), the repeat rule will be applied after the maximum

credits are achieved. Exceptions to this (e.g., student fails COMP

100 the first time and wishes to improve GPA via the repeat rule)

may be directed to the Committee on Student Progress and Sta-

tus via the College Registrar (128 Netzer).

Students may not repeat a course using the Pass/Fail grading

option, a course challenge, or with an individual course enroll-

ment registration. Students may not use transfer courses to re-

place a grade at SUNY Oneonta.

Beginning Fall 2015, students will be permitted a maximum of

one repeat per course. Only the higher grade will count in the

student’s GPA. Credit will be earned once. Students who attempt

to repeat a course a second time will be dropped from the course

by the Registrar and/or denied Prior Approval.

Appeals: Students who wish to appeal the repeat rule may do so

in consultation with the student’s faculty advisor. Students will

use the Appeal to the Undergraduate Course Repeat Policy Form

to outline their request. The student’s faculty advisor and the

chairperson of the student’s major each review the form and

make recommendations. The Student Progress and Status

Committee makes the final decision.

Repeating courses may have an impact on financial aid. Students

considering repeating courses should discuss it with their finan-

cial aid counselor.

Grade Change Policy

Letter grades on file with the Registrar at the end of a semester

are final unless an error in calculating the grade is discovered. If

so, the instructor must file a grade change form, explaining the

error. This form requires the approval of the department chair and

is then processed by the Registrar. Grade changes not consistent

with academic policy will be reviewed by the appropriate dean.

The student will receive an email alerting them to the grade

change. Permitting a student to submit missing work or extra

credit to improve a grade is not acceptable.

It is the student’s responsibility to call the instructor’s attention to

a possible grading error in a timely manner, typically during the

semester following that in which the questioned grade was re-

ceived. If twelve months have elapsed since the grade was is-

sued, no grade change will be made.

Interim Progress Reports

Each term faculty are required to rate undergraduate student

progress in semester-length courses. This process takes place

near the midpoint of the term. The results are available to stu-

dents by logging into my.oneonta.edu. In addition to the Interim

Progress Reports, faculty may send individual mid-term warnings

to students.

Academic Policies and Standards 35

Academic Progress

It is the responsibility of all students to be aware of the quality of

their academic work and to maintain satisfactory progress toward

curriculum completion. When students are in doubt concerning

the quality of their work, they should request a conference with

the instructor or instructors concerned.

Although students are encouraged to complete their undergrad-

uate programs in four years, the College sets no time limit on the

number of semesters a continuously enrolled student may spend

in pursuit of a degree. Students can accelerate and complete

their programs in a shorter time if their personal circumstances

and the availability of offerings permit.

Class Year Definitions

The following defines class year by completed semester hour(s):

0 - 24 s.h.

Freshman

25 - 56 s.h.

Sophomore

57 - 89 s.h.

Junior

90 or more s.h.

Senior

Probation or Academic Dismissal

Student academic performance is evaluated by the Committee on

Student Progress and Status. The evaluation is used to determine

a student’s eligibility to continue in college.

At the end of each semester (Fall, Spring, and Summer) the rec-

ords of all students are reviewed. Students who fail to make sat-

isfactory progress toward an undergraduate degree are dismissed

from the College. All students who are properly authorized to

ered to be in good academic standing and making satisfactory

progress toward a degree.

Any student whose cumulative GPA either falls below or remains

below 2.00, is placed on probation, continued on probation, or

dismissed from the College. Students are placed on probation

whenever their semester GPA falls below 2.00, regardless of their

cumulative GPA.

Students may be dismissed whenever they fail to make reasona-

ble progress toward the completion of the requirements for

graduation in the program for which they are registered, even if

their cumulative GPA is above 2.0. It is not necessary for a student

to be on probation before being dismissed.

The factors considered when determining whether a student is

eligible to continue in college are: cumulative GPA, GPA for the

most recent semester(s), number of semesters on probation,

unsatisfactory grades in courses required by the program for

which the student is registered, and/or the number of semester

hours of work completed.

The following cumulative GPA’s are used to identify students who

are subject to routine dismissal for academic reasons. These may

not necessarily apply in instances in which the student’s most

recent semester average is above 2.0:

Below

1st semester freshmen

1.25

1st semester transfer

1.50

All 2nd semester students

1.75

All other students

2.00

*Exception: Readmitted students – refer to the section on "Re-

admission."

Students’ GPAs are calculated using grades earned at Oneonta.

Transfer grades do not affect the Oneonta GPA.

Academically dismissed students may submit a written appeal.

This appeal must be submitted to the Student Progress and Sta-

tus Committee and must contain a report of documented exten-

uating circumstances contributing to poor academic perfor-

mance. Students whose appeals are not granted and those who

do not appeal their dismissal are eligible to possibly return to the

College after one full calendar year. Refer to the section on "Re-

admission" for deadlines and policies.

Superior Performance

Dean’s List

The Dean’s List is a roster of superior scholars. Students achieve

the Dean’s List if they earn a 3.5 or higher term GPA for any se-

mester in which a minimum of 12 s.h. of work are completed with

a qualitative letter grade and no more than one incomplete or

pending grade. The student receives a congratulatory letter from

the Provost of the College recognizing the achievement.

Honors Degree

Upon graduation, a SUNY Oneonta honors degree may be

awarded to students who complete 60 semester hours here,

including 45 graded hours. Three categories of honors degrees

are:

Cum laude

GPA of 3.50-3.69

Magna cum laude

GPA of 3.70-3.89

Summa cum laude

GPA of 3.90-4.00

Academic Department Honors

Graduating students who meet all degree and major require-

ments, who also have a 3.50 or higher major grade point average

may be recommended by the department chair for department

honors. Students awarded department honors in their major will

receive a Department Honors Certificate and will have the com-

ment "Department Honors in [major]" placed on their academic

transcript. Students may not qualify for department honors in an

academic area other than their declared major(s).

Pre-enrollment

Pre-enrollment is a procedure that allows students to select a

schedule of courses prior to actual registration. The procedure

includes consultation with the assigned faculty advisor to ensure

proper selection of courses. Pre-enrollment is limited to 17 s.h.

Pre-enrollment appointment hours are scheduled in descending

order on "semester hours completed" basis. Essentially, it is a

seniority system and does favor the upper-class students who

have progressed further in their programs, and thus, have more

specific remaining degree requirements.

Registration

Registration is comprised of paying all obligations to the College

and making any necessary changes before the end of the

Add-Drop period. During this period, matriculated undergraduates

may register for a up to 18 s.h. without additional permission

needed. See Schedule Changes on page 36 for more details.

All students (including student teachers, interns, etc.) are ex-

pected to go through the registration process.

Registering properly establishes the student’s status as one of the

following:

Full-time degree candidate: a student who has been accepted by

this College as a degree candidate and is enrolled for 12 or more

s.h. of undergraduate/graduate work.

Part-time degree candidate: a student who has been accepted by

this College as a degree candidate and is enrolled in less than 12

s.h. of undergraduate/graduate course work.

Non-degree: a student who is being permitted to take courses but

who has not been accepted as a degree candidate. Enrollment as

a non-degree student does not guarantee nor does it imply that

36 Academic Policies and Standards

the student so enrolled will be accepted as a degree candidate if

application is made.

Schedule Changes

Students are encouraged to make the correct course choices at

pre-enrollment. This is the time when the individual has the

highest priority and best access to the courses needed. Course

additions are not normally made after the deadline dates estab-

lished for the semester. See Key Dates and Deadlines, a list of

important dates published each semester and distributed to both

students and faculty.

Courses less than a semester in length (half-semester courses,

mini courses, etc.) should also be chosen at pre-enrollment. While

students may sign up for them later, they have to compete with

other students who may have a higher priority.

Students wishing to register subsequently for more than 18 s.h.

may do so under the following conditions:

 with their advisor’s approval if their cumulative GPA is 3.0 or

above, and

 with the approval of their advisor and the appropriate dean if

their cumulative average is less than 3.0.

The special approval mentioned above is not required if the

overload consists of MUSC 170, MUSC 270, MUSC 280, or any

PHED activity course.

Note: Students who fail to register will be administratively with-

drawn from the College and will risk losing scholarships, social

security benefits, or other financial aid. Students who have been

administratively withdrawn must apply for readmission to the

College through the Academic Advisement Center.

Grade Reports

At the end of each semester, students may view grades via the

web at my.oneonta.edu. Students must use their username and

password to access this information. Grades are not available to

students with outstanding financial obligations to the College.

Applying for a Degree

In order to receive a degree, students must file an Undergraduate

Diploma Application in the semester prior to the one in which the

degree will be awarded. Normally this would occur when there are

16 s.h. or less to complete toward the degree. It is the student’s

responsibility to confer with an advisor, determine the remaining

requirements and file the application by the proper time. Early

attention to this procedure allows final semester schedule ad-

justments to be made.

Leave of Absence

Academic leaves may be granted to students who are interested

in academic pursuits at an institution other than SUNY Oneonta.

To be eligible for an academic leave, the student must be ma-

triculated and have completed at least one semester at the Col-

lege. For more information, an application, and Prior Approval

contact the Academic Advisement Center.

Non-academic leaves may be granted to students for reasons

deemed financial, military, health, or personal. Information and

applications are available in the Student Development Office or at

www.oneonta.edu/development/leaves_withdrawals.asp

Withdrawal from the College

Student-Initiated or Voluntary Withdrawal

Liability for certain College expenses begins on the first day of

classes. Students who withdraw are entitled to refunds of per-

sonal funds paid according to set schedules determined by ap-

propriate offices (e.g., Student Accounts for tuition liability;

Housing for room liability, etc.). Specifics are available from the

Student Accounts Office.

Voluntary Withdrawals. Voluntary withdrawals should be pursued

if a student is transferring to another college, will be absent for

more than one year, or has decided not to continue his/her edu-

cation at Oneonta. This does not prevent such student from ap-

plying for readmission to SUNY Oneonta. Students who do with-

draw and who subsequently wish to return to the College must

follow the procedures for "Readmission".

Students leaving the College who do intend to return after one

semester should check the criteria for Leaves of Absence (aca-

demic and non-academic) which do not require readmission.

Students who find it necessary to withdraw from the College must

do so by filing a "Voluntary Withdrawal" form with the Student

Development Office, Netzer 119. Information and applications are

also available at

www.oneonta.edu/development/leaves_withdrawals.asp

Withdrawal Prior to Midterm. If a student officially withdraws from

the College prior to the deadline for individual course withdrawals

(one week past the midpoint of the semester), "W" grades will be

assigned to all courses. No credit is earned for a grade of "W".

Mini-courses and half-semester courses that end prior to with-

drawal will be graded.

Withdrawal After the Midterm. If students officially withdraw from

the College after the deadline for individual course withdrawals

and up until two weeks prior to the beginning of final exams, they

will receive a "W" with a parenthetical grade for each course,

indicating the quality of their work up to the time of withdrawal. No

credit is earned for a grade of "W". Mini courses and half-semester

courses that end prior to withdrawal will be graded.

Deadline for Withdrawal from the College. Full-time students who

are eligible to be enrolled during a semester, have not done so,

and have not notified the Registrar’s Office that they are pursuing

their degree on a "part-time" basis (nor have they graduated,

withdrawn, or taken a Leave of Absence) will be "Administratively

Withdrawn" from the College by the Office of the Registrar. Stu-

dents who are administratively withdrawn and who wish to return

must follow the procedures for "Readmission". Note: Students in

some majors, by virtue of program registration with the State

Education Department, may be required to fulfill the most recent

program requirements. Administrative Withdrawal may impact a

student’s financial aid. Students should contract the Financial

Aid Office (Netzer 123, 607-436-2532) if they have questions.

Readmission

The readmission process is overseen by the Academic Advise-

ment Center. Students who withdrew, were administratively

withdrawn, or were academically dismissed must apply for read-

mission. Students who have been academically dismissed are not

eligible for readmission until one full year has elapsed since the

dismissal. The student must also have successfully completed at

least 12 s.h. of new academic course work with at least a 2.5 GPA

at another institution. In all cases, applications for readmission

must be received by the deadline dates noted at the end of this

section. Readmission is not guaranteed. Past history at the col-

lege, space availability, and academic history are all considered.

After meeting these conditions, academically dismissed students

may seek readmission under one of two options:

Option I—Original Academic Record: Readmission is based on

previously-earned GPA with all semester hours earned counted

toward the degree.

Option II—Reinstatement Record: The student’s GPA is recom-

puted to 2.0. The student loses previously earned "D" and "E"

Academic Policies and Standards 37

credit (semester hours and quality points) necessary to compute

the GPA at 2.0.

The decision regarding grades to be invalidated rests with the

Academic Advisement Center. The grades will be invalidated in

the following order:

a. Low grades will be forgiven to bring the student to a min-

imum 2.00 GPA. If it is impossible to get to a minimum

2.00 GPA, then all grades will be forgiven from the GPA.

b. Once a 2.00 or the next highest GPA is achieved, no other

grades will be forgiven.

c. Grades will be forgiven in the following order: "E" in the

major, "E" out of the major, "D-" in the major, "D-" out of the

major, etc.

d. If grades of "D-" to "C-" are forgiven, students will lose the

credit earned for those courses.

Policies regarding readmitted students and their degree re-

quirements:

a. Students will be required to complete the degree re-

quirements that are in place at the time of their readmis-

sion. If no more than two years have elapsed since the

student’s last attendance at SUNY Oneonta and the stu-

dent was no more than 6 s.h. short of graduation, then the

student may return under his/her previous requirements

unless the student is a major in the School of Business,

Education, or Dietetics.

b. Readmitted students who were previously dismissed may

not declare majors in the School of Business, Education,

Dietetics.

c. Readmitted students who were previously academically

dismissed must maintain a 2.00 cum GPA in all course-

work taken since readmission and must complete a min-

imum of 12 s.h. of new coursework at Oneonta (post

re-matriculation) to be eligible for degree consideration.

Failure to maintain this GPA will result in a second dis-

missal.

Students who are academically dismissed after readmission will

not be eligible for readmission another time.

Students who choose to decline their readmission will have their

Oneonta academic record returned to the academic record in

place at the time of their last attendance at the college.

Applications for readmission are available on the Academic Ad-

visement website or through the Academic Advisement Center.

Questions regarding readmission may be directed to the Aca-

demic Advisement Center (100 Netzer). There is an application

fee of $20. Deadlines for applying are as follows:

 June 1 for Fall readmission

 October 1 for Spring readmission

 April 2 for Summer readmission (only available to students

who can complete their degree by August)

Course Auditing

The auditing of courses is considered most appropriate when

used to expand the educational experience of enrolled students,

faculty, members of the College and members of the community.

The priority of auditors shall be as follows: SUNY Oneonta stu-

dents; SUNY Oneonta employees; others. A $50.00 course audit

fee will be charged for each course audited. Those exempted from

the course audit fee are SUNY Oneonta employees, currently

enrolled SUNY Oneonta students, and persons age 55 and over.

Course audit fees are not refundable. Course audit requests must

be filed with the Continuing Education Office, Netzer 132.

College Policies

SUNY Oneonta enforces the following policies regarding course

auditing:

1. Prospective auditors must have the permission of the in-

structor of the course and the department chair.

2. Students may not audit a course in order to prepare for sub-

sequent enrollment in that course.

3. Students may not audit a course in order to make up work as a

result of an incomplete.

4. Students will be assessed a course audit fee if they are not

enrolled at SUNY Oneonta at the time they audit a course.

5. Course auditors will not be required to meet the requirements

of the course, will not be officially enrolled in the course, will

not be listed on course roster, will not earn any credit for the

course, will not earn a grade for the course, and will not re-

ceive recognition for the course.

6. Course auditors will not ordinarily be permitted to audit studio

courses or the laboratory or field work portion of courses, or

other course experiences which require individual attention or

special arrangement.

7. Course auditors may not register as an auditor until regular

registration is completed and may not use space or equipment

needed by regularly enrolled students.

8. High school students may not audit courses without specific

written permission from high school authorities.

9. Course auditors not affiliated with the College will have only

the privileges of library visitors; they may qualify for "commu-

nity borrower" status.

10. Matriculated SUNY Oneonta students may not audit study

abroad courses.

Those who audit courses must also purchase a parking permit.

Seniors Taking Graduate Level Courses for

Graduate Credit

Undergraduate students who are in their last year of resident work

at Oneonta, who have completed 90 or more semester hours, who

have a minimum overall GPA of 3.0 and a GPA of 3.2 in their

major, and who have passed the college writing exam may take up

to two graduate courses for graduate credit. Undertaking grad-

uate-level work must not delay completion of undergraduate

degree requirements. Graduate credits cannot be applied to-

ward a bachelor’s degree. Students choosing this option should

understand that this does not admit them to graduate study in a

master’s program. Some graduate level courses may not be open

to undergraduate students under any circumstance. Students

must file a "Senior Enrollment in Graduate Course" form signed by

the course instructor, the Academic Advisement Center, the stu-

dent’s advisor, the chair of the department in which the course is

offered, and the dean of the school in which the course is offered

with their registration form at the time of registration. The form is

available in the Graduate Office. The ratio of seniors to graduate

students in a graduate course should normally not exceed 10%,

but in classes with enrollments of less than ten students, one or

two seniors may be permitted.

International students, student athletes and those who receive

financial aid generally must be in 12 s.h. of new undergraduate

coursework to maintain their eligibility/status. Any undergradu-

ate student considering taking a graduate course should discuss

the implications with their financial aid counselor.

*This policy does not apply to students who have been accepted

into an accelerated undergraduate-graduate degree program.

38 Academic Policies and Standards

Student Records

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 permits

current or former students to inspect certain college educational

records pertaining to them as individuals and to obtain copies for

a fee. Students are also accorded the right to question the con-

tent of a record and to receive a formal hearing if dissatisfied with

the responses to such questions.

Written consent from a student is required before personally

identifiable information can be released from the individual ed-

ucational record in all cases except tuition and fee obligations and

those specifically exempted by law.

There is certain directory information which the College may re-

lease without the student’s permission. Directory Information at

SUNY Oneonta is defined as the following:

 student name, postal addresses (not residence hall address-

es), phone numbers and electronic mail addresses

 major field(s) of student, class year, academic advisor, dates

of attendance, full/part-time enrollment status; degrees and

awards received

 previous educational agencies or institutions attended

 participation in officially recognized activities and sports;

height, weight, and photographs of members of athletic

teams.

A student wishing to prevent directory information from being

released must contact the College Registrar, in writing or in per-

son, to request that a "confidential" flag be placed on his or her

record. These confidential flags will be placed within 48 hours of

receipt of request and will be in effect until the student provides

the College Registrar with a written request to remove it.

The Institutional FERPA Policy Statement, containing complete

College policies and procedures for exercising student rights

under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, is

available from the College Registrar. Inquiries or complaints may

be filed with the Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department

of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, S.W. Washington, D.C.

20202-4605.

Transcripts

Copies of student transcripts sent from colleges previously at-

tended become the property of SUNY Oneonta. They are used for

admissions decisions and transfer evaluations. Students are

advised to retain their own copies of academic work taken prior to

their admission. The Registrar’s Office cannot transmit academic

records from another institution in a secondary manner.

Official transcripts of SUNY Oneonta coursework are issued by the

Registrar's Office. All enrolled students pay a $5.00 per se-

mester fee as part of the College's comprehensive fee to cover the

cost of transcript production. Information on requesting tran-

scripts is available in the Registrar’s Office or online at

www.oneonta.edu/registrar.

Complete official copies of the student’s record (transcript) are

provided only upon signed (physical or through secured website)

request from the student. Copies to be issued to third parties

must also be accompanied by signed releases from the student.

The College does not issue unofficial transcripts.

Special Academic Programs 39

Off-Campus Internship Programs

Each academic department may offer student internships as part

of its approved course offerings. These internships provide quali-

fied students the opportunity to earn academic credit through

field experiences related to their majors that include an academic

component such as written papers, journals, portfolios, etc. In-

terested students should consult with their department Faculty

Internship Coordinator for information about such opportunities.

The College Internship Coordinator is housed in the Career De-

velopment Center, 110 Netzer. A Summer Opportunities and

New York City Internship Fair is coordinated annually to promote

opportunities throughout New York State. SUNY Oneonta part-

ners with the Academic Internship Council (AIC) and Connect-123

to provide international and domestic internship opportunities for

all majors. International program locations include: Barcelona,

Berlin, Buenos Aires, Cape Town, Dublin, Hong Kong, Mumbai,

Santiago, Shanghai, Singapore, Sydney, and Toronto; domestic

program locations include Boston, New York City, and San Fran-

cisco. Internship opportunities worldwide can be found on the

Career Development Centers online career management system,

Dragonlink.

In addition to departmental internships, college-wide internships

are offered under the PROF 224 course designation. Contact the

Dean of Economics and Business.

Credit Granted and Limitations

Credit is granted on the basis of hours worked. One semester hour

is equivalent to 40 work hours (normally a full work week).

Part-time work may be pro-rated over the semester. Students may

fall or spring semesters; a maximum of 12 s.h. may be earned

during the summer. A maximum of 16 s.h. of internship credit,

including student teaching, may be applied toward the under-

graduate degree. Usually internships are graded on a Pass/Fail

basis only. Under certain circumstances, departments have ob-

tained approval for letter grading. The approved grading mode for

each internship course is on the College’s Course Master File,

available in the Registrar’s Office.

Students must have 56 s.h. completed (12 s.h. at Oneonta);

passed the College Writing Exam; have at least a 2.0 overall GPA

and at least a 2.0 GPA in their major. GPA and course

pre-requisite requirements vary within each department.

Summer Interns

Departments may sponsor opportunities for summer internship

credits. Summer sessions fees apply. Summer session intern-

ships entail periods of service ranging from one to ten weeks.

Study Abroad Programs

SUNY Oneonta offers several exchange programs through the

Office of International Education. Oneonta students also have

access to over 1,000 study abroad programs within the SUNY

network. All programs carry academic standing and eligibility

requirements. Programs vary in duration, scope, and purpose to

intriguing places around the world. Courses taken abroad are

offered in English or other languages, depending on the overseas

institution, and may be transferred back into the student’s aca-

demic program for college credit. Financial aid is available for

qualified applicants but early planning is key to a successful ex-

perience abroad.

Studying abroad is a life changing experience that exposes the

individual to a variety of viewpoints while growing personally and

professionally. Students traveling abroad gain valuable insights

as they meet the challenges of a competitive economy and diver-

sified world.

Throughout the year, SUNY Oneonta hosts a Study Abroad Fair

and a variety of workshops on campus. The Office of Interna-

tional Education invites students to explore their world for the

enriching experiences studying abroad offers. The Office of

International Education continues to grow its overseas partner

programs; thus, students are encouraged to check the OIE’s

website for updates routinely.

For information on study abroad programs, contact the Office of

International Education.

The Office of International Education

Study Abroad Coordinator

103 Alumni Hall

Oneonta, New York 13820

(607) 436-3369

www.oneonta.edu/academics/inted

SUNY Oneonta Programs

Finland - Jyvaskyla University of Applied Sciences

(JAMK)

Established in 1992, JAMK is quality-focused, passionate about

pragmatic teaching and learning opportunities with a career fo-

cus, and embraces diversity on its campus. Over 8,000 students

attend JAMK with 160 exchange students. With three degree

programs taught exclusively in English, the university offers an

array of courses taught in English. The university provides ser-

vices such as tutoring, student "buddy" program, and several

student clubs and organizations. The values of the university are

trust, responsibility, and creativity.

Jyvaskyla is the seventh largest city in Finland. The campus is

situated by lakes and forests and Finland has often been re-

garded as similar to Maine with its rocky coastlines and forests.

Trips to St. Petersburg, Russia and Stockholm, Sweden are within

reach.

Open to all SUNY students and all majors, JAMK is ideal for Edu-

cation, English, Business, Economics, Healthcare, Hospitality &

Tourism, and Music majors. Eligibility for studying at JAMK in-

cludes sophomore standing with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or

higher with faculty recommendations. Students may study for

the fall, spring, or academic year or summer program.

Germany - Ludwigsburg University of Education

(LUE)

The city of Ludwigsburg is a wonderful destination for first time or

return travelers to Germany. The Ludwigsburg Palace, Germa-

ny’s largest baroque palace, dates back to the 19th century.

Located in western Germany near Frankfurt, the university is

surrounded by hills, forests, and historic cathedrals and the city is

considered both the center of education and economic progress.

Courses are taught in English with German language courses

taught at all levels. The program is ideal for Education, History,

English, and Art majors. The International Office provides tutors

and mentors for American students, making living and studying at

Ludwigsburg a positive and memorable experience.

PECIAL

CADEMIC

ROGRAMS

40 Special Academic Programs

Open to all SUNY students and all majors, eligibility includes

sophomore standing with a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher.

Study for the fall, spring, or academic year.

Ghana - The University of Cape Coast

With its longstanding relationship with SUNY Oneonta, the Uni-

versity of Cape Coast has over 14,000 students and offers an

environment that motivates individuals to respond effectively to

the development needs of a changing world.

The University of Cape Coast is one of the rare sea front universi-

ties in the world and is focused on supporting and advancing

specific areas of economic and social activity through learning,

teaching and research. The campus is diversified, welcoming,

and friendly has a reputation for its excellence in teaching.

Students have the opportunity to study the culture and history of

Ghana including slave trade pan-Africanism, politics, community

development, and art. Studying in Ghana is a life changing ex-

perience, confronting the student with the impact of the European

slave trade on West Africa, visits to the slave-trade forts, and

learning about the history of trade and exports. The country has a

rich history of oral story tellers, writers, and poets.

Open to all SUNY students and all majors. Eligibility for studying at

UCC Ghana includes sophomore standing with a cumulative GPA

of 2.0 or higher. Study for the fall, spring or academic year.

Greece - The American College of Greece (ACG)

The American College of Greece (ACG) is located in the historic

Mediterranean city of Athens, which is the capital city of Greece.

ACG has approximately 3,000 students, and has a student body

that is 90% Greek. The College offers more than 20 degree pro-

grams, and is an ideal study abroad destination for students

interested in business, art, humanities, social sciences, and

communication.

ACG offers two 4-week Summer programs, and a wide selection of

courses are available during both programs. Students can earn up

to 6 credits during each program.

Eligibility for studying at ACG includes sophomore standing and a

cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher. Students may study for a se-

mester, academic year, or Summer.

Israel - Arava Institute for Environmental Studies

(AIES)

At the Arava Institute for Environmental Studies, students have

the opportunity to take coursework taught in English related to

natural and social environmental sciences. The Arava Institute’s

location on Kibbutz Ketura in the Southern Arava Valley, Israel,

provides a unique learning environment. Approximately 40 to 50

students from Israel, Palestine, Jordan, the United States, and

other regions around the world participate in the study abroad

program each semester. In addition to the 4 to 5 courses that

students take each semester, students also complete a

non-credit bearing Peace-Building and Environmental Leadership

Seminar to have an open dialogue about culture, religion, and the

political situation in the region.

Eligibility for studying at the Arava Institute includes sophomore

standing and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher. Students may

study for a semester or academic year at the Institute.

Italy - Istituto Europeo di Design (IED)

In cooperation with the Knowledge Exchange Institute (KEI), SUNY

Oneonta offers study abroad programs at the Istituto Europeo di

Design (IED)’s campuses in Milan and Florence, Italy. The pro-

grams are ideal for fashion design, fashion merchandizing, visual

communication and visual design students. The semester pro-

gram is offered in Florence, and consists of two required courses,

"Made in Italy" and "Italian Design and Production Methods," as

well as up to 3 elective courses that students select. A 4-week

Summer program is offered in Milan, during which students take

one 6-credit course.

Eligibility for studying at the IED includes sophomore standing and

a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher. Students may study at the IED

for a semester, academic year, or summer.

Japan - Seinan Gakuin University

Since 1971, Seinan Gakuin University (SGU) in beautiful Fukuoka,

Japan has welcomed SUNY students from around the world.

Students may study for a semester, academic year, or summer

program for a reasonable cost amidst a safe and friendly envi-

ronment. Courses are offered in English and all SUNY students,

all majors, may apply to SGU.

Located in the southern part of Japan, Fukuoka is known for its

dichotomy of natural beauty and dynamic, metropolitan atmos-

phere. With 1.4 million inhabitants, Fukuoka is one of Japan’s

five largest cities and prides itself in its unique cuisine and en-

ticing shopping districts. The city’s strategic location offers

convenient travel to various parts of Japan and South Korea via its

national airport. The city’s public transportation system is highly

developed and modestly priced.

SGU is respected for its diverse student body, quality academic

programs, and friendly faculty and staff. Eligibility for studying at

SGU includes sophomore standing with a cumulative GPA of 2.5

or higher.

Japan - Tokyo Metropolitan University (TMU)

SUNY Oneonta’s exchange program at Tokyo Metropolitan Uni-

versity (TMU) is located in the Tokyo suburb of Hachioji, which is

about 1 hour by train from downtown Tokyo. TMU is highly ranked

among Japanese universities, and has an undergraduate student

population of approximately 6,900 students. TMU has several

campuses; however, exchange students study at the Mina-

mi-Osawa campus. Classes are available in English in several

subjects, including biology, biochemistry, the humanities and

social sciences. TMU also offers 7 levels of Japanese language

classes. Students can also participate in a 3-week summer pro-

gram at TMU, earning 6 U.S. credits. The summer program fo-

cuses on Japanese language and culture, and includes field trips

that are designed to increase students’ understanding of Japan.

Eligibility for studying at TMU includes sophomore standing and a

cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher. Students may study at TMU for

the academic year, spring semester, or summer.

The Netherlands - Hanze University of Applied

Sciences (HUAS)

Hanze University of Applied Sciences (HUAS) is located in the city

of Groningen, which has one of the largest student populations in

the Netherlands. The city’s close proximity to Amsterdam, as well

as the German cities of Bremen and Hamburg, enables students

to easily travel to other areas of interest within Europe.

HUAS has more than 25,000 students, consists of 17 different

schools and offers more than 70 degree programs. The semester

exchange program is ideal for business, art, and communication

students.

Students can also participate in a 6-credit "Doing Business in

Europe" Summer program.

Eligibility for studying at HUAS includes sophomore standing and a

cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher. Students may study for a se-

mester, academic year, or Summer.

Special Academic Programs 41

South Korea - Chungnam National University

SUNY Oneonta is a proud partner of Chungnam National Univer-

sity (CNU), a major research university of 35,000 undergraduate

and graduate students in Daejeon, South Korea, just 1 hour by

train to Seoul.

CNU is a respected university, known for its science, business,

medical, music, and liberal arts programs. The university has a

diverse student body, high quality programs, and world-class

faculty. Selected as one of the "50 best universities in Asia," the

university is passionate about turning dreams into reality for its

students.

Daejeon is one of the largest cities in South Korea, just southwest

of Seoul and is a powerhouse for the healthcare, engineering, and

manufacturing industries. The city is known for its friendly peo-

ple, intriguing museums, historical sites, and Buddhist temples

and is home to the National Science Museum.

Open to SUNY students, all majors, for the spring semester, CNU

also has a summer cultural studies program at very low cost.

Eligibility for studying at CNU includes sophomore standing with a

cumulative GPA of 3.0 minimum with strong faculty recommen-

dations. The program is ideal for Science, Biology, Chemistry,

Business, Engineering, Political Science, History, and English

majors. Entry to the exchange program is competitive and aca-

demically strong, qualified students are encouraged to apply.

South Korea - Hankuk University of Foreign

Studies (HUFS)

Hankuk University of Foreign Studies (HUFS) is known for its

strong language studies programs and is considered one of the

most globalized South Korean universities, with over 400 part-

nerships with institutions in 80 countries. HUFS has approxi-

mately 27,000 undergraduate students, 3,500 graduate stu-

dents, and over 1,300 international students from around the

world.

HUFS has two campuses in South Korea. Students can choose to

study at one of the two campuses. Seoul Campus: This is the

University’s main campus and is located in South Korea’s capital

city of Seoul. Students can study here for the Spring, Fall or for an

academic year. There is also an International Summer Session

(ISS) offered in Korean and East Asian Studies on this campus, a

4-week program from mid-July to mid-August that gives students

the opportunity to gain a better understanding of Korea through

coursework in Korean history, performing arts, literature, econo-

my and business, politics, contemporary society and culture, as

well as Korean language. The coursework taught in English on the

Seoul campus includes: Business, Economics, Political Science,

Mass Communications, International Studies, Education, English,

Korean Studies, and language courses. Global Campus: This

campus is located in Yongin, a rapidly developed city of about 1

million people approximately one hour away from Seoul by bus

and subway. Students can study here for the Spring, Fall or for an

academic year. The coursework taught in English on the Yongin

campus includes: Philosophy, History, Mathematics, Computer

Science, Environmental Science, Chemistry, Business and Eco-

nomics courses.

Open to SUNY Oneonta students only, eligibility for the semester,

academic year and ISS Summer programs at HUFS includes

sophomore status or above with a cumulative GPA of 2.5. The

program is open to all majors, though the program is ideal for

English, Education, International Studies, and Business Econom-

ics majors.

South Korea - Yonsei University at Wonju

A well-rounded exchange program providing an array of cultural

and didactic experiences at a prestigious university in a beautiful,

rural setting. The Global Village (GV) program is ideal for English,

Education, History, Political Science, and International Studies

majors. The program is only open to SUNY Oneonta students.

Yonsei University at Wonju (YUW) is situated in a valley sur-

rounded by 360 degrees of beautiful mountain views in rural

South Korea. The campus is a retreat from the busy, big cities in

Korea and is an excellent fit for SUNY Oneonta students seeking

to experience the rich tradition and customs of South Korea.

Home to over 5,000 undergraduates, Yonsei University at Wonju

is a leader in campus internationalization in conjunction with its

main campus in Seoul. Courses in the GV program are taught in

English and includes Korean language and culture/history

coursework and field trips.

The Global Village (GV) program is a unique opportunity to get

immersed in Korean language and culture. Students take part in

a cultural internship program, teaching English at the Wonju

campus in small group settings and may be eligible for up to a

$3,000 stipend.

SUNY Oneonta students must enroll in a Korean language course

through the SILP program at Oneonta, taught by Yonsei University

at Wonju prior to enrollment at YUW. Eligibility includes sopho-

more standing, GPA of 2.5 or higher, and strong faculty recom-

mendation.

Sweden - Linnaeus University

Since 2002, Linnaeus University is located near the Baltic Sea

region and the country is known for its international commerce,

cutting edge technology and sciences. Students choose from

among three campuses at Linnaeus University:

 Växjö - The main campus, with the widest course selections

for all majors and the largest student enrollment and over

1,000 international exchange students. Fall, spring, or aca-

demic year study.

 Kalmar, located near the Baltic Sea region and home to the

premier Baltic Business School (BBS) and home to the historic

Kalmar castle. Fall, spring, or academic year study.

 Hultsfred – for Music Industry majors only with a "Hard Rock

Café" atmosphere. Known as Rock City, students study Music

& Event Management and do an Independent Research Pro-

ject. Students gain valuable, applied knowledge of the Eu-

ropean music market and are exposed to a variety of music

performances on and off campus. Junior status and spring

semester study only.

Eligibility for studying at Linnaeus University includes sophomore

standing (except Hultsfred campus) and cumulative GPA 2.5 or

higher. Students may study for a semester or academic year.

Taiwan - National Chung Cheng University (CCU)

National Chung Cheng University (CCU) is located in the southern

region of Taiwan outside the city of Chiaya. The University has a

large and modern campus on a hill surrounded by trees. The city

of Chiaya is home to over 270,000 people and is approximately 3

hours by high speed train from Taipei, the nation’s capital. As CCU

offers many classes taught in English related to business and

engineering, the exchange program at CCU is ideal for students

who are majoring in these subjects.

Each year, CCU offers a 4-week International Summer School

(ISS) program. The theme for the program changes each year;

most recently, the theme of the program has been "Global Society

and Multi-Culture." Coursework related to globalization, Chinese

language and culture, and cultural pluralism is offered as part of

the ISS program. Students receive 4 credits for the program.

42 Special Academic Programs

Eligibility for studying at CCU includes sophomore standing and a

cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher. Students may study for a se-

mester, academic year, or summer at CCU.

United Kingdom - University of Lincoln

The University of Lincoln is a research university with approxi-

mately 13,000 students (11,000 undergraduate students and

2,000 graduate students). The University consists of three col-

leges, which are each comprised of multiple schools of study.

Through SUNY Oneonta’s exchange agreement with the University

of Lincoln, students may take coursework in several subject are-

as, including: English, Journalism, History, Criminal Justice, In-

ternational Relations, Political Science, and Sociology.

Eligibility for studying at the University of Lincoln includes soph-

omore standing and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher. Students

may study for a semester or academic year.

Intersession and Faculty-Led Programs

SUNY Oneonta has a variety of short-term, faculty-led programs

throughout the year that are considerate of time and cost. Fac-

ulty-led programs offer college credit, community service com-

ponents, and cultural experiences. Short-term programs include

travels with faculty to Bolivia, China, Colombia, Greece, Guate-

mala, Japan, Mexico, Netherlands, and Peru, among other coun-

tries added throughout the year.

International Student Services

SUNY Oneonta recognizes the unique needs of international

students. To that end, the College provides a range of services to

enhance the academic, social, and cultural life of students. The

campus has a robust calendar of events in addition to the Office

of International Education field trips and unique activities. The

International Student Organization (ISO), comprised of interna-

tional and American students, complements more than 80 stu-

dent clubs/organizations, along with the newly formed Japan

Student Association (JSA). The College is equipped with a stu-

dent health center, providing professional counseling for student

health and emotional well-being, along with a fitness center, pool,

and gyms for a balanced lifestyle. The College has a research

library, 15 residence halls, an unlimited dining/meal plan and

innovative My Kitchen facility for international dining experiences

and cooking demonstrations. The College is an NCAA Division III

campus and has several intramural teams for which international

students are encouraged to participate.

The Office of International Education (OIE) takes a proactive ap-

proach to student services by providing quality experiences in

campus involvement, student employment, service learning,

volunteer opportunities, and community service. OIE hosts on

and off-campus activities such as field trips, special events, social

gatherings, workshops, and guest speakers. Each year, the OIE

hosts the International Showcase, which highlights the gifts and

talents of its international students. The Center for Social Re-

sponsibility and Community, Center for Multicultural Affairs,

among other programs, allow students to contribute positively to

one’s community for the betterment of a cross-cultural world.

Supplementary English as a Second Language (ESL) courses are

offered on campus, supported by a Language Lab with ESL mul-

timedia software, The Center for Academic Development and

Enrichment (CADE), Writing Center, and professional and peer

tutoring services.

The OIE transitions students effectively from their home country

by communicating with them early for pre-departure readi-

ness. Upon arrival, students are assisted with logistical matters

such as establishing a bank account, setting up their rooms, and

gaining familiarity with the campus and community. A compre-

hensive international student orientation is followed by a cam-

pus-wide orientation which includes academic advising, course

registration, and opening ceremonies.

Oneonta is a culturally diverse city amidst the beautiful foothills of

the Catskill Mountains. The city has a progressive local and in-

terstate bus system running seven days per week with routine

stops on campus. Oneonta is just 4.5 hours by bus to New York

City and one hour to the Albany Airport and metro shopping are-

as. The downtown area offers unique shops and ethnic food in a

safe, friendly environment. The regional area is home to the

National Baseball Hall of Fame, Catskill Symphony, and The

Foothills Performing Arts Center. Upstate New York is a

four-season state with mild summers, a beautiful spring, spec-

tacular fall, and winters with plenty of snowfall for the outdoor

enthusiast.

International Health Insurance and Medical

Evacuation/Repatriation Insurance

All study abroad participants and international students attending

SUNY Oneonta are required to be enrolled in SUNY HTH World-

wide health insurance. The Office of International Education (OIE)

enrolls participants in the insurance plans and provides infor-

mation about the insurance coverage. The insurance premiums

and coverage details

http://www.oneonta.edu/academics/inted/health_ins_st_ab.asp

for study abroad participants can be viewed on the OIE website.

Insurance information for international students is also available

on the OIE website http://www.oneonta.edu/academics/inted/.

Independent Study

The purpose of independent study is to allow students to pursue

projects that do not fit within the framework of regular course

offerings. It is intended to be a truly independent project of a

special nature, which may carry from 1 to 6 s.h. of credit.

Students must pursue independent study under the guidance of a

faculty member. The instructor acts as advisor, consultant, and

evaluator of both the student and the particular project as a

worthwhile and appropriate educational process. Together, the

student and faculty sponsor prepare a description of the project,

which will be entered on a form obtained from the Registrar’s

Office. The completed form must be signed by the sponsor and

approved by the chair of the department within whose discipline

the subject of the study falls.

To be eligible for independent study, the student generally must

meet the following requirements:

1. Complete at least one semester’s work in a degree program at

SUNY Oneonta.

2. Have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0, unless there are ex-

tenuating circumstances.

3. Have adequate preparation for undertaking the project. (Pro-

posals requiring appreciable tutoring or direct instruction will

not be approved.)

4. Have no more than 6 s.h. of independent study work during

any one semester and no more than a total of 30 s.h. in in-

dependent study toward a degree.

5. Complete an independent study form and file it with the de-

partment chair no later than two weeks after the beginning of

the semester.

The student may apply for Pass/Fail grading in independent study

under the College rules for Pass/Fail options. Otherwise the stu-

dent will be graded in the conventional manner. If the independ-

Special Academic Programs 43

ent study project is not completed during the semester in which

the student registered for it, a grade of "I" or "E" must be assigned,

depending upon the circumstances.

The following exceptions to the policy should be noted:

1. The independent study program in foreign languages is a

closely-structured program that places it outside the limita-

tions described above. It may be taken at any time and does

not count toward the 6 s.h. of independent studies allowed in

any one semester.

2. In some cases, if a student finds it necessary to leave the

campus to complete his degree in absentia, the rule limiting a

student to 6 s.h. of independent study projects in one se-

mester may be waived at the discretion of the appropriate

academic dean.

Teaching Assistantships

1. Teaching assistantships do not carry liberal arts (LA) credit.

2. Teaching assistantships can only be taken on a pass/fail (P/F)

basis.

3. In order to be eligible for a teaching assistantship, a student

should have an overall GPA of at least a 3.0. Students must

document that they have acquired the skills they need to carry

out their duties. These skills can be acquired in formal course

work (with at least a grade of "B" in any course which is rele-

vant to his/her duties as a TA) or in another setting such as

expertise acquired as part of a job. The student must have

passed the College Writing Examination.

4. A student will be limited to: a maximum of 12 s.h. of TA credit

during his or her entire college career; 3 s.h. of TA credit in any

one semester; and a maximum of 6 s.h. of TA credit for any

one course. Therefore, we wish to ensure that students do

not substitute teaching assistantships for course work to an

excessive degree. Our justification for limiting the number of

TA credits a student can amass in any one course is our belief

that the educational benefits of serving as a TA for a course

diminish and that after a point a teaching assistantship be-

comes a job rather than a learning experience.

5. Teaching assistantships will be limited to students with junior

or senior status who have completed at least 12 s.h. of

courses at SUNY-Oneonta.

6. SUNY Oneonta policy does not permit undergraduate teaching

assistants (who, by definition, are non-employee students) to

grade, or in any manner process, tests or papers of another

student. It is the position of the College that such grading or

processing would be an invasion of student privacy, possibly

leading to embarrassment or humiliation of the student

test-taker. In addition, the situation could offer opportunities

for such offenses as grade selling, or coercion of either the

test-taker or the grader.

7. Faculty and teaching assistants will comply with FERPA and

institutional policies regarding FERPA. These policies are lo-

cated on the Registrar’s webpage. Hardcopies are available in

the Registrar’s Office.

8. All departments must use the same application form for stu-

dents wishing to serve as teaching assistants. The form must

describe: the student’s duties; how the student’s performance

will be assessed; the courses that the student has taken as

preparation for his or her duties as a TA and how the students

performed in those courses. The application must be ap-

proved by the relevant instructor, department chair and the

relevant academic dean.

9. The course title must be TA in (subject #), for example TA in

Accounting 100. This will enable the Registrar to monitor the

number of times a student serves as a TA in a particular

course.

10. Departments will have the discretion to use more stringent

criteria.

11. Appeals for exceptions will be addressed to the academic

deans or the Vice-President for Academic Affairs. A copy will be

forwarded to the Senate Committee on Instruction.

SUNY Cross-Registration Policy - Oneonta

Campus

Cross-registration occurs when one SUNY institution (the "Host"

institution) provides instruction for a student who is enrolled

full-time in a degree or certificate program at another SUNY in-

stitution (the "Home" institution) during a fall or spring academic

term. Cross-registered instruction may occur in any instructional

format. Students would not be liable for tuition associated with

the host institution credit, but will be responsible for all course

related fees.

For students to receive the benefits of cross-registration, both the

home and host institutions must approve a student’s request to

cross-register. Students must meet all degree residency re-

quirements at their home institutions. When possible, the de-

termination should be made prior to the start of the home cam-

pus’ academic term. Below are the criteria to participate in

cross-registration.

1. Student must be matriculated in a degree or certificate seek-

ing program.

2. Cross-registration must be used to satisfy degree require-

ments.

3. Cross-registration is subject to factors such as availability of

space and satisfactory completion of course pre-requisites.

Registration priority is given to home institution students.

4. Students must be enrolled full-time in the academic term at

their home institution to be eligible for cross-registration.

5. No more than six semester hours of cross-registration

coursework are allowed per semester. A student’s total

workload, including the cross-registered credits, must not ex-

ceed the home institution’s credit limit policy.

6. Students wishing to complete coursework at Oneonta through

cross-registration must have a 2.0 cumulative GPA at the

home institution and not be in a dis-

missed/expelled/suspended status from Oneonta.

7. Oneonta degree students wishing to take coursework at an-

other institution must adhere to the Prior Approval of Transfer

Credit process.

Students from other SUNY institutions who wish to complete

coursework at Oneonta should contact the Office of Continuing

Education and Summer Session for more information.

SUNY Oneonta students who wish to complete coursework at

another SUNY institution should contact the Academic Advise-

ment Center on page 27 for more information.

Hartwick Exchange Program

Through a cooperative arrangement students from Hartwick Col-

lege or the SUNY Oneonta may enroll in courses on the other

campus without paying tuition and the comprehensive fee. The

program is coordinated through the Registrars’ Offices at Hart-

wick and SUNY Oneonta. The following guidelines govern regis-

tration:

1. SUNY Oneonta students must be matriculated and enrolled

full-time at Oneonta before registering for a Hartwick course.

2. SUNY Oneonta students may take only one course per aca-

demic term at Hartwick.

44 Special Academic Programs

3. SUNY Oneonta students may not register at Hartwick for a

course available on their own campus, even if that course is

not offered in the present semester. (There may be an excep-

tion for a student whose graduation plans may have to be

postponed.)

4. SUNY Oneonta students may consult Hartwick’s schedule of

classes on-line to select a course. When a student selects a

course, the Registrar will contact Hartwick, after their students

have registered, to see if an opening exists. If so, the registra-

tion will be made.

This Exchange Program is not available in January or during the

summer. The grade earned at Hartwick through this program will

be calculated in SUNY Oneonta grade point average.

Office of Special Programs (EOP/ACE)

EOP/ACE serves academically and economically disadvantaged

students by facilitating their admission to the College and their

receipt of financial aid in accordance with individual family cir-

cumstances. Criteria for admission are detailed in the "Admission"

sections.

EOP/ACE supports students with the following:

Academic Advisement: Counselors assist students with planning

for achievement of academic and career goals.

Counseling: Counselors assist students with emotional and social

adjustment.

Tutorial: Students receive tutoring on an appointment or drop-in

basis and/or are paired with Peer Academic Coaches (PACE).

Academic Support Courses: Courses offered by EOP/ACE include

Interdisciplinary Studies 110 (Orientation to Higher Education)

which instructs students in the fundamentals of academic suc-

cess and life-long learning skills; and Professional Studies 211

(Seminar in Peer Tutorial) which instructs students in administra-

tive and management skills which they employ as tutors. Inter-

disciplinary Studies (INTD) 194 is required for students who are

on academic probation.

Student Opportunities and Leadership: Student input assists staff

in the design and implementation of personal development, social

and cultural activities for EOP/ACE students.

College Assistance Migrant Program

(CAMP)

CAMP serves students from migrant and seasonal farmworking

families in pursuing higher education by providing scholarships

and support services. There are 25 scholarships per year for

students who meet program eligibility requirements. The College

Assistance Migrant Program supports eligible students by

providing:

Financial Assistance

Leadership Development

Personal Counseling

Academic Tutoring

Extracurricular Activities

Educational/Cultural Field Trips

Orientation to Campus Life

Weekly Stipend

Career Development

Academic Advisement

Mentoring Program

Governmental and Public Affairs Internship

Programs

Public affairs internship programs enable students to deepen

their understanding and apply course materials, develop profes-

sional skills, and explore career opportunities. Students can

pursue internships with various public, private, non-profit organ-

izations, and receive college credits, through programs already

structured or by finding their own and working with the Political

Science Department. Internships may be undertaken during fall,

spring, or summer.

Internships for credit require an academic component, which may

include seminars, readings, journal entries and a final report or

paper. Students may earn 1 to 15 credits and can include a major

research paper that would fulfill the capstone course requirement

for the Political Science major. Credit cannot be given retroac-

tively, so visit the program coordinator 6-8 weeks before the be-

ginning of the internship semester.

The structured programs, administered by SUNY Brockport, are

based in Albany and Washington D.C. They are supervised,

full-time, full-semester, professional-level placements in the leg-

islative and executive branches of New York State government,

federal executive agencies, Congress, interest groups, or federal

courts. The Albany programs include a stipend. These programs

are affordable and open to all majors who meet college and pro-

gram requirements. Local internships are also available. Current

eligibility requirements are:

1. Completion of 57 s.h., including a minimum of 12 s.h. at

Oneonta.

2. Passing grade on the College Writing Exam.

3. A cumulative GPA of approximately 2.75.

Contact Dr. Brett Heindl, Coordinator of Public Affairs Internships,

Political Science Dept., (607) 436-3923,

[email protected].

Credit for Prior Learning Assessment

Program

In some cases, non-traditional learners may petition for credit for

learning acquired in a variety of ways including work experience,

reading programs, voluntary reading and discussion groups, ra-

dio, television, and a variety of other methods. Whenever possi-

ble, such learning should be tested through such standardized

tests as CLEP. Often a faculty member or consultant who has a

strong background in the area must evaluate the learned mate-

rials on an individual basis. Students wishing to have an as-

sessment of prior learning should discuss procedures with the

appropriate academic dean. The applicant will be expected to

present a detailed written statement (portfolio) explaining the

learning experience and requesting a specific number of credits.

In some cases the applicant may also be asked to undergo a

lengthy oral inquiry. Credits may be granted only if:

a. The evaluator determines that the learning has been of

college level.

b. It is an area usually covered by college courses.

c. It relates appropriately to the projected degree program of

the applicant.

Prior Learning Assessment credit is considered transfer credit. A

maximum of 60 semester hours of prior learning credit may be

awarded with no more than 77 semester hours of total transfer

credit.

Eligibility

Credit for prior learning will be awarded only to matriculated un-

dergraduate students or to those who have been accepted to

matriculate, and is generally applicable only to non-traditional

students.

Apply through the Dean for the School of Arts and Humanities.

Special Academic Programs 45

Center for Academic Development and

Enrichment (CADE)

CADE houses both the College Learning Center and the College

Writing Center. It provides a wide range of services that foster the

academic development of students, from their first year in college

through their graduate studies. CADE’s goal is to assist students

in developing skills that will allow them to become independent,

life-long learners. CADE works with students, faculty, and profes-

sional staff to nurture, support and sustain a diverse campus

learning environment that empowers students to become en-

gaged confident, and self-aware learners who can communicate

clearly and achieve their goals in college and in life. For infor-

mation, contact the Center for Academic Development and En-

richment, 225 Alumni Hall, (607) 436-3010 or visit our web page

(http://cade.oneonta.edu).

College Writing Center

The College Writing Center offers students a variety of services

including developmental writing instruction and writing consulta-

tions. The College Writing Center also administers the College

Writing Exam in large group settings. Computer based and

pen-and-paper testing formats are available. For information, call

(607) 436-3010 or visit our web page

(cade.oneonta.edu).

College Learning Center

The College Learning Center offers classes and other instructional

programs in developmental mathematics, critical reading, and

study skills (at both beginning and advanced levels). See course

listings for the Center for Academic Development and Enrichment

under "Academic Departments, Programs & Courses," and for

more information, call (607) 436-3010.

Continuing Education

The Office of Continuing Education serves the needs of traditional

and non-traditional students who are not currently pursuing a

degree program. Students may register for day or evening courses

on a part-time or full-time basis.

There are three types of non-degree undergraduate students:

 Visiting Students: students pursuing a degree at another ac-

credited college or university who wish to earn credit at One-

onta and transfer it back to their home institution

 Pre-matriculated Students: students who eventually wish to

pursue a degree at Oneonta or another institution and have

not yet been admitted to a degree program

 Life Long Learners: students who take courses for personal

enrichment and do not intend to pursue a degree at Oneonta

or another institution

Note: Students who previously attended SUNY Oneonta as a de-

gree-seeking student should contact the Academic Advisement

Office, Netzer 100, for information on readmission to the College.

Terms and Conditions for Non-Degree

Undergraduates

Students must submit an admission application, available on the

web site: http://www.oneonta.edu/academics/conted or in the

Continuing Education Office, Netzer Administration Building,

Room 132. Applications must be accompanied by:

 HSED or GED completion certificate, or

 high school transcript showing award of diploma, or

 transcripts from all post secondary institutions attended

 a grade point average of 2.0 or higher is required for admis-

sion as a non-degree student.

Admission as a non-degree undergraduate student does not

guarantee future admission to a degree program, nor does it

guarantee availability of courses at the time of registration.

Non-degree students register for classes after degree seeking

students have registered. Non-degree undergraduates may reg-

ister for up to 13 s.h. per semester and 6 s.h. each summer ses-

sion.

Pre-matriculated non-degree undergraduates may not earn more

than 24 s.h. prior to admission as degree-seeking students. In

addition, they are required to maintain a 2.0 grade point average

to be eligible to continue enrollment. All new pre-matriculated

non-degree students are required to make an individual advise-

ment appointment prior to registration. Continuing

pre-matriculated non-degree undergraduates are strongly en-

couraged to meet with the advisor each semester.

Life long learners and visiting students who do not maintain a 2.0

grade point average may be precluded from further enrollment.

Visiting students who wish to transfer credit earned at Oneonta,

must submit a signed transcript request form to the Oneonta

Registrar’s Office in order to have an official transcript mailed to

their home institution.

Non-Degree Graduate Students

A non-degree graduate student is any student who has earned a

Bachelor’s degree, is not currently enrolled in a graduate degree

program at SUNY Oneonta and wishes to enroll in graduate or

undergraduate courses.

Terms and Conditions for Non-Degree Graduates

Students must submit an admission application, available on the

web site: http://www.oneonta.edu/academics/conted/ or in the

Continuing Education Office, Netzer Administration Building,

Room 132. Applicants must include with their applications an

official transcript reflecting award of a baccalaureate degree.

Admission as a non-degree graduate student does not guarantee

future admission to a degree program, nor does it guarantee

availability of courses at the time of registration. Non-degree

students register for classes after degree seeking students have

registered. Not all courses are open to non-degree students.

Check with the offering department before submitting an appli-

cation for admission as a non-degree student.

Tuition for non-degree graduate students is based on the level of

the course(s) in which the students enroll. Graduate courses are

assessed the graduate rate; undergradute courses are assessed

at the undergraduate rate.

Non-degree graduate students who do not maintain a 3.0 GPA in

graduate level course work, or a 2.0 GPA in undergraduate level

corusework may be precluded from future enrollment.

Non-traditional Students/Adult Learners

Many non-traditional students (normally defined as those age 25

or older) who wish to pursue a degree frequently work with the

Office of Continuing Education as non-degree undergraduates as

the first step in planning their college career. The Office provides a

focal point for their special needs and can be a powerful force in

ensuring their success at SUNY Oneonta. After a semester as a

non-degree student many students choose to apply for matricu-

lated (degree-seeking) status with the College.

46 Academic Departments, Programs, and Courses

SUNY Oneonta offers students more than 1,400 courses—from Accounting to Zoology—from over 25 separate departments. Require-

ments for majors and minors and course descriptions are listed under the departments that offer them; and these departments are

arranged in alphabetical order. See the "Course Index" for details.

Please note that requirements, courses, and course descriptions are subject to change after publication of this catalog. Contact the

appropriate departments for updated information. Also note that some course descriptions have been edited for clarity and consistency.

Complete descriptions are available from the instructors or the departments concerned.

Key to Course Descriptions

Abbreviation

Meaning

(PACT)

Activity course in Health & Fitness

CWE

College Writing Exam

(LA)

Liberal Arts (course is a Liberal Arts offer-

ing)

SUSF

Sustainability Focused Courses

s.h.

Semester Hour(s)

SoS

Sophomore standing

JrS

Junior standing

SrS

Senior standing

Course Numbering System

100 - 199

Lower-division undergraduate-level cours-

es.

200 - 299

Upper-division intermediate undergradu-

ate-level courses.

300 - 499

Upper-division advanced courses.

500 - 699

Graduate-level courses.

Courses Not Regularly Offered

Certain courses, so noted under department listings, are taught on an infrequent basis (generally less than once every three years).

Interested students should consult department chairs as to when these courses may be available or offered on an individual enrollment

basis.

CADEMIC

EPARTMENTS

ROGRAMS

AND

OURSES

Academic Departments, Programs, and Courses 47

Course Index

Subject Field/Program

Course Prefix

Department/Division

Page

Accounting

ACCT

Economics and Business

Africana and Latino Studies

ALS

Africana and Latino Studies

American History

AHIS

History

153

American Literature

ALIT

English

123

American Sign Language

ASL

Foreign Languages and Literatures

134

Ancient Greek

AGRK

Foreign Languages and Literatures

134

Anthropology

ANTH

Anthropology

Arabic

ARAB

Foreign Languages and Literatures

134

Art History

ARTH

Art

Art Studio

ARTS

Art

Astronomy

ASTR

Physics and Astronomy

187

Biology

BIOL

Biology

Business

BUS

Economics and Business

Center for Academic Development and Enrichment

-------

various

Chemistry

CHEM

Chemistry and Biochemistry

Communication Studies

COMM

Communication & Media

Composition

COMP

English

125

Computer Art

CART

Art

Computer Science

CSCI

Mathematics, Computer Science and Statistics

174

Criminal Justice

CRJ

Sociology

207

Dance

DANC

Theatre

214

Dietetics

NUTR

Human Ecology

164

Earth Science

ESCI

Earth and Atmospheric Sciences

Economics

ECON

Economics and Business

Education

EDUC

Education

107

Educational Psychology

EPSY

Educational Psychology, Counseling and Special

Education

121

Engineering

ENGR

Chemistry and Biochemistry; Physics and Astronomy

English as a Second Language

ESL

Foreign Languages and Literatures

134

English Education

ENED

Secondary Education and Educational Technology

117

English Literature

ELIT

English

126

Environmental Sciences

ENVS

Geography and Environmental Sustainability

141

European History

EHIS

History

153

Family & Consumer Sciences Education

FCSE

Secondary Education and Educational Technology

118

Finance

FINC

Economics and Business

Food Service & Restaurant Administration

FOOD

Human Ecology

163

Foreign Language

FLAN

Foreign Languages and Literatures

134

Foreign Language Education

FLED

Secondary Education and Educational Technology

118

Foreign Language - Self-Instructional

SILP

Foreign Languages and Literatures

134

French

FREN

Foreign Languages and Literatures

135

General Science

SCIN

Secondary Education and Educational Technology

119

Geography

GEOG

Geography and Environmental Sustainability

141

Geology

GEOL

Earth and Atmospheric Sciences

German

GERM

Foreign Languages and Literatures

136

History

HIST

History

153

Human Ecology

HUEC

Human Ecology

162

Human Ecology: Child Dev. & Family

FAMS/CHLD

Human Ecology

168

Human Ecology: Consumer Studies

CONS

Human Ecology

163

Human Ecology: Fashion Merch. & Design

FASH

Human Ecology

165

48 Academic Departments, Programs, and Courses

Interdisciplinary Courses

INTD

various

169

International Studies

INTS

Political Science

Italian

ITAL

Foreign Languages and Literatures

136

Japanese

JAPN

Foreign Languages and Literatures

134

Latin

LATN

Foreign Languages and Literatures

136

Law

LAW

Economics and Business

Linguistics

LING

English

128

Literature

LITR

English

128

(See also American Literature, English Literature, and World Literature)

Management

MGMT

Economics and Business

100

Management Information Systems

MIS

Economics and Business

101

Marketing

MKTG

Economics and Business

101

Mass Communication

MCOM

Communication & Media

Mathematics

MATH

Mathematics, Computer Science and Statistics

171

Mathematics Education

MTHE

Secondary Education and Educational Technology

118

Meteorology

METR

Earth and Atmospheric Sciences

Music

MUSC

Music

Oceanography

OCEA

Earth and Atmospheric Sciences

Philosophy

PHIL

Philosophy

183

Physical Education

PHED

Health and Fitness

148

Physics

PHYS

Physics and Astronomy

189

Political Science

POLS

Political Science

Post Baccalaureate Certificate Programs

-------

Secondary Education and Educational Technology

117

Professional Studies

PROF

Professional Studies

198

Psychology

PSYC

Psychology

199

Russian

RUSS

Foreign Languages and Literatures

136

Science Education

SCED

Secondary Education and Educational Technology

119

Social Science Education

SSED

Secondary Education and Educational Technology

119

Sociology

SOC

Sociology

207

Spanish

SPAN

Foreign Languages and Literatures

136

Statistics

STAT

Mathematics, Computer Science and Statistics

173

Theatre

THTR

Theatre

212

Women's and Gender Studies

WMST

Women's and Gender Studies

216

World History

WHIS

History

153

World Literature

WLIT

English

130

Africana and Latino Studies 49

Africana and Latino Studies

Professors: Choonoo, Hill, O'Mara; Associate Professor: Compton

(Chair); Assistant Professors: Francis, Rogers, Wambui; Lecturer:

Souza

Objectives

The Africana and Latino Studies Department is an interdiscipli-

nary program spanning a wide variety of courses in the humani-

ties and social sciences. The major is designed to provide a hu-

mane and intellectual appreciation of the heritage of Africana and

Latino peoples. The Africana and Latino Studies major* also

provides students with insight into the contemporary experiences

of Africana and Latino people (African, African American, Latin,

Caribbean). Africana and Latino Studies courses are expected to

broaden the intellectual and cultural vision of all students.

Major

Africana and Latino Studies is a major requiring 30 s.h.

Minor

The department offers three minors that are compatible with

many majors: Africana and Latino Studies (18 s.h.), Urban Studies

(19-27 s.h.), and Social Justice Studies (19-27 s.h.).

Requirements for the Major

The majority of courses are cross-listed with other departments.

The Major consists of three tracks: Africana and Latino Studies

General Track, Africana Studies Track, and Latino Studies Track.

30 s.h. of credit must be completed for the ALS major in ALS

courses and approved related course work. Specific course re-

quirements are listed below.

Special Programs

ALS offers a Ghana Intersession and study abroad and exchange

programs through other SUNY programs; encouragement of in-

novative independent study and field-work projects; apprentice-

ship and internship programs with State, urban, community and

NGO agencies overseas.

Africana and Latino Studies Major Requirements

Core Requirements:

6 s.h.

ALS 100

ALS 395 Senior Seminar in Africana & Latino Studies

(Note: completion of at least 9 s.h. in ALS or permission of the

chair is a prerequisite.)

Note: A maximum of 3 s.h. of 100-level coursework may be taken

in the remainder of the major.

ALS Major Remaining Requirements:

9 s.h.

All ALS majors choose 3 courses (9 s.h.) from below:

ALS 160, 208, 259, 260, 262, 273, 361;

GEOG 238; SOC 242, 279; WMST 269, 290, 291

Africana and Latino Studies Track Options:

15 s.h.

General Track:

ALS 104, 202, 203, 206, 207, 208, 210, 211, 212, 215,

219, 250, 251, 252, 257, 258, 261, 263, 264, 265, 266,

270, 271, 272, 274, 275, 276, 278, 279, 286, 288, 340,

351; MUSC 121; SPAN 204, 310, 313, 323; GEOG 266;

WLIT 271

Africana Studies Track:

ALS 104, 202, 203, 207, 210, 211, 212, 215, 219, 250,

251, 257, 263, 264, 265, 266, 270, 274, 275, 276, 278,

279, 286, 351; MUSC 121

Latino Studies Track:

ALS 206, 208, 252, 258, 261, 267, 271, 272, 288, 340;

SPAN 204, 310, 313, 323; GEOG 266; WLIT 271

Languages: Maximum 3 s.h. 100-level (Spanish, Arabic,

French, or another African language, Brazilian Portuguese

may be applied to the above track requirements).

Independent Studies and Internships: Maximum 3 s.h. may be

applied to any of the tracks, but the content must be relevant

to the track.

Africana and Latino Studies Minor Requirements

Core Requirements:

6 s.h.

ALS 100

ALS 395 Senior Seminar in Africana & Latino Studies

ALS Minor Remaining Requirements:

6 s.h.

Choose 2 courses from the ALS combination courses below:

ALS 160, 208, 259, 260, 262, 273, 361;

GEOG 238; SOC 242, 279; ALS/WMST 269, 290, 291

Choose 2 courses from ANY of the courses below:

6 s.h.

Africana Studies

ALS 104, 202, 203, 207, 210, 211, 212, 215, 219, 250,

251, 257, 263, 264, 265, 266, 270, 274, 275, 276, 278,

279, 286, 351;

MUSC 121

Latino Studies

ALS 206, 208, 252, 258, 261, 267, 271, 272, 277, 288,

340;

GEOG 266; SPAN 205, 310, 323, 325; WLIT 271

ALS Language/Independent Study/Internship Options:

Languages: Students are encouraged to study a language.

No credit given towards minor.

Independent Studies: Maximum 3 s.h. of Independent Study

(ALS 299) in ALS.

Social Justice Studies Minor Requirements

Core Requirements (choose 3):

9 s.h.

ALS 273, HIST 120, PHIL 102, PHIL/ALS 160

Electives (select from at least two different disci-

plines):

9 s.h.

ALS 262 or AHIS/ALS 264, ALS 395,

ALS 397 (3 s.h.), ANTH 201 or ANTH 227,

GEOG 230 or GEOG 233, HIST/ALS 104 or

POLS/ALS 265, WHIS/ALS 272 or

WMST/ALS 252 or POLS/ALS 267, AHIS 284

or AHIS/ALS 288, PHIL/ALS 259 or PHIL/ALS

260, POLS 219, POLS 235 or SOC 254 or

PHIL 230, POLS 243 or POLS 245, POLS 278

(1 s.h.), POLS 283 or POLS/ALS 265, POLS

288, PSYC 243 or SOC 220, or FAMS 361,

SOC 286 or SOC 240, SOC 242, CRJ 240,

SOC 216, WLIT/ALS 257 or ALIT 207, WMST

212, WMST/ALS 261 or WMST/ALS 269

Capstone Experience

3 s.h.

ALS 395 or ALS 397 or a Senior Seminar as approved or

Study Abroad as approved by program coordinator.

Urban Studies Minor Requirements

Core Requirements (choose 2):

6 s.h.

ALS 273, ALS/PHIL 160

SOC 350, 261

GEOG 233

Electives (choose 1):

3 s.h.

ALS 206, 208, 250, 278, 279, 286, 351,

ALIT 303

WMST 290

Electives (choose 2):

6 s.h.

ALS 252, 262, 264, 266, 273, 288, 292, 361,

ANTH 209,

GEOG 233, 347,

AHIS 208, 283, 284,

POLS 222,

50 Africana and Latino Studies

SOC 350, 258, 261, 277, 279,

WMST 269

Research or Field Experience (choose 1):

3 s.h.

ALS 299/399, 395

Africana and Latino Studies Courses

ALS 100 Black and Latino Experience 3 s.h.

A general introduction to African-American and Latino experiences

in the U.S. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA, BC3)

ALS 104 Introduction to African History 3 s.h.

An introduction to African history from antiquity to the present.

Ancient and medieval trading empires, the impact of the slave

trade and colonialism are all treated along with some attention to

current issues in Africa. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA, OW3)

Cross-listed as HIST 104.

ALS 160 Urban Philosophical Dilemmas 3 s.h.

This course is designed to answer questions relevant to urban

America, questions that have been largely ignored by academic

philosophers. For instance: Is it morally wrong to snitch on your

friends? If you’re from "the hood" (whatever that might be), is it

morally/politically/socially wrong to want to leave it? What are the

epistemological assumptions of keepin’ it real (or is this just an

empty rehetorical phrase)? If you’re out to get bling bling, are you

contributing to the capitalist system that often oppresses the

traditionally underrepresented? At what point do artists and mu-

sicians stop being gritty and raw and start being parodies and

stereotypes? Offered Fall and Spring. (LA, H3, BC3)

Cross-listed as PHIL 160.

ALS 194/294/394 Special Topics 1-3 s.h.

A focus on current, controversial, interdisciplinary, or specialized

topics relating to the African-American and Latino experience.

(LA)

ALS 202 Peoples and Cultures of Africa 3 s.h.

A survey of cultures and societies of Africa with particular em-

phasis on population, languages, socio-culture systems of the

Sub-Sahara, and African cultural survivals in the New World. Of-

fered irregularly. (LA, OW3)

Cross-listed as ANTH 202.

Prerequisite: SoS.

ALS 203 People and Cultures of the Caribbean 3 s.h.

Prehistory, cultural background, and culture patterns of selected

Indian, Mestizo, and Creole groups in island and mainland socie-

ties. Offered irregularly. (LA, OW3)

Cross-listed as ANTH 203.

Prerequisite: SoS.

ALS 205 LGBTQ U. S. Communities of Color 3 s.h.

This course draws on the history of Sexuality, Women’s and

Gender, Whiteness, Latino/as and Chicano/as, Asian Americans

and Pacific Islanders, People Indigenous to the Americas, Arab

Americans, and African Americans in order to explore lesbian, gay,

bisexual, transgender, queer, and intersex people’s (lgbtqi) expe-

riences in the United States from the colonial era to the present.

In this course, students examine the ways in which discourses on

sexuality and gender are fundamentally and inextricably en-

meshed with race, class, ability, ethnicity, national identity, im-

migration status, and religion. Students also explore lgbtqi identity

and community formation, racial, class, and ethnic conflict among

lgbtqi people, the use of illegal and extra-legal violence to repress

homoeroticism and gender nonconformity, and the ways in which

lgbtqi communities of color endured in a context of oppression.

Offered irregularly. (LA)

Cross-listed as AHIS 205 and WMST 205.

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. 100-level HIST course.

ALS 206 Latino Drama: Teatro Campesino 3 s.h.

This is an interdisciplinary course on Latino dramatic works that

reflects the experiences, struggles and successes of Chicanos,

Puerto Ricans, Dominicans, Cubans, Central and South Ameri-

cans. The focus is around four themes: culture; history and soci-

ety; politics and politics of identity; and gender and sexuality as

reflected in drama. Offered Fall only. (LA, OW3)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ALS 207 Black Drama 3 s.h.

This course studies and analyzes African, African American and

Afro-Caribbean drama, playwrights and theatre groups. As a

comparative survey of modern Black drama, the course explores

common themes in world Black drama in major works of Africana

dramatists, e.g., Amiri Baraka, Charles Fuller, Lorraine Hansberry,

August Wilson, National Black Theatre, Derek Wolcott, Sistren

Theatre Collective, Ama Ata Aidoo, Ola Rotimi, District Six and

Market Theatre companies, and others. Offered irregularly.

(LA, OW3)

ALS 208 African-Americans and Latinos in Film and

Television 3 s.h.

A critical survey of Blacks and Latinos in film and television. Spe-

cial attention given to the image of these minorities as portrayed

in major films and television programs. Offered irregularly. (LA,

OW3)

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. THTR or MCOM.

ALS 211 Contemporary Black Social and Political Thought3 s.h.

A survey of the political and social theories underpinning the

struggle for liberation, legitimacy, and upliftment in the African

diaspora, primarily the U.S. This course will examine such political

and social issues as nationalism and separatism, the concept of

race and identity, the problems of political representation, the

notion of black authenticity and solidarity, the unsettled issues of

colorism, interracial dialogue and relationships, reparations and

social justice, and the influences of Marxism, Christian Socialism,

and the growing black conservative movement. Readings will

include selections from Du Bois, Alaine Locke, Frantz Franon,

King, Cornel West, M.E. Dyson, Lani Guinier, and others. Offered

irregularly. (LA, H3)

Cross-listed as POLS 211.

Prerequisite: SoS.

ALS 212 Music of the Caribbean 3 s.h.

Survey of folk and popular music trends, including reggae, salsa,

calypso, highlife, steel-band, and Afro-Caribbean ritual music.

Offered irregularly. (LA, H3)

Cross-listed as ANTH 212.

Prerequisite: SoS.

ALS 215 History of the Modern Middle East and North Africa3 s.h.

A survey of the social, political and intellectual history of the Mid-

dle East and Maghreb in the 19th and 20th centuries. Islamic

reform, resistance to imperialism and the development of modern

nationalism are covered along with attention to ‘street-level’

changes. Offered irregularly. (LA, OW3)

Cross-listed as WHIS 215.

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. 100-level HIST course.

ALS 219 Sexualities & Community in Africa since 1800 3 s.h.

A politico-economic survey of Africa since 1800 this course fo-

cuses on the construction of sexual and social identities before,

during, and after colonialism. Offered irregularly. (LA, OW3)

Cross-listed as WHIS 219.

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. 100-level HIST course.

ALS 220 History of Crime and Prisons 3 s.h.

This course draws on African American, Women/Gender, LGBTQ

Studies, legal, social, cultural, and political history to explore the

convergent racial, gender, economic, and sexual ideas and prac-

Africana and Latino Studies 51

tices that animate criminal activity, prison reform, and penal

administration from colonial times to the present. Students en-

gage with primary/secondary sources as historians, critically

analyzing the evolution of crime and punishment. Ultimately,

students acquire knowledge of the mutually sustaining forces of

crime and the prison-industrial system, and think critically and

creatively about ways to address the social problems linked to

both institutions. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Cross-listed as AHIS 220.

Prerequisite: SoS or 100-level course in ALS or HIST.

ALS 242 Music Cultures of the World 3 s.h.

In addition to discussing theoretical elements of the music of

various cultures, discussions and readings will promote consid-

eration of the social, historical, religious and economic constructs

in which these musics exist. The course will consist of class lec-

tures/discussions, musical demonstrations and hands-on appli-

cation of several elements of the music studied. This course is

offered only one semester each academic year. (LA)

Cross-listed as MUSC 242.

Prerequisite: SoS.

ALS 249 History of U.S. in the Sixties 3 s.h.

Course examines the political, cultural, and social changes in the

United States during the turbulent decade of the 1960’s. Topics

include civil rights, the women’s movement, expansion of the

welfare state, the war in Vietnam, the formation and demise of the

liberal consensus, the emergence of the counter-culture, and the

conservative backlash. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Cross-listed as AHIS 249.

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. of 100 level HIST course.

ALS 250 African American Literature 3 s.h.

A study of works by Black American writers since 1890. The forms

studied will include novels, short stories, plays, and poems. Of-

fered every 2-3 years. (LA, H3)

Cross-listed as ALIT 250.

Prerequisite: COMP 100 or ALS 100.

ALS 251 Cultures of Pan Africanism 3 s.h.

This course examines the intellectual, social and political move-

ments among Africans and African Diasporic peoples who have

advocated the political unity or solidarity of all people of African

descent. The course will cover pan-African origins among nine-

teenth century pan-Africanists in the USA and Caribbean, the post

WWI pan-African congress movement, the interwar anti-colonial

arts movements in Western Europe, the Caribbean, and Africa

(including negritude) as well as later intercontinental connections

due to the influence of Frantz Fanon, Black Power in the USA and

pan-Africanism in West Africa. Offered irregularly. (LA, OW3)

Prerequisite: SoS and ALS 104.

ALS 252 Latinos: Cultures on the Move 3 s.h.

This is a survey of the migration and immigration of Latino(a)s to,

as well as within, the United States. The course examines the

immigration patterns of Mexican- Americans/Chicanos, Puerto

Ricans, Dominicans, Cubans, and other Central and South Amer-

ican groups. In addition to the specific immigration histories of

these groups, attention is paid to the economic and political

forces that push and pull individuals and groups to migrate and to

historical changes in US immigration laws since the mid 19th

century. Offered irregularly. (LA, OW3, BC3)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ALS 255 Marked Bodies 3 s.h.

This intermediate level class in Women's and Gender Studies as

well as Africana and Latino Studies will work to trace the rela-

tionship between power and bodies. Specifically, this course will

be interested in sexed, gendered and ethno-raced bodies. The

course shall seek to discuss the ways oppressive inequalities,

deviance and crime are constructed around particular bodies as

power acts on them. It also considers the human and structural

consequence of this, as power manifests itself in oppression,

privilege and inequalities constructed by and around embodi-

ment. Our discussions will include an attempt at a theoretical

understanding of power and of violence, the inclusion/exclusion

of certain bodies, the normalization/abnormalization of some

bodies, the production of structures that favor and promote cer-

tain bodies and not others, old and emerging practices of body

modification and sculpting, the visibility/invisibility of various body

types, the relationship of our bodies to new sciences and tech-

nologies as well as to institutions such as the police, legislature

and judiciary. (LA)

Cross-listed as WMST 255.

ALS 257 Modern Black Literature 3 s.h.

A study of Black Literature written since 1950, using fiction, es-

says, poetry, and biography (or autobiography) to illustrate the

development and influence of contemporary Black writers. Of-

fered every 2-3 years. (LA, OW3)

Cross-listed as WLIT 257.

Prerequisite: COMP 100 or ALS 100.

ALS 258 Latin American Political Theory 3 s.h.

This course is a survey of the various political ideologies associ-

ated with Latin America. We will begin with the colonization of the

Americas by the Europeans and end with the Liberation Theology

movement in the 1990’s. The course will place great significance

on the Latin American struggle for recognition (and freedom) from

Europe, as well as the United States. We will also spend consid-

erable time considering issues such as colonialism (and

post-colonialism), the slave trade, the decimation of the native

populations, the various Christian missionary creeds, and the

impact of the Europeans on the environment. Offered irregu-

larly. (LA, OW3, BC3)

Cross-listed as PHIL 258.

Prerequisite: SoS.

ALS 259 Citizenship, Democracy, and Identity 3 s.h.

This course considers the relationship between citizenship, de-

mocracy, and identity. We will examine what constitutes citizen-

ship and how it is shaped by race, but also ethnicity, gender,

class, and religion; how identity is constituted and shaped by race

and these other contingent and non-contingent factors; and how

citizenship and identity intersect in a democracy through forms of

legitimate political representation, means of communication and

participation, protest, pluralism, multiculturalism, identity politics,

and voting. This course is encouraged for those considering ca-

reers in public affairs, international relations, social work, jour-

nalism, law, business, or education. Offered irregularly. (LA, H3,

BC3)

Cross-listed as PHIL 259.

Prerequisite: SoS.

ALS 260 Philosophy of Protest 3 s.h.

This course is meant to examine the philosophical issues involved

in the process of protest. Primarily, we will look at the develop-

ment of a theory of righteous protest that coincides with the rise

of democratic governance during the Enlightenment. This then

gives rise to the idea of civil disobedience as the proper method

for legitimate protest, as opposed to the destructive and damag-

ing means of armed rebellion, as witnessed mainly in the French

Revolution. But historical events like John Brown’s raid and Nat

Turner’s rebellion complicate matters. Offered irregularly. (LA,

H3, BC3)

Cross-listed as PHIL 260.

Prerequisite: SoS.

ALS 262 Topics in Racism 3 s.h.

The course examines different topics in western racism from the

16th century to the present. The approach is multidisplinary and

52 Africana and Latino Studies

covers issues such as the idea of race, the US legal system and

race, segregation, busing, reparations, the US census and race,

etc. Offered irregularly. (LA, OW3)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ALS 263 Slavery and Resistance 3 s.h.

This course explores the social, political, cultural, labor, and

gender history of African Americans beginning with African origins

and concluding with the Reconstruction era. Through the analysis

of primary and secondary sources, students examine black

women's, men's, and children's experiences of the Middle Pas-

sage, the development of plantation slavery, the lives of free and

enslaved blacks in the North and South, slave culture and re-

sistance, interracial cooperation and conflict, African-American

participation in the American Revolution and Civil War, slavery's

abolition, and Reconstruction. Major themes include Afri-

can-American survival under and resistance to institutional op-

pression; alliances and interactions with whites and non-black

people of color; African American interactions with non-black;

class, gender, sexual, and political conflict among blacks; and

personal identity, family, and community formation. Offered Fall

only. (LA)

Cross-listed as AHIS 263.

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. 100-level HIST course.

ALS 264 Jim Crow to Black Power 3 s.h.

This course explores the social, political, cultural, labor, and

gender history of African Americans since 1865. Through the

analysis of primary and secondary sources, students examine:

black women's, men's, and children's experiences during and

after Reconstruction; the lives of blacks in the Jim Crow South and

those who migrated North and West; racial violence and an-

ti-racist activism; black literature, music, and political thought;

African American participation in U.S. government wars; the

mid-20th century Civil Rights Movement; the urban rebellions of

the 1960s; pan-Africanism; black feminism; and the Black Power

Movement. Major themes include: African American survival un-

der and resistance to institutional oppression; alliances and in-

teractions with white and non-black people of color; class, gender,

sexuality and political conflict among blacks; and personal iden-

tity, family, and community formation. By the end of the course,

students gain an understanding of the various ways in which

African Americans envisioned and pursued freedom as well as

resisted efforts to limit or wrest freedom from them. Offered

Spring only. (LA)

Cross-listed as AHIS 264.

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. 100-level HIST course.

ALS 265 African Politics 3 s.h.

This is a comparative political study of Africa south of the Saha-

ra. Special emphasis is placed on the unique problems con-

nected with the independence and post-independence period of a

number of new African states. Political problems of the emerging

nations, especially the role of the multinational corporations, will

be discussed. Offered irregularly. (LA, OW3)

Cross-listed as POLS 265.

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. POLS.

ALS 269 Women of Color in the U.S. 3 s.h.

This course will use a multidisciplinary approach to survey the

contemporary experience of women of color in the United States.

We will explore the lives of African American, Asian American,

Latinas and Native American Women in the context of historical,

economic and political arrangements that give meaning to and

shape their lives. We will also examine the cultural patterns which

under-lie race, class, sexuality, and gender-based inequalities as

a basic element of contemporary society. Focusing on individual

and community experiences, we will assess the dynamic variation

in women’s class, racial-ethnic and gender identity formation,

their differential treatment based on race, class, and gender at

different levels of society, and their responses to the structural

arrangements that affect their lives. (LA)

Crosslisted with WMST 269.

ALS 270 Postcolonial Literature and Culture: Africa 3 s.h.

This course examines postcolonial literature culturally, themati-

cally and theoretically. Students read writers who have responded

to the impact of colonialism in such geographies as Sub-Saharan

Africa and South Asia. The cultural legacy of British imperialism

and expressions of resistance to it are explored. Offered every

2-3 years. (LA, OW3)

Cross-listed as WLIT 270.

Prerequisite: COMP 100 or ALS 100.

ALS 271 Colonial Latin America 3 s.h.

A survey of the history of colonial Latin America from 1492 to

1762, which covers pre-Hispanic society, the conquest and colo-

nial politico-economic and cultural patterns. Offered Fall and

Spring. (LA, OW3)

Cross-listed as WHIS 271.

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. 100-level HIST course.

ALS 272 Modern Latin America 3 s.h.

Survey of modern Latin America that begins with the Bour-

bon/Pombaline reforms c. 1760 and covers independence

movements, liberalism and other ideologies as well as U.S.-Latin

American relations. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA, OW3)

Cross-listed as WHIS 272.

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. 100-level HIST course.

ALS 273 Race, Gender, Class and Culture 3 s.h.

This course will use a multidisciplinary approach to examine some

of the ways race, gender, class, and culture intersect in the lives

of women and men in various Africana and Latino societies and

cultures in the Americas (including the Caribbean and the United

States). Attention is focused on the historical, economic, and

political context that underlie race-, gender- class- and eth-

nic-based inequalities that persist in contemporary societies. By

exploring individual and community experiences, we will assess

the dynamic variation in women and men’s racial-ethnic, class

and gender identity formation. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA,

OW3)

ALS 274 Gender and Power in Africa 3 s.h.

This course examines the social conditions and gendered expe-

riences of women and men in Africa contrasting the precolonial,

colonial and post colonial eras. Offered irregularly. (LA, OW3)

Cross-listed as WHIS 274 and WMST 274.

Prerequisite: SoS.

ALS 275 South Africa: Race and Resistance Since 18003 s.h.

This course covers the period after the British succeeded the

Dutch as rulers of Cape Colony, examining aspects of frontier

engagements between Africans and colonizers, the effects of a

mining-industrial economy and African resistance to the white

state. Resistance to the South African racial formation will be

discussed in its myriad expressions: labor, religious, artistic, new

social groups. Offered irregularly. (LA, OW3)

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. 100-level HIST course.

ALS 276 History of Slavery 3 s.h.

A study of the institution of slavery, its origins, continuance, and

contemporary residuals. Offered Fall only. (LA, OW3)

Cross-listed as WHIS 276.

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. 100-level HIST course.

ALS 278 African Atlantic: Popular Culture 3 s.h.

This course explores popular culture in Africa and among African

diasporic communities in the Caribbean, the Americas and Eu-

rope. All forms of expression—music, film, drama, video-television

Africana and Latino Studies 53

and popular writing—are covered but the emphasis of a particular

semester may vary. Offered irregularly. (LA, OW3)

ALS 279 Hip-Hop Culture 3 s.h.

An exploration of Hip-Hop culture, its origins in African American

and Latino music, dance and poetry, Asian martial arts and other

experimental art form. Offered Spring only. (LA)

ALS 283 International Political Economy 3 s.h.

A systematic and in-depth analysis of international political

economy focusing on both state and non-state actors. Special

emphases on multinational corporations in terms of their oper-

ating methods, goals and impact; multilateral organizations in-

cluding the WTO, IMF, and GATT; and issues of government con-

trol. Examines issues of sovereignty, free trade, currency devalu-

ations, labor unions, and the environment from several theoreti-

cal perspectives. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Cross-listed as POLS 283.

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. POLS.

ALS 286 African-American Women Writers 3 s.h.

This course is intended to acquaint students with the history and

representative writings of African American women writers from

the 19th century to the present, and celebrates the great tradition

of African American women writers, from Phyllis Wheatley to Zora

Neale Hurston to Toni Morrison, Audre Lorde, and Ntozake

Shange. Seeking to increase our understanding of the particular

obstacles, issues and social injustice faced by African-American

women, as well as the richness, complexity and diversity of their

writing, we will explore the poetry and fiction of writers both fa-

mous and little known, discovering their contribution to American

Literature, to African American and Women's literature, and to

social critique and social consciousness over the years. Offered

every 2-3 years. (LA, H3)

Cross-listed as ALIT 286.

Prerequisite: COMP 100 or ALS 100.

ALS 288 Borderlands: Latinos and Latinas in the U.S. 3 s.h.

This course explores the history of the Spanish colonization of

northern Mexico and what is today the southwestern United

States. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Cross-listed as AHIS 288.

ALS 290 Women, Race, and the Law: An Introduction 3 s.h.

This course uses written text and cinematic text to explore the

legal conditions of gender and women in diverse contemporary

transnational contexts. More specifically the course addresses

how laws map out gender, women's rights and social and ideo-

logical symbols. The course emphasizes the ways in which legal

definitions and representations of women have been understood

in terms of race, religion, occupation and constitutional rights.

Coursework and class discussions will be grounded in feminist

and cultural theories and critical legal studies. (LA)

Cross listed with WMST 290.

ALS 291 Gender, Race, and Sexuality in Popular Culture3 s.h.

This course addresses how popular culture - film, television, mu-

sic, mass and digital media - reinforces conceptions of gender

and sexuality, race, and class. Using methodologies of gender,

sexuality, and media studies, as well as critical race theory, we will

examine the popular production, consumption, and reception of

gendered social relations and roles. The course emphasizes crit-

ical inquiry regarding the production of normative and alternative

gender and sexual identities, while noting their intersection with

multiple, complex categories of identity, including most notably

race, ethnicity, class, and nationality. (LA)

Cross-listed as WMST 291.

Prerequisite: None.

ALS 292 The City in African History 3 s.h.

A survey on the history of Africa’s urban past from the urban

centers of antiquity to the megacities of contemporary Africa.

Offered irregularly. (LA, OW3)

Cross-listed as WHIS 292.

Prerequisite: SoS.

ALS 293 Transforming Africa: SADC Simulation 3 s.h.

The Model SADC-PF (Southern African Development Community -

Parliamentary Forum) seeks to encourage students to engage in

the contemporary debates and issues within Southern Africa and

develop research and oratory skills through experiential hands-on

learning. During the semester, students study issues, country

positions, and procedures and processes germane to SADC-PF in

preparation for the conference simulation. All students prepare

and submit country position papers on assigned issues. Students

collaborate on reports and resolutions using negotiation and

research skills and knowledge acquired during the simulation.

Offered irregularly. (LA, OW3, BC3)

Cross-listed as POLS 293.

Prerequisite: SoS.

ALS 295 Teaching Assistant 3 s.h.

This course will allow qualified students to serve as a Teaching

Assistant for an ALS/Africana & Latino Studies course. They will

aid the instructor in leading discussion sections, advising fellow

students on papers, research and exam preparation. In addition

to these tasks at the end of the semester the student will prepare

a report on their experience. The course gives students a sense of

how scholarship is used in the classroom and how courses are

designed. The course will be only pass/fail.

Prerequisites: JrS, CWE 1.

ALS 299 Independent Study in Africana-Latino Studies1-6 s.h.

Problem-oriented research designed to sharpen awareness and

powers of analysis in intra-cultural and cross-cultural experiences.

Study may involve the learning of a foreign language, fieldwork, or

research. (LA)

ALS 320 Urban Ghana: Past & Present 3 s.h.

This is a course in African urban history which contains an expe-

riential learning or field component in which the class visits Accra,

Tema, Cape Coast, Elmina and Kumasi, Ghana. Urbanization is

examined as an important feature of Ghana's history since 1500

with certain changes that broadly reflect West African history. This

course has a distance-learning component involving ten days of

fieldwork in Ghana (20 hours). Additionally, students will spend

ten weeks in the classroom at SUNY Oneonta (25 hours). Offered

irregularly. (LA)

Cross-listed as WHIS 320.

Prerequisite: SoS.

ALS 351 Literature of the Harlem Renaissance 3 s.h.

A study of Black writers in Harlem between 1920 and 1929.

Offered every 2-3 years. (LA, H3)

Cross-listed as ALIT 351.

Prerequisites: JrS and COMP 100 or ALS 100 and ALS 273 or

LITR 250.

ALS 353 Sex & Race in Science & Technology 3 s.h.

Women & People of Color have a special, complex & complicated

relationship with science & technology. In historical moments they

have been ignored & made invisible by science and technology, in

others made objects without agency. Their experiences & their

critique of these will be the object of this course which will seek to

interrogate these histories & relationships as we consider how

science & technology have treated sexed, gendered, ethno-raced,

disabled individuals & groups, and how they; in their turn have, &

are transforming the workings of science and technology. Topics

will include the politics of health & normalcy, hormones, genes

and productions of gender & identity; reflections on science &

54 Africana and Latino Studies

technologies as alienating or constitutive, as disconnecting or

empowering, as producers of materiality & meaning, language of

science, language in science & technology, Feminist and Critical

Race critiques of Science & Technology, controversies over

transplants, implants, conception, reproduction, surrogacy, im-

munity, immunization, contested illnesses & so on.

Cross-listed as WMST 353.

ALS 368 Political Development: Problems of Nation-Building3 s.h.

An intensive study of political development in the developing

world focusing on issues of civil society, state legitimacy, and

political economy. Comparative examination of themes, including

traditionalism and modernization, political culture, ethnic divi-

sions, and economic development. Offered irregularly. (LA, BC3)

Cross-listed as POLS 368.

Prerequisites: JrS, passed CWE.

ALS 395 Senior Seminar in Africana-Latino Studies 3 s.h.

Brings together various theoretical and methodological issues

associated with the study of the African-American and Latino

ethnic communities in the U.S. (BC3)

Prerequisites: completion of 15 credits in the major and/or con-

sent of department chair.

ALS 397 Africana and Latino Studies Internship 1-15 s.h.

The ALS internship is designed to augment the ALS major or minor

by providing students with the opportunity to work and learn in a

setting that enables them to see the practical applications of their

studies. The ALS internship, like those in other departments,

involves a work experience with a not-for profit agency or a busi-

ness that primarily serves an Africana or Latino population. This

includes community and social service organizations, govern-

mental research and advocacy agencies, educational programs

for children or adults such as literacy programs, or businesses,

especially in the arts.

Prerequisites: JrS, passed the college writing exam, and have a

minimum GPA of 2.0.

ALS 398 Seminar in Women’s and Gender Studies 3 s.h.

Group discussions and independent research studies in gender,

race, class, and sexuality. (LA, BC3)

Cross-listed as WMST 398.

Prerequisite: JrS required, 3 s.h. in Women’s and Gender Studies

recommended.

Anthropology 55

Anthropology

Distinguished Teaching Professor: Relethford; Professors: Haley,

Hill, Walker (Chair); Associate Professors: Betsinger, Han

Objectives

Anthropology is defined as the study of human cultural and bio-

logical variation and evolution. Contemporary, historic, and pre-

historic human populations are examined in a holistic fashion.

The program is concerned with developing student appreciation

for, and understanding of, the complexity and variety of human-

kind. The department is committed to an integrative approach to

undergraduate education and seeks to foster cross-disciplinary

insights into all aspects of human behavior.

Degree

Bachelor of Arts

Major

Anthropology

Minors

Anthropology

Requirements for the Major

Program: 9 s.h. core introductory courses in subdisciplines of

anthropology, 6 s.h. in Methods/Experience courses, 12 s.h. in

upper division elective courses, and 3 s.h. of a capstone course.

Total: 30 s.h.

Requirements for the Minor

6 s.h. from ANTH 100, 120, 130, or 140, and 12 s.h. selected

upper-division courses in anthropology. Total: 18 s.h.

Special Facilities

Laboratory facilities for archaeology and biological anthropology.

Anthropology Major Requirements

Study within the major field (no related work required):

Introductory courses in anthropology:

ANTH 100, 130, 140

9 s.h.

Methods/Experience in Anthropology:

ANTH 294*, 312, 325, 330, 331, 333,

339, 341, 342, 343, 345, 355

6 s.h.

Electives in Anthropology

200-300 level anthropology courses

12 s.h.

Capstone seminar: ANTH 390, 393

3 s.h.

Total 30 s.h.

Courses may not be used for credit in more than one area (e.g., a

course counted towards Methods Experience cannot also be

counted toward Electives).

*ANTH 294 (Special Topics) may count toward Method Experi-

ence or Electives, depending on the specific topic and with per-

mission of the Chair.

Anthropology Courses

ANTH 100 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 3 s.h.

Using a cross-cultural approach, this course provides an under-

standing of human behaviors and beliefs, kinship systems, world

view, social organization, and economic and political systems.

Focusing on both cultural diversity and universal values, this

course provides an understanding of contemporary human prob-

lems and needs, and stimulates concern about change and con-

tinuity in the global society. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA, OW3,

SS3)

ANTH 130 Introduction to Biological Anthropology 3 s.h.

An introduction to the study of the origin, evolution, and biological

diversity of our species. Topics include the history of evolutionary

thought; genetics and evolutionary theory; primate biology, be-

havior, and evolution; the fossil record of human evolution; and

biological variation and recent human evolution. Offered Fall

and Spring. (LA,NS3)

ANTH 140 Introduction to Archaeology 3 s.h.

This class is an introduction to archaeological methods and the-

ory. It defines the nature of archaeology as a social science in-

cluding major events in the history of archaeology and the dif-

ferent approaches to the study of archaeology. In this class we will

learn about the purpose and process of archaeological research

and data acquisition and the methods used to date archaeologi-

cal finds. We will identify and analyze the ways archaeologists

reconstruct human behavior and explain the social relevance of

archaeology to today’s world. We will cover certain key principles

in gaining a better understanding of archaeology. Offered Fall and

Spring. (LA, SS3)

ANTH 145 Prehistoric World Cultures 3 s.h.

This introduction to world prehistory traces our shared human

past from the emergence of human beings to the rise of ancient

states and empires, with special attention to key developments

such as the emergence of art, farming, urbanism and social

complexity. Select ancient cultures from around the world are

examined in-depth. Emphasis is placed on archaeology as an-

thropology and the relevance of archaeology to modern human

society and politics. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA, OW3)

ANTH 201 North American Indians 3 s.h.

An ethnographic and ethnohistorical survey of the diverse Native

American societies and cultures north of Mesoamerica, illustrat-

ing historical and contemporary cultural transformations as po-

litical, economic, and cultural circumstances change. Offered

Irregularly (LA, OW3)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ANTH 209 Mexican Immigration 3 s.h.

Examines immigration from Mexico to the United States over time,

emphasizing anthropological perspectives on contemporary im-

migration. Course is designed to illustrate the value of ethno-

graphic research to social policy questions. Offered Irregularly

(LA, SS3)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ANTH 210 Anthropological Folklore 3 s.h.

A survey of traditional culture—culture which is learned orally or by

imitation—on a global basis, with emphasis on folk life (material

folk culture), ritual, belief, and oral tradition. Emphasizes the

anthropological concepts of holism (traditions as aspects of the

"way of life" of a people), functionalism (culture as a system of

interrelated parts), and symbolism. Offered Irregularly (LA, SS3)

Prerequisite: ANTH 100, SoS.

ANTH 211 Religion, Magic, and Myth 3 s.h.

A study of the anthropology of religion with special attention on

the early roots of religion, mythology, systems of magic, and sci-

ence. Anthropological theories of religion are applied to topics like

shamanism, witchcraft, rites of passage, the religious use of

drugs, divination, and ancestor worship. Emphasizes ethno-

graphic studies of religion in small-scale societies. Offered Irreg-

ularly. (LA, H3)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ANTH 214 Psychological Anthropology 3 s.h.

The history of the culture and personality movement will be out-

lined and emphasis will be then placed on cultural universals and

specifics. Cross cultural biobehavioral practices will be consid-

ered along with their varied expression in specific cultural set-

tings. Offered Irregularly. (LA, SS3)

Prerequisite: SoS.

56 Anthropology

ANTH 215 Anthropology of North America 3 s.h.

Examines cultural ideas and social practices of community and

identity in contemporary North America, especially the United

States, focusing on kinship, gender, class, and race/ethnicity.

Emphasis will be on the ethnography of everyday life. Topics in-

clude popular culture and media, science and technology, the

environment, and work. Offered Irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ANTH 217 Visual Anthropology 3 s.h.

Examines human creative expression from the Paleolithic Period

to modern day with examples in media such as the visual arts,

architecture, sculpture, personal adornment, and film. Explores

how cultural beliefs are manifested in these media and how art-

works create and sustain a culture’s belief systems, values and

social relations. Enables students to recognize correlations

between complexity of art styles and the nature of artworks in

ancient, modern, Eastern and Western societies. Reveals that

social context is an inextricable facet of creative expression which

determines how artwork is circulated and received within indi-

vidual cultures. Offered Irregularly. (LA, H3)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ANTH 219 Anthropology of Death 3 s.h.

Why study death? What is death? What is good death, brain

death, undead? All living things experience death, but humans are

unique because we purposefully bury our dead, often accompa-

nied by ceremony or other rituals. We build pyramids for some

people, while others are buried in unmarked graves. Some socie-

ties have yearly celebrations of the dead, others visit cemeteries

on a daily basis, and still others never speak the name of the dead

again. Why is there so much variation among people when it

comes to death? Together we will explore these questions, ex-

amining how culture has a significant impact on a biological pro-

cess. We will explore what death is from both biological and cul-

tural perspectives, and we will examine how perspectives of death

can and do change over time. Offered Irregularly. (LA, SS3)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ANTH 220 Linguistic Anthropology 3 s.h.

Surveys the anthropological study of language, including theory

and methods. Topics include language, culture, and thought;

language acquisition and language socialization; language and

human evolution; language change; language as social action;

ethnographies of communication. Offered Irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ANTH 221 Anthropology of Sexes and Genders 3 s.h.

Introduction to the comparative, cross-cultural study of gender.

Part One focuses on the life cycle, including evolution and bio-

logical development, sexuality and reproduction, parenting and

bonding, and nutrition. Part Two views women and men

cross-culturally, comparing their roles and responsibilities in di-

verse settings. Offered Irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ANTH 227 Cultural Identities 3 s.h.

Examines major forms of cultural identity - ethnicity, race, na-

tionalism - from an anthropological perspective. Explores how

people create, maintain, and use cultural identifies, how social

context shapes their form and content, and how form and content

support social relationships. Students will explore case studies

and theoretical perspectives, and write a research paper based

on library research. Offered Irregularly. (LA, SS3)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ANTH 229 Critique of Civilization 3 s.h.

This course explores the concept of civilization and its opposite,

the primitive or savage, from anthropology’s unique cross-cultural

perspective. We will examine how these paired concepts figure

prominently in the origin and development of anthropology, and

how anthropology ultimately challenges the validity of both. This

intellectual history touches upon the ideologies and social con-

sequences of progressivism, romanticism, colonialism, neocolo-

nialism, environmentalism, indigenism, the New Age, neocon-

servativism, and traditionalist social movements. The course is

lecture based and includes several writing assignments. Offered

Irregularly. (LA, OW3)

Prerequisite: ANTH 100 or 105 or 140.

ANTH 230 Primate Behavior 3 s.h.

An introduction to the study of nonhuman primate behavior, bi-

ology, and ecology, with broad coverage from prosimians to apes.

Topics include classification, evolution, communication, social

organization, and cognition. Includes laboratory and field studies

of selected species. Offered Irregularly. (LA)

Cross-listed as PSYC 230.

Prerequisites: ANTH 100 or 130 or PSYC 100.

ANTH 232 Human Biology and Culture Change 3 s.h.

This course examines the biological impact of culture change

within the human species over the past 12,000 years, focusing

primarily on changes in health and disease and demography in

foraging, agricultural, and industrial societies. Topics include:

principles of epidemiology, the ecology of disease, principles of

demography, health and demography of foraging societies, the

transition to agriculture, the rise of civilization and urbanism,

culture contact, the epidemiologic and demographic transitions of

modern times, and contemporary and future issues. Offered Ir-

regularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ANTH 233 Race, Genetics, and Variation 3 s.h.

This course examines the ways in which genetic variation in the

world today is used to explore questions of race and ancestry and

the history and adaptation of human populations. Topics in-

clude: the history of race and the study of human variation; race in

biocultural perspective; genetics, ancestry, and population histo-

ry; and human adaptation and variation. Emphasis is on the con-

trast between racial and evolutionary approaches to human vari-

ation. Offered Irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ANTH 130.

ANTH 236 Medical Anthropology 3 s.h.

An introduction to issues in medical anthropology, explores the

interaction of biology and culture in the production of health and

illness. We will engage in comparative study and consider the

diversity of ideas and practices that constitute health and illness

across cultures and societies. The goal is to understand health

and illness as products of cultural and social practice. Offered

Irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ANTH 100 or 130.

ANTH 238 Anthropology of Reproduction 3 s.h.

This course examines women’s and men’s experiences of repro-

duction in anthropological perspective, including childbearing,

childbirth, menarche, and menopause across cultures and socie-

ties. Emphasizes reproduction as a cultural and social experience.

Offered Irregularly. (LA, SS3)

Prerequisite: ANTH 100.

ANTH 239 History of Human Evolution 3 s.h.

This course provides a historical review of the discovery of the

fossil record for human evolution from the mid-nineteenth century

to the present day. This review examines how new data have been

used to develop and test hypotheses in human evolution, with

particular focus on the divergence of ape and human lines, the

evolution of the first hominins, the origin of bipedalism, the origin

of tool use, and the origin and dispersal of different hominin spe-

cies including modern humans. Offered Irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ANTH 130.

Anthropology 57

ANTH 243 Ethnohistory 3 s.h.

This course introduces students to the anthropological use of

historical data in reconstructing the cultural past of a society.

The study of ethnohistory provides a link between anthropological

studies of prehistoric societies based on archaeology and studies

of contemporary societies based on participant-observation. The

focus of the course is the use of primary sources (including wills,

probate inventories, tax records, census data, and oral histories)

for investigation of social institutions and cultural relationships,

including social networks, kinship, socioeconomic status, gender

roles, and ethnic relations. The course includes several writing

assignments. Offered Irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ANTH 245 Native American Archaeology 3 s.h.

An examination of prehistoric populations in North America, from

the peopling of the New World to contact. Emphasizes descrip-

tion, analysis, and interpretation of regional cultural sequences

and systems from an archaeological perspective. Offered Irregu-

larly. (LA, SS3)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ANTH 250 Anthropology of the Southwest 3 s.h.

A survey of sociocultural diversity and change from prehistory to

the present in the greater Southwest, a region recognized as a

major cultural borderlands and blending zone of Native, Latin,

and Anglo-American influences. Archaeological, historical, and

ethnographic examples from California to Texas, and northern

Mexico to Colorado, explore the cultural outcomes of migration,

trade, resistance, conquest, slavery, capitalism, activism, and

ethnogenesis. Offered Irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ANTH 251 The Aztecs and Their Ancestors 3 s.h.

A survey of the prehistoric and early historic cultures of Mesoa-

merica, with particular focus on the first people in Mesoamerica,

emerging agricultural traditions, and the civilizations of the Ol-

mecs, Toltecs, Mayans, and Aztecs. Topics include the relation-

ship between Mesoamerican past and present, cultural traditions,

and the relationship of Mesoamerica to other cultures across the

world. Offered Irregularly. (LA, OW3)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ANTH 252 The Incas and Their Ancestors 3 s.h.

Surveys the pre-Columbian history of the Andean region of South

America, and investigates archaeological approaches to under-

standing that history. Outlines the development of Andean cul-

tures from initial peopling of the continent to the fall of the Inca

Empire at the time of European conquest. The Inca and several

prehistoric cultures are examined in detail, such as Chavin, Mo-

che, and Tiwanaku. Simultaneously explores select topical issues,

such as human-environment interactions, plant and animal do-

mestication, the emergence of inequality, gender, mummies and

ancestor worship, art as communication, and the rise and col-

lapse of states and empires. Offered Irregularly. (LA, OW3)

Prerequisites: SoS, ANTH 100 or 140.

ANTH 253 Women and Gender in Prehistory 3 s.h.

Introduces students to archaeological research and perspectives

on women and gender in prehistoric societies and ancient civili-

zations, emphasizing cross-cultural variation in the past. Outlines

the historical development of gender archaeology and contem-

porary approaches to engendering the past. Examines facets of

gender (ideology, relations, sexuality, age, class, alternative

genders, etc.) in past cultures and in a range of prehistoric cul-

tural contexts (early hunter-gatherers, farmers and pastoralists,

states and empires). Select ancient cultures (Andean, Mesoa-

merican, Egyptian, etc.) are examined in more detail. (Emphasis is

on non-Western ancient cultures.) Offered Irregularly. (LA)

Cross-listed as WMST 253.

Prerequisites: 100 level ANTH or WMST 130, SoS.

ANTH 254 Archaeology and Environmental Change 3 s.h.

This course examines, from an anthropological perspective, the

interrelationship between past peoples and the environments in

which they lived, over the course of world prehistory. The focus is

on issues of environmental change: understanding how various

peoples in the past have responded to climate change, how hu-

man activities have impacted and altered their environments, the

various social and cultural factors and conditions that influenced

human decision-making and behaviors during times of environ-

mental change, and the outcomes (positive and negative) of those

actions. Offered Irregularly. (SUSF)

Prerequisite: ANTH 140 or 145.

ANTH 294 Special Topics in Anthropology 1-6 s.h.

Various topics in cultural anthropology, biological anthropology, or

archaeology. Consult department or current schedule of classes

for specific offering. May be repeated for credit if different topics

are offered. Offered Irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: varies with content of course.

ANTH 299 Independent Study in Anthropology 1-3 s.h.

Individual study (reading and/or research related to any aspect of

Anthropology) under the sponsorship of a faculty member with

conferences and written report(s). (LA)

Prerequisites: SoS, permission of instructor.

ANTH 312 Exhibiting Cultures in Museums 3 s.h.

What are some of the challenges that museum professionals face

when creating representations of other cultures? By studying

several examples of exhibits in various institutions, students will

gain appreciation for these challenges. In this class, we will dis-

cuss theories, methodology and issues in representing other

cultures in a museum setting. The format for this class will be

readings, film and lectures. Participants will be challenged to work

together as an exhibit team for a small, culminating project. This

course will provide practical experience to students interested in

pursuing post-graduate education in museum studies and/or a

career in the field. Offered Irregularly. (LA, BC3)

Prerequisite: SoS, ANTH 100 or 130 or 140.

ANTH 325 Applied Anthropology 3 s.h.

Explores the use of anthropology in application to solving human

problems. Traces the history of applied anthropology and teaches

the process of applied research and practice through one or more

team projects. Course projects are determined in advance by the

instructor and are subject to change. Past projects have ad-

dressed local development options, historic textile preservation

and interpretation, immigration policy debates, and cultural

preservation policy cases. Offered Spring only. (LA, BC3)

Prerequisite: SoS and ANTH 100 or 130 or 140.

ANTH 330 Paleoanthropology 3 s.h.

A detailed examination of the fossil record of human evolution

and the methods of paleoanthropological research. The course

covers evoluntionary events from the initial divergence of ape and

human lines through the origin of anatomically modern humans.

Emphasis is on the analysis of morphology and phylogenetic

analysis. A substantial part of the course consists of examining,

describing, and analyzing fossil cast material. Offered Irregularly.

(LA, BC3)

Prerequisite: ANTH 130.

ANTH 331 Human Skeletal Anatomy 3 s.h.

Introduces students to the study of the human skeleton (osteol-

ogy) and the physiological and cultural processes operating on it.

Topics covered include human skeletal and dental anatomy, and

skeletal growth and development. Emphasis is on the identifica-

tion of individual skeletal and dental elements and features.

Course serves as a foundation for other courses in biological

58 Anthropology

anthropology that utilize and study the human skeleton. Offered

Irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisites: JrS and ANTH 130 or BIOL 100.

ANTH 332 Human Population Genetics 3 s.h.

An introduction to the study of population genetics, the mathe-

matical basis of evolutionary theory and its particular application

to human populations. Topics include: Hardy-Weinberg equilib-

rium, mating systems, mutation, natural selection, genetic drift,

and gene flow. Case studies focus on human populations. Of-

fered Irregularly. (LA, BC3)

Prerequisites: ANTH 130 or BIOL 212.

ANTH 333 Human Biological Variation 3 s.h.

A detailed examination of the data and methods used to analyze

human biological variation, with an emphasis on phenotypic

traits. Variation is examined in craniometrics, anthropometrics,

osteometrics, skin color, dental measures, and dermatoglyphics.

Variation is analyzed in relationship to sex, age, natural selection,

and population history. A substantial part of the course consists

of in- class lab experience in the measurement and analysis of

variation. Offered Irregularly. (LA, BC3)

Prerequisite: ANTH 130.

ANTH 336 Forensic Anthropology 3 s.h.

Explores the field of Forensic Anthropology through lectures and

exercises that replicate the methods commonly used. Students

will learn about the methods forensic anthropologists use to as-

sess age, determine sex, identify ancestry, estimate height, and

identify traumatic injuries. The course also addresses how indi-

vidual identifications are made and the role of the forensic an-

thropologist in law enforcement and in legal settings. Offered

every two years. (LA)

Prerequisite: ANTH 331 or BIOL 205.

ANTH 337 Advanced Skeletal Anatomy 3 s.h.

This course will provide students the opportunity to apply their

knowledge of skeletal anatomy attained during ANTH 331 and/or

ANTH 336 to the indentification of fragmentary remains and the

remains of subadults (fetal and children). Portions of the course

will be dedicated to bone histology (i.e. examining bone at the

cellular level) and dental anatomy. This course will be more fo-

cused and intensive for students who have had prior exposure to

human skeletal anatomy. Offered Irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ANTH 331 or 336.

ANTH 341 Zooarchaeology 3 s.h.

This course provides students with a background in the methods

of zooarchaeology, the analysis of animal remains from archae-

ological sites used to reconstruct the interrelationships between

people, animals, and the environment. Both theoretical and

methodological issues are explored, with emphasis on the use of

comparative vertebrate skeletal collections in zooarchaeological

research, specifically those animal species commonly found in

eastern North American prehistoric and historic archaeological

sites. Laboratory experience is a central focus of the course.

Offered Irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ANTH 140.

ANTH 342 Understanding Stone Tools 3 s.h.

The analysis and interpretation of archeological lithic (stone)

artifacts. Teaches methods and techniques of analysis and

identification of stone artifacts, and the use of lithics to investi-

gate and understand the human past. Students will handle and

analyze actual stone artifacts, hear lectures, and engage in

reading and discussion. Offered Irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ANTH 140.

ANTH 343 Archaeological Laboratory Methods 3 s.h.

This course introduces students to methods archaeologists use to

find, identify, preserve, analyze and interpret remains from ar-

chaeological sites. Students will learn field survey and sampling

methods and laboratory analysis of artifacts from Native Ameri-

can and Colonial period sites. Students will learn how to gain

insight into the past by studying the materials left behind by an-

cient cultures. Offered Irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ANTH 140 or 145.

ANTH 345 Field School in Archaeology 6 s.h.

This course is a summer field program that introduces students to

methods that archaeologists use to identify, excavate, record, and

interpret sites. The emphasis is on providing students first-hand

experience with methods of archaeological analysis in the field

and preliminary artifact processing techniques. Course readings,

lectures, and discussions complement this field program. Offered

every other summer. (LA)

Prerequisite: ANTH 140 or permission of instructor.

ANTH 349 Cities and Architecture 3 s.h.

This course intends to understand and analyze the relationship

between the nature and development of cities and functionalities,

meanings, and symbolic power of architecture from a

cross-disciplinary approach. Other than general introduction to

the concepts and theories in the disciplines, selected cities will be

compared. A city will be chosen as a case study each term. An

intensive and exciting trip to a city may be required. This course

will use interdisciplinary approaches to understand the formation

of a city and the functionality and symbolic meanings of the ar-

chitecture that builds a city. Theories are drawn from mul-

ti-disciplines such as geography, anthropology, communication

and media, history, and sociology. This course can be repeated

once. Offered Irregularly. (LA)

Cross-Listed as: COMM 349.

Prerequisite: 6 s.h. from ALS, ANTH, COMM, ECON, FAMS, GEOG,

HIST, AHIS, EHIS, WHIS, POLS, PSYC, SOC, or WMST..

ANTH 355 Field Methods in Cultural Anthropology 3 s.h.

This course introduces students to the practical skills and field

methods used by anthropologists. Included in this are: problems

of participant-observation; how to conduct an interview; design of

questionnaires and structured interviews; techniques of data

analysis; still photography and audio/visual recording; and pro-

posal and report writing. The skills taught in this course will be

valuable not just to those planning field work, but also in many of

the professions available to Social Science graduates. Students

will learn through participation in ongoing faculty research. Of-

fered Fall only. (LA, BC3)

Prerequisite: ANTH 100 and permission of instructor.

ANTH 390 Issues in Anthropology 3 s.h.

What does it mean to be human? Are there human universals?

How is behavior fashioned by nature and nurture? Is a unified

discipline of anthropology possible? This seminar will assist stu-

dents in answering basic questions about the nature of the hu-

man experience by considering practical and theoretical issues of

interest to anthropologists and others. Students will discuss

general questions in both cultural and biological anthropology, as

well as examine anthropological perspectives on current events.

Guest lecturers, film, readings, and discussion will form the basis

of the seminar. Offered Fall or Spring. (LA, BC3)

Prerequisites: JrS, 18 s.h. of ANTH coursework, and instructor

permission.

ANTH 393 History of Anthropological Thought 3 s.h.

A seminar-style course examining the historical development of

anthropology as an academic discipline, as well as common and

unique trends within the four subfields of anthropology: cultural

anthropology, archeology, biological anthropology, and linguistic

anthropology. Emphasis is on the unique nature of anthropology

as a discipline that has roots in natural science, social science,

and the humanities. Offered Fall or Spring. (LA)

Anthropology 59

Prerequisites: JrS, 18 s.h. of ANTH coursework and permission of

instructor.

ANTH 395 Teaching Assistantship in Anthropology 3 s.h.

Heightens the advanced student’s awareness of anthropology

through preparation of materials for teaching introductory

courses. Student works directly under the instructor of a selected

course and is assigned special readings related to the teaching of

anthropology to undergraduates. Students required to attend all

formal class sessions and weekly meetings throughout the se-

mester with the faculty supervisor. (LA)

Prerequisites: 18 s.h. ANTH and permission of instructor.

ANTH 396 Research Assistantship in Anthropology 1-3 s.h.

Provides research experience to a qualified undergraduate stu-

dent who will work under the supervision of a faculty member to

support on-going research. Activities may include literature re-

view, data collection and analysis, preparation of reports, papers,

and presentations. (LA)

Prerequisites: JrS, 12 s.h. ANTH and permission of instructor.

ANTH 397 Internship in Anthropology 1-15 s.h.

Internships are available in institutions, agencies, and facilities

such as the New York Center for Agricultural Medicine and Health,

Opportunities for Otsego, Inc., Cornell Cooperative Extension of

Delaware County, New York State Museum, Rape Crisis Services,

Iroquois Indian Museum, and others by arrangement. A limited

number of internships are available through the Albany Semester

Program. See the department chair for details. (LA)

Prerequisites: JrS, 12 s.h. ANTH and permission of instructor.

60 Art

Art

Professors: Sakoulas (Chair), Sharpe; Associate Professors:

Anderson, Nowak, Cui; Assistant Professors: Spitzhoff

Objectives

The visual arts represent one of the basic means of human

communication. In its courses, programs, and facilities the Art

Department provides undergraduates with a solid foundation in

the methods and theories in the creation and study of the visual

arts. The department offers a range of experiences from intro-

ductory to advanced courses in Studio Art and Art History. Stu-

dents have the opportunity to explore drawing, two- and three-

dimensional design, ceramics, computer art, sculpture, photog-

raphy, painting, and printmaking, and they may study major pe-

riods, themes, and critical issues of Art History. They are also

exposed to the new technologies and perspectives that are radi-

cally changing the way art is being made and studied. State of the

art computer art labs supports a rapidly expanding computer art

area.

The Art Department is firmly committed to a Liberal Arts Educa-

tion. It consequently offers a 39 s.h. Art Major with concentrations

in Art History, Design, Drawing and Printmaking, Painting, Pho-

tography, 3-D Studio, New Media and General Studio. Students

are given the opportunity to select a B.A. or B.S. degree. A 15

s.h. Foundation Requirement ensures students have a grounding

in basic drawing and design skills as well as exposure to Art His-

tory and the critical language of art. The Concentrations allow the

student to focus in a particular area.

The Art Department also offers a 36 s.h. major in Computer Art.

In this program, students are given foundations in traditional

studio skills and Art History. After being introduced to the new

digital technologies in a foundation Computer Art course, stu-

dents are then allowed to explore the different areas of this rap-

idly developing field including 3D Animation, Digital Video, Web

Design, Digital Print, Graphic/Publication Design, 3D Modeling,

and Digital Photography.

Degrees

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

Majors

Art

(with Concentrations in Art History, Design, Drawing & Print-

making, General Studio, New Media, Painting, Photography,

3-D Studio)

Computer Art

Minors

Art Studio (not a professional Art Education program)

Art History

Computer Art

Requirements for the Minors

Studio Art: 24 s.h. in art, including 3 s.h. of Art History. 12 s.h. to

be selected on an elective basis (additional elective credits in art

are optional).

Art History: 18 s.h. in Art History.

Computer Art: 18 s.h. in studio and computer courses.

Art Major with a Concentration in Art History

Foundation Requirements:

Required Art History courses:

9 s.h.

ARTH 109, ARTH 110, ARTH 200

Select two from the following Studio Art

courses:

6 s.h.

ARTS 130, ARTS 140, ARTS 141

Art History Concentration:

4 upper division ARTH courses

12 s.h.

One of the following: ARTS 240, ARTS 241,

ARTS 242, or CART 101

3 s.h.

Two 200-399 ARTH, ARTS or CART courses

6 s.h.

Total 36 s.h.

Art Major with a Concentration in Design

Foundation Requirements:

Select two from the following Art History courses:

6 s.h.

ARTH 109, ARTH 110, ARTH 200

Required Studio Art courses:

9 s.h.

ARTS 130, ARTS 140, ARTS 141

Design Concentration:

3 s.h.

ARTS 240

Select two from the following Design Courses:

6 s.h.

ARTS 203I,ARTS 280, ARTS 303I, CART 101,

CART 206, CART 208, (ARTS 294, ARTS 299,

ARTS 394, ARTS 399 courses in Design can be

applied with permission of advisor and de-

partment chair.)

Select two from the following courses in related

areas:

6 s.h.

ARTS 210, ARTS 241, ARTS 242, ARTS 252

One of the following advanced Design courses not

used above:

3 s.h.

ARTS 203I, ARTS 380, CART 306, CART 308

Any 200-399 ARTH, ARTS, or CART course

Total 36 s.h.

Art Major with a Concentration in Drawing and

Printmaking

Foundation Requirements:

Select two from the following Art History courses:

6 s.h.

ARTH 109, ARTH 110, ARTH 200

Required Studio Art courses:

9 s.h.

ARTS 130, ARTS 140, ARTS 141

Drawing and Printmaking Concentration:

Select three Drawing and Printmaking Courses:

9 s.h.

ARTS 241, ARTS 242, ARTS 243, ARTS 260, ARTS

262, ARTS 361, ARTS 363, ARTS 203I, ARTS

203J, ARTS 203K, ARTS 203R, ARTS 203V,

(ARTS 294, ARTS 299, ARTS 394, ARTS 399

courses in Drawing and Printmaking can be

applied with permission of advisor and de-

partment chair.)

Select two from following courses in related areas:

6 s.h.

ARTS 210, ARTS 241, ARTS 242, ARTS 240, CART

101

One of the following advanced Drawing or Print-

making courses not used above:

3 s.h.

ARTS 241, ARTS 243, ARTS 361, ARTS 363

Any 200-399 ARTH, ARTS or CART

Total 36 s.h.

Art Major with a Concentration in General Studio

Foundation Requirements:

Select two from the following Art History courses:

6 s.h.

ARTH 109, ARTH 110, ARTH 200

Required Studio Art courses:

9 s.h.

ARTS 130, ARTS 140, ARTS 141

General Studio Courses:

Art 61

Three 200-399 ARTS or CART courses

9 s.h.

Two upper-level Drawing or Design courses:

6 s.h.

ARTS 240, ARTS 241, ARTS 242

One of the following advanced ARTS or CART

courses not used above:

3 s.h.

ARTS 240, 241, 243, 330, 333, 310, 351,

353, 361, 363, 380, CART 304, 305, 306,

307, 308, 309, 310

Any 200-399 ARTH, ARTS, or CART course

3 s.h.

Total 36 s.h.

Art Major with a Concentration in New Media

Foundation Requirements:

Select two from the following Art History courses:

6 s.h.

ARTH 109, ARTH 110, ARTH 200

Required Studio Art courses:

9 s.h.

ARTS 130, ARTS 140, ARTS 141

New Media Concentration:

Select three New Media Courses:

9 s.h.

ARTS 230, 253, 280, 330, 380, CART 200-399

excluding elective transfer courses - to be re-

viewed on an individual basis. (ARTS 294, 299,

394, and 399 courses in New Media can be ap-

plied with permission of advisor and department

chair.)

Select two from the following courses in related

areas:

6 s.h.

ARTS 210, 240, 241, 242

One of the following advanced courses not used

above:

3 s.h.

ARTS 380, CART 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309,

310

Any 200-399 ARTH, ARTS or CART course

3 s.h.

Total 36 s.h.

Art Major with a Concentration in Painting

Foundation Requirements:

Select two from the following Art History courses:

6 s.h.

ARTH 109, ARTH 110, ARTH 200

Required Studio Art courses:

9 s.h.

ARTS 130, ARTS 140, ARTS 141

Painting Concentration:

Select three from the following Painting courses:

9 s.h.

ARTS 250, ARTS 252, ARTS 351, ARTS 353, ARTS

203N, ARTS 203Z, ARTS 303N, ARTS 303Z,

(ARTS 294, ARTS 299. ARTS 394, ARTS 399

courses in Painting can be applied with permis-

sion of the advisor and department chair.)

Select two from the following courses in related

areas:

6 s.h.

ARTS 240, ARTS 241, ARTS 242, ARTS 260.

One of the following advanced painting courses not

used above:

3 s.h.

ARTS 351 or ARTS 253

Any 200-399 ARTH, ARTS or CART

3 s.h.

Total 36 s.h.

Art Major with a Concentration in Photography

Foundation Requirements:

Select two from the following Art History courses:

6 s.h.

ARTH 109, ARTH 110, ARTH 200

Required Studio Art courses:

9 s.h.

ARTS 130, ARTS 140, ARTS 141

Photography Concentration:

Select three Photography courses:

9 s.h.

ARTS 210, ARTS 310, ARTS 203P, ARTS 303P,

CART 210, CART 211, CART 310, (ARTS 294,

ARTS 299, ARTS 394, ARTS 399 courses in

Photography can be applied with permission of

advisor and department chair.)

Select two from the following courses in related

areas:

6 s.h.

ARTS 240, ARTS 241, ARTS 242, CART 101

One of the following advanced Photography

courses not use above:

3 s.h.

ARTS 310 or CART 310

Any 200-399 ARTH, ARTS or CART course

3 s.h.

Total 36 s.h.

Art Major with a Concentration in 3-D Studio

Foundation Requirements:

Select two from the following Art History courses:

6 s.h.

ARTH 109, ARTH 110, ARTH 200

Required Studio Art courses:

9 s.h.

ARTS 130, ARTS 140, ARTS 141

3-D Studio Concentration:

Select three 3-D Studio Courses:

9 s.h.

ARTS 237, 230, 232, 238, 330, 333, 203a, 203e,

203t, 303a, 303e, 303t,(ARTS 294, 299, 394,

399 courses in 3-D Studio can be applied with

permission of advisor and department chair.)

Select two from the following courses in related

areas:

6 s.h.

ARTS 240, 241, 242

One of the following advanced courses in 3-D Studio

not used above:

3 s.h.

ARTS 330 or ARTS 333

Any 200-399 ARTH, ARTS or CART course

3 s.h.

Total 36 s.h.

Computer Art Major

Foundation Requirements

Required Art History courses:

6 s.h.

ARTH 109 and ARTH 110

Required Studio Art course:

3 s.h.

ARTS 141

Select one of the following Studio Art courses:

3 s.h.

ARTS 130 or ARTS 140

Select one of the following upper-division courses:

3 s.h.

ARTS 240, ARTS 241 or ARTS 242

Computer Art Courses:

Required Computer Art course:

3 s.h.

CART 101

Select four of the following Computer Art courses:

12 s.h.

CART 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211,

212, 218, 252, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309,

310

(CART 294, 299, 394, and 399 courses can be

applied with permission of the advisor and de-

partment chair. Excluding elective transfer

courses - to be reviewed on an individual basis.)

One of the following advanced Computer Art

courses not used above: CART 304, 305, 306,

307, 308, 309, 310.

3 s.h.

Studio Art/Art History Selections:

62 Art

200-399 ARTS or ARTH Courses

6 s.h.

Total 39 s.h.

Art Courses

Art History Courses

ARTH 109 Survey of the Visual Arts I 3 s.h.

A survey of the visual arts from the Paleolithic to the Gothic peri-

od. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA, A3)

ARTH 110 Survey of the Visual Arts II 3 s.h.

Discussion of major trends in art style and history from c.1300

through the 20th century, with emphasis on development of vis-

ual acuity and ability to recognize and discuss major trends in the

history of art. May be taken before ARTH 109. Offered Fall and

Spring. (LA, A3)

ARTH 200 The Language of the Visual Arts 3 s.h.

An introductory course designed to familiarize the viewer of art

with the means to understand it. Examines philosophy, concepts,

vocabulary, and processes of art though lectures, readings, slides,

and exhibitions. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA, A3)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ARTH 209 History of Greek and Roman Art 3 s.h.

Surveys development of the visual arts of the Greek and Roman

worlds. Examines origins of Greek art in the Minoan-Mycenaean

civilization; the development of art in the historical phases of

Greek civilization from Archaic through Hellenistic; and the visual

arts of the Roman Empire. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTH 109 or 110.

ARTH 212 History of European Medieval Art 3 s.h.

A survey of the visual arts in Western Europe from the end of the

Ancient world to the late Gothic period. Emphasis placed on the

development of regional styles and the survival of the

Greco-Roman tradition. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTH 109 or 110.

ARTH 213 History of Italian Renaissance Art 3 s.h.

Traces the development of Italian art from c. 1250 to 1500, not-

ing major trends and stylistic peculiarities of particular artists.

Painting, sculpture, and architecture are discussed. Offered ir-

regularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTH 109 or 110.

ARTH 214 History of Northern Renaissance Art 3 s.h.

A survey of painting and sculpture in France, the Netherlands,

England, and Germany from the 14th to the 16th century. Offered

irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTH 109 or 110.

ARTH 215 Art of 17th Century Europe 3 s.h.

Traces the development of art, architecture, sculpture and

treatment in 17th century Europe, with emphasis on the devel-

opment of individual and nationalistic styles and concurrent so-

cial phenomena. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTH 109 or 110.

ARTH 216 History of 19th Century European Painting 3 s.h.

A study of French, English, and German paintings from the French

Revolution to the end of the 19th century, including the

Neo-classical, Romantic, Realist, Impressionist, and

Post-Impressionist movements. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTH 109 or 110.

ARTH 217 History of American Art – Painting 3 s.h.

The development of the visual arts with emphasis on painting,

from Colonial beginnings to the Armory Show. Considers historical

and philosophical backgrounds and the artist as historian and

commentator. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTH 109 or 110.

ARTH 218 Art of the 20th Century 3 s.h.

Traces and analyzes the major art movements in painting

(1900-1945) as background for understanding the visual arts of

our time. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTH 109 or 110.

ARTH 219 Contemporary Art Since 1945 3 s.h.

A survey of the major movements in the 1960’s and 1970’s in the

U.S. Emphasis placed on interrelationships of artist, critic, and

public. Offered irregularly. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTH 109 or 110.

ARTH 220 Images of Women in Western Art 3 s.h.

A study of the changing image of women in visual art. Through an

examination of works of art—primarily painting, but prints, photo-

graphs, sculpture, installation, and mixed media, as well—the aim

will be to ascertain how the concept of the feminine has been

constructed within the restrictions of time and place, and to ana-

lyze how that construction has actively produced meaning for the

sign, woman. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTH 109 or 110.

ARTH 221 History of Photography 3 s.h.

A survey of the history of photography from its origins in the 19th

century to the present day. Special emphasis given to practical

aspects vs. the artistic aspect of this medium. Course will not be

excessively technical nor will it involve any laboratory work.

Offered irregularly. (LA, A3)

ARTH 222 Impressionism 3 s.h.

This course is designed as an advanced undergraduate seminar

with emphasis on the history of Impressionism and the method-

ologies that have been employed to write it. It stresses gender,

ethnicity, and social class in an analysis of the art and artists of

the period. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTH 109 or 110.

ARTH 294 Special Topics – Art History 2-3 s.h.

Advanced work with emphasis on the nature and methods of art

history. Individual student or students in small seminar groups

work under the direct supervision of an instructor(s). Students use

the resources of the slide collection, library, and make selective

museum field trips. (LA)

Prerequisites: SoS and permission of department.

ARTH 299 Independent Study – Art History 1-6 s.h.

Individual studies under faculty supervision. Admission by con-

sent of department chair and instructor involved. LA credit de-

pendent upon the nature of the project. Offered every semester if

department chair and instructor agree.

Prerequisites: 6 s.h. ARTH and permission of department and

instructor.

ARTH 394 Special Topics – Art History 2-3 s.h.

Advanced work with emphasis on the nature and methods of art

history. Individual students or students in small seminar groups

work under the direct supervision of an instructor(s). Students use

the resources of the slide collection, library, and make selective

museum field trips. (LA)

Prerequisites: SrS, Art History major, and permission of instructor.

ARTH 395 Teaching Assistantship – Art History 3 s.h.

Provides teaching experience to student majoring in Art History.

Works directly under guidance of a faculty member. Student is

limited to 6 s.h. as TA and may not assist twice in same course.

Prerequisites: JrS with minimum of 21 s.h. toward major including

course in which you TA, 3.0 overall GPA and 3.0 in major, per-

mission of instructor and department chair.

Art 63

ARTH 397 Internship in Art History 1-15 s.h.

The course is designed to allow a student to obtain credits for a

meaningful work experience in Art History. Credit will be evaluated

by the Faculty Sponsor and Internship Coordinator at the rate of

one credit for every forty hours of participation. Students must

meet with the Faculty Sponsor and Internship Coordinator to

determine the specifics of each individual program prior to regis-

tration. Pass/Fail only.

Prerequisites: Jr. or Sr.; over-all GPA of 2.75 or above; declared

Art Major; completed 12 s.h. of Art History; must have completed

one semester’s work in a degree program at SUNY Oneonta; and

passed the College Writing Exam.

ARTH 399 Independent Study – Art History 1-6 s.h.

Individual studies under faculty supervision. Admission by con-

sent of department chair and instructor involved. LA credit de-

pendent on the nature of the project. Offered every semester if

department chair and instructor agree.

Prerequisites: 9 s.h. ARTH and permission of department and

instructor.

Studio Art Courses

ARTS 130 Introduction to 3-D Design 3 s.h.

An introduction to and discussion of design, techniques, methods,

and tools of sculpture. Discusses both 2-D and 3-D aspects of art,

with emphasis on the latter. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA, A3)

ARTS 140 Two-Dimensional Design 3 s.h.

A course concerned with the fundamental principles and concepts

of design so that one might create effectively in all areas relating

to our visual creative human environment. Offered Fall and

Spring. (LA, A3)

ARTS 141 Drawing I 3 s.h.

Develops basic skills in drawing. A studio practicum in the fun-

damental approaches to techniques and varied drawing media.

Emphasizes development of skills in observation, perception, and

the expressive handling of ideas and materials. Theoretical and

historical aspects of drawing are explored. Offered Fall and

Spring. (LA, A3)

ARTS 203 Advanced Studio I 2-3 s.h.

An advanced creative studio involvement under the supervision of

an instructor appropriate to the selected area of specialization.

Students are expected to develop their own creative visions

through exploration of the specific media. The course is in-

tended to be the third level in specific studio areas. Offered sub-

ject to availability of an instructor. Offered irregularly.

ARTS 210 Basic Photography I 3 s.h.

An introduction to the history and aesthetics of photography.

Theory and use of the camera and basic photo-optical equipment;

developing and printing techniques; finishing, mounting, display-

ing of prints, and film processing. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA,

A3)

Prerequisites: camera and permission of instructor.

ARTS 230 Sculpture I 3 s.h.

A beginning course dealing with the essential principles and

techniques of sculpture. Attention will be devoted to the historical

and aesthetic contexts and the development of individual crea-

tive expression. Emphasis placed on good design and use of

materials, selection and preparation of materials, and the tech-

niques of carving, modeling, and constructing. Students are ex-

pected to work in at least two materials. Offered Fall and Spring.

(LA)

Prerequisite: 100-level ARTS course or permission of instructor.

ARTS 232 Ceramic Sculpture I 3 s.h.

The fundamentals of sculpture, utilizing ceramic materials, and

techniques. The different historical and creative traditions will be

examined. Students will be encouraged to develop their own

creative visions. Included are coil building, slab construction, and

casting methods. Students work with clays, slips, and glazes,

which are formulated from laboratory experimentation. Offered

Fall and Spring. (LA)

Prerequisite: 100-level ARTS course or permission of instructor.

ARTS 237 Ceramics I 3 s.h.

Provides instruction in general ceramic procedures, and the

properties and preparation of clay. Emphasizes use of the potter’s

wheel, various methods of decoration, glazing, and firing of pot-

tery. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA, A3)

ARTS 238 Ceramics II 3 s.h.

Planned for students who have had a college course in ceramics.

Experiences include: throwing on the potter’s wheel, investiga-

tions into glazes and clay composition. Students will be exposed

to historical and contemporary traditions of ceramics in order to

provide a context for their own creative work. Students encour-

aged to develop personal manners of expression in using the

results of their experiments with glazes and clay bodies. Offered

Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 237.

ARTS 240 Design II 3 s.h.

Consideration of design as the basic factor in creative expression.

Problems in 2-D and 3-D design are selected to increase the

student’s sensitivity to the elements of design and to develop

control of the art materials necessary in visual expression. Nature

is considered as a significant source in design inspiration as well

as is the entire range of the history of the arts. Emphasis will be

placed on developing the critical skills involved in the creation of

effective designs. A focus will be on having the student produce

a body of work that can be incorporated into a professional quality

portfolio. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 140.

ARTS 241 Drawing II 3 s.h.

A continuation of Drawing I, with consideration given to form

development, composition, the psychology of representation, and

the expressive use of a wide variety of drawing materials. The

historical and contemporary traditions of drawing will be exam-

ined in order to allow students to gain insights into the creative

process. A focus will be on having the student produce a body of

work that can be incorporated into a professional quality portfolio.

Offered Fall and Spring. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 141.

ARTS 242 Figure Drawing I 3 s.h.

Teaches students to draw the human figure with accuracy and to

further interpret the human figure imaginatively. Attention will

be drawn to the central role the representation of the human

figure has played in historical and contemporary artistic tradi-

tions. Emphasis on observation and understanding of the figure

as a broad design and a source for drawing. Includes exploration

of varied materials and techniques. Offered Fall and Spring.

(LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 141.

ARTS 243 Figure Drawing II 3 s.h.

A continuation of Figure Drawing I, with emphasis on creative,

interpretive, and compositional uses of the human figure. Critical

issues concerning the representation of the human figure will be

explored. Students are urged to use a variety of drawing mate-

rials and techniques. A focus will be on having the student pro-

duce a body of work that can be incorporated into a professional

quality portfolio. Offered Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 242.

64 Art

ARTS 250 Watercolor Painting I 3 s.h.

Introduces students to the expressive possibilities of watercolor

and the varied techniques associated with its use. Work consists

of observing and painting directly from nature. Classes meet

outdoors as weather permits. Instructional aids include the use of

demonstrations, slides, and reproductions. Offered Fall and

Spring. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 140 or ARTS 141.

ARTS 252 Painting I 3 s.h.

A studio course introducing the basic materials and processes of

painting. Emphasis placed on developing the student’s individual

sensitivity to form and color so significant creative and technical

concepts result in personal expression. Offered Fall and Spring.

(LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 140 or ARTS 141.

ARTS 253 Outdoor Landscape Painting 3 s.h.

Designed as a plein air or outdoor landscape painting course, this

is intended as an alternative to the traditional studio class. Stu-

dents will develop an understanding of atmosphere, light, space,

and observational techniques using a variety of media including

acrylic, gouache, watercolor, and pastel. The course will explore

different traditions of landscape painting. Offered Summer only.

(LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 140 or ARTS 141.

ARTS 260 Printmaking I 3 s.h.

An introductory course designed to provide creative and technical

experience in several major areas of printmaking including relief,

intaglio, and collagraph as well as combined processes. The the-

oretical framework of contemporary printmaking will be explored.

Historical development of the techniques, and the dialog between

these traditions and the student's creation of an individual style

will be discussed. Experience in drawing and/or design helpful.

Offered Fall and Spring. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 140 or ARTS 141.

ARTS 262 Serigraphy I 3 s.h.

Silk-screen printing on paper. Emphasis is on new approach to

design and materials. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 140 or ARTS 141.

ARTS 280 Artists Books I 3 s.h.

This course is an introduction to the dynamic field of Artists

Books. This new artistic form has rapidly grown in popularity since

the early 1980’s. Through exploration of both traditional and

innovative book structures and a broad spectrum of theoretical

approaches, students will develop, design and produce a number

of sculptural book objects with a strong conceptual base. Studio

skills and aesthetic considerations brought to this class from

drawing, design, photography, printmaking, sculpture, painting,

ceramics, and computer art can all be utilized as students blend

concept and form in the creation of unique Artists Books. While

this is primarily a studio experience, slides and discussions of the

scope of this new artistic field will be a complimentary component

of the course. Offered at least once in an academic year. Offered

Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 140 or ARTS 141 or ARTS 130.

ARTS 294 Special Topics – Studio Art 2-3 s.h.

Advanced work in Studio Art in a media not covered by existing

courses. Emphasis is placed on the integration of creative and

technical aspects. Individual student or students in small groups

work under the direct supervision of an instructor(s). (LA)

Prerequisites: SoS and permission of department.

ARTS 299 Independent Study in Studio Art 1-6 s.h.

Individual studies under faculty supervision. Admission by con-

sent of department chair and instructor involved. LA credit de-

pendent upon the nature of the project. Offered every semester if

department chair and instructor agree.

Prerequisites: 6 s.h. ARTS and permission of department and

instructor.

ARTS 303 Advanced Studio II 2-3 s.h.

An advanced creative studio involvement under the supervision of

an instructor appropriate to the selected area of specialization.

Students are expected to develop their own creative visions

through exploration of the specific media. Offered irregularly.

(LA)

Prerequisites: ARTS 203 in studio area; permission of instructor.

ARTS 310 Basic Photography II 3 s.h.

A continuation of Basic Photography I with emphasis on advanced

field and laboratory problems, black and white and toning ex-

perimentation, mounting and exhibition techniques. Offered Fall

and Spring. (LA)

Prerequisites: ARTS 210, a camera, and permission of instructor.

ARTS 330 Sculpture II 3 s.h.

For students who have had a college course in sculpture. Con-

temporary styles and techniques with emphasis placed on stu-

dents developing the critical and technical abilities to develop a

strong individual mode of 3-D expression. Students work princi-

pally in one or two materials. A focus will be on having the student

produce a body of work that can be incorporated into a profes-

sional quality portfolio. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 230.

ARTS 333 Ceramic Sculpture II 3 s.h.

Provides an opportunity for advanced experimentation and

greater personal expression through the medium of clay. Empha-

sizes more advanced problems dealing with combinations of slab,

coil, and slip-casting techniques. The development of technical,

critical, and aesthetic skills leads to the creation of an individual

style. A focus will be on having the student produce a body of work

that can be incorporated into a professional quality portfolio.

Offered irregularly.(LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 232.

ARTS 351 Watercolor Painting II 3 s.h.

A continuation of Watercolor Painting I using a variety of tech-

niques which include opaque, transparent, and mixed media

approaches. The technical skills acquired will be directly applied

to the exploration of individual creativity. A focus will be on having

the student produce a body of work that can be incorporated into

a professional quality portfolio. Offered Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 250.

ARTS 353 Painting II 3 s.h.

A studio course to further investigate the materials and processes

of painting. Emphasis placed on developing the student’s sensi-

tivity to design and on a personal approach in the use of paint as

an expressive medium. Students explore their own creativity in

the context of the long tradition of painting. A focus will be on

having the student produce a body of work that can be incorpo-

rated into a professional quality portfolio. Offered Spring only.

(LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 252.

ARTS 361 Printmaking II 3 s.h.

A continuation of Printmaking I providing an opportunity to gain

further technical and expressive skills in the areas of printmaking

including but not limited to relief, intaglio, collagraph, contem-

porary, and combined processes. The exploration of contempo-

rary printmaking will be continued from Printmaking I. Historical

development of the chosen techniques, and the dialog between

these traditions and the student’s creation of an individual style

will be emphasized. A focus will be on having the student produce

Art 65

a body of work that can be incorporated into a professional quality

portfolio. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 260.

ARTS 363 Serigraphy II 3 s.h.

A continuation of the history, study, and practice of serigraphy,

providing further exploration of the medium and development of

greater individuality of expression. A focus will be on having the

student produce a body of work that can be incorporated into a

professional quality portfolio. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 262.

ARTS 370 Collaborative Art Projects 3 s.h.

This course will be oriented around creating, completing and

publicly presenting as a class a collaborative art project or pro-

jects. It will require of all involved brain-storming, practical plan-

ning, researching, creative problem solving, critical thinking,

learning new skills, working collaboratively, visual communica-

tion, and a high degree of self-motivation and commitment to the

group. This is an opportunity for students to not only participate in

the practice of being contemporary artists as they invent, expand,

and create but also to develop interpersonal skills and learn

about compromise and communication as they coordinate in a

collaboratively creative group. Offered Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisites: 6 s.h. 200-level ARTS coursework

ARTS 380 Artists Books II 3 s.h.

This course is a further investigation into the dynamic field of

Artists Books which builds on the skills and conceptual perspec-

tives introduced in Artists Books I. Exploring complex traditional

and innovative structures and investigating a variety of theoretical

approaches students will continue to develop their conceptual

and technical proficiency as they produce sculptural book objects

of exhibition and portfolio quality. While this is primarily a studio

experience, slides and discussions of this new artistic field will be

a complimentary component of the course. A focus will be on

having the student produce a body of work that can be incorpo-

rated into a professional quality portfolio. Offered once in an

academic year. (LA)

Prerequisite: ARTS 280.

ARTS 394 Special Topics – Studio Art 2-3 s.h.

Advanced work in Studio Art in a media not covered by existing

courses. Emphasis is placed on the integration of creative and

technical aspects. Individual student or students in small groups

work under the direct supervision of an instructor(s). (LA)

Prerequisites: SrS, Studio Art major, and permission of instructor.

ARTS 395 Teaching Assistantship in Studio Art 3 s.h.

Provides teaching experience to student majoring in Studio Art.

Works directly under guidance of a faculty member. Student is

limited to 6 s.h. as TA and may not assist twice in same course.

Prerequisites: JrS with minimum of 21 s.h. toward major including

course in which you TA, 3.0 overall GPA and 3.0 in major, per-

mission of instructor and department chair.

ARTS 397 Internship in Studio Art 1-15 s.h.

The course is designed to allow a student to obtain credits for a

meaningful work experience related to Studio. Credit will be

evaluated by the Faculty Sponsor and Internship Coordinator at

the rate of one credit for every forty hours of participation. Stu-

dents must meet with the Faculty Sponsor and Internship Coor-

dinator to determine the specifics of each individual program prior

to registration. Pass/Fail only.

Prerequisites: Jr. or Sr.; over-all GPA of 2.75 or above and at least

a 3.0 major GPA; declared Art Major; completed 12 s.h. of ARTS

and CART; must have completed one semester’s work in a degree

program at SUNY Oneonta; and passed the College Writing Exam.

ARTS 399 Independent Study – Studio Art 1-6 s.h.

Individual studies under faculty supervision. Admission by con-

sent of department chair and instructor involved. LA credit de-

pendent on the nature of the project. Offered every semester if

department chair and instructor agree.

Prerequisites: 9 s.h. ARTS and permission of department and

instructor.

Computer Art Courses

CART 101 Introduction to Computer Art 3 s.h.

Introduces the student to the computer as a creative medium.

Using the foundation in drawing and design skills students will

explore current software to create digital art. Through critiques,

lectures, and discussions it examines the computer as a cultural

phenomenon. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA)

CART 204 3D Animation 3 s.h.

An intensive course involving 3D modeling and Animation. The

concepts of timing, keyframing, tweening, and movement will be

explored. Students will learn methods of creating efficient 3D

models using different modeling and animation software pack-

ages. The process of animation from story development through

storyboard and pencil sketches to final rendering and editing will

be included. Emphasis will be placed on students developing

their own creative visions. Offered Fall and Spring.

Prerequisite: CART 101; and ARTS 140 or 141.

CART 205 Digital Video 3 s.h.

An advanced course exploring the concepts of non-linear video in

an art context. Students will explore the creative aspects of digital

video from concept and storyboards through final editing. Em-

phasis will be placed on students developing their own expression

through the creation of a collection of short films using digital

video techniques. The course will examine the historic, aesthetic

and cultural considerations of film and contemporary video.

Offered Spring only.

Prerequisite: CART 101; and ARTS 140 or 141.

CART 206 Web Design 3 s.h.

This is an advanced computer art course that focuses on creating

art for the Internet. The students will learn the principles of cre-

ating Web pages and Web graphics by developing and solving

visual problems on a live Web site. Students examine the chang-

ing dynamics of the Web medium as it challenges how infor-

mation is presented and understood and how it transcends cul-

tural boundaries. Offered Fall and Spring.

Prerequisite: CART 101; and ARTS 140 or 141.

CART 207 The Digital Print 3 s.h.

An advanced course using the computer as a tool for fine art

image creation. Students will explore and develop their own per-

sonal vision. Images will be created and printed for exhibition.

Each student will create a portfolio of exhibition quality prints.

Offered Fall and Spring.

Prerequisite: CART 101; and ARTS 140 or 141.

CART 208 Graphic Design 3 s.h.

An advanced computer art course that allows the student to ex-

plore the artistic and professional discipline of visual communi-

cation. Students will employ their design skills in the creation of

printed works using type and images. This course will emphasize

professional practices and strong typographic skills. Offered Fall

and Spring.

Prerequisite: CART 101; and ARTS 140 or 141.

66 Art

CART 209 3D Modeling 3 s.h.

An advanced computer art course in which the students will ex-

plore the traditional principles of modeling, texturing, and lighting

in the creation of new experimental three-dimensional digital

worlds. Students will be exposed to the concepts of creating 3D

works of art. The course will examine the ramifications of the

virtual 3D environment on the traditional ideas of art. Offered

Fall and Spring.

Prerequisite: CART 101; and ARTS 140 or 141.

CART 210 Digital Photography 3 s.h.

The concepts and techniques of digital image making. Processes

including image acquisition through digital capture or scanning,

image compositing, editing, and output to various media. Stu-

dents will be encouraged to explore the creative potentials of the

different techniques and to develop their own personal style.

Offered Fall and Spring.

Prerequisite: CART 101; and ARTS 140 or 141.

CART 211 Digital Landscape Photography 3 s.h.

Concepts of Digital Landscape Photography, including the histor-

ical, conceptual, and aesthetic considerations. Students will learn

to see potential images and develop them into visual statements

of personal expression. Each student will produce a small portfo-

lio of related works. This course will involve travel to specified

locations. Offered Summer only.

Prerequisites: SoS and CART 101.

CART 212 Introduction to 2D Animation 3 s.h.

Students will focus on the basic principles of animation. Students

will develop an understanding of character performance, with

emphasis placed on analysis of actions, sense of timing, staging

and sequential drawing skills. Students will also extend their

drawing skills to explore the dimensions of time and space in the

study of movement and expression. Offered Spring only.

Prerequisites: SoS and CART 101; and ARTS 140 or 141.

CART 218 Typography 3 s.h.

This course introduces the subject of Typography. The course

builds up from the study of the letter, to the word, the paragraph,

and the page. The student will learn to communicate typograph-

ically through practical application of theory and principles, and

with an awareness of relevant type design history and the cultural

significance of individual typefaces. Taught in a graphics com-

puter lab, the projects will be executed using industry standard

software and hardware. Skills learned will prepare students for

professional practice in such visual design fields as Graphic De-

sign, Web and Interactive Design, and Environmental Graphics.

Prerequisite: CART 208.

CART 252 Digital Paint 3 s.h.

Concepts of Digital Painting, including the historical, conceptual,

and aesthetic considerations. Various methods of painting with

digital tools will be explored. Students will learn to create works of

art that reflect their own personal aesthetic using digital tools.

Each student will produce a small portfolio of digital paintings.

Offered Fall and Spring.

Prerequisites: SoS; CART 101; and ARTS 140 or 141.

CART 294 Special Topics – Computer Art 2-3 s.h.

Advanced work in an area of Computer Art not covered by existing

courses. Emphasis is placed on the integration of creative and

technical aspects. Individual student or students in small groups

work under the direct supervision of an instructor(s). LA)

Prerequisites: SoS and permission of department.

CART 299 Independent Study – Computer Art 1-6 s.h.

Individual studies under faculty supervision. Admission by con-

sent of department chair and instructor involved. LA credit de-

pendent upon the nature of the project. Offered every semester if

department chair and instructor agree.

Prerequisites: 6 s.h. CART and permission of department and

instructor.

CART 304 Advanced 3D Animation & Game Design 3 s.h.

An intensive course involving 3D character rigging, animation and

game design. This course builds on the concepts of CART 204,

exploring the creative potential of character animation for both

film and 3D video games. The concepts of working as a 3D ani-

mator and game asset artist in a professional environment will be

stressed. Students will develop a professional animator's demo

reel of original artwork.

Prerequisite: CART 204; ARTS 140 and 141.

CART 305 Advanced Digital Video 3 s.h.

Building on the concepts of CART 205 students will produce their

own videos according to their own aesthetic style. The develop-

ment of professional skills and personal creative vision will be

stressed. A focus will be on having the student produce a body of

work that can be incorporated into a professional quality portfolio.

Offered irregularly.

Prerequisite: CART 205; ARTS 140 and 141.

CART 306 Advanced Web Design 3 s.h.

An advanced computer art course that further explores the ideas

developed in Web design (CART 206) class. It allows the students

to examine advanced concepts in Web design, and to develop a

critical approach to the Web media. Continued emphasis is on

students experimenting with the Web environment and develop-

ing their own artistic visions. A focus will be on having the student

produce a body of work that can be incorporated into a profes-

sional quality portfolio. Offered Fall only.

Prerequisite: CART 206; ARTS 140 and 141.

CART 307 Advanced Digital Print 3 s.h.

An advanced studio course using the computer as a tool for fine

art image creation. Using the skills gained in CART 207, students

will develop a cohesive body of work using their own personal

vision. Works will be printed and prepared for professional

presentation. A focus will be on having the student produce a

body of work that can be incorporated into a professional quality

portfolio. Offered Fall and Spring.

Prerequisite: CART 207; ARTS 140 and 141.

CART 308 Advanced Graphic Design 3 s.h.

This advanced computer art course builds on the design founda-

tions that were developed in CART 208. Students explore creative

ways of integrating type and images as well as advanced concept

development. This course will examine contemporary graphic

design history and theory and its creative application. A focus will

be on having the student produce a body of work that can be

incorporated into a professional quality portfolio. Offered Spring

only.

Prerequisite: CART 208; ARTS 140 and 141.

CART 309 Advanced 3D Modeling 3 s.h.

In this advanced computer art course the students will develop

digital art that reflect a thorough understanding of the principles

of the third dimension. The students will explore the third dimen-

sion with a critical eye, and will create art that reflects a concrete

visual point of view towards the medium. A focus will be on having

the student produce a body of work that can be incorporated into

a professional quality portfolio. Offered Spring only.

Prerequisite: CART 209; ARTS 140 and 141.

Art 67

CART 310 Advanced Digital Photography 3 s.h.

An advanced studio course building on the knowledge gained in

CART 210 using digital imaging techniques. Students will con-

tinue to develop their own creative vision and create a portfolio of

exhibition quality prints. A focus will be on having the student

produce a body of work that can be incorporated into a profes-

sional quality portfolio. Offered Fall only.

Prerequisite: CART 210; ARTS 140 and 141.

CART 394 Special Topics – Computer Art 2-3 s.h.

Advanced work in an area of Computer Art not covered by existing

courses. Emphasis is placed on the integration of creative and

technical aspects. Individual student or students in small

groups work under the direct supervision of an instructor(s). (LA)

Prerequisites: SrS, Computer Art major, and permission of in-

structor.

CART 395 Teaching Assistantship – Computer Art 3 s.h.

Provides teaching experience to student majoring in Computer

Art. Works directly under guidance of a faculty member. Student is

limited to 6 s.h. as TA and may not assist twice in same course.

Prerequisites: JrS with minimum of 21 s.h. toward major including

course in which you TA, 3.0 overall GPA and 3.0 in major, per-

mission of instructor and department chair.

CART 397 Internship in Computer Art 1-15 s.h.

The course is designed to allow a student to obtain credits for a

meaningful work experience in Computer Art. Credit will be eval-

uated by the Faculty Sponsor and Internship Coordinator at the

rate of one credit for every forty hours of participation. Students

must meet with the Faculty Sponsor and Internship Coordinator to

determine the specifics of each individual program prior to regis-

tration. Pass/Fail only.

Prerequisites: Jr. or Sr.; over-all GPA of 2.75 or above and at least

a 3.0 major GPA; declared Computer Art Major; completed 12 s.h.

of ARTS and CART; must have completed one semester’s work in

a degree program at SUNY Oneonta; and passed the College

Writing Exam.

CART 399 Independent Study – Computer Art 1-6 s.h.

Individual studies under faculty supervision. Admission by con-

sent of department chair and instructor involved. LA credit de-

pendent on the nature of the project. Offered every semester if

department chair and instructor agree. Offered irregularly.

Prerequisites: 9 s.h. CART and permission of department and

instructor.

68 Biology

Biology

Distinguished Service Professor: Harman; Professor: D. Vogler;

Associate Professors: Bachman, Heilveil (Chair), Reyda, Schillo,

Zalatan; Assistant Professors: Bastiaans, Fielhaber, Lentz,

McPherson, Robinson, Roosa, Withington, Yokota; Lecturer:

Kellam, LaPilusa, Lord, J. Vogler

Objectives

The objectives of the Biology Department include providing an

undergraduate program of such caliber as to draw recognition

and success to our students. Our program exposes students to

the major concepts and rationale of biology, the scientific method,

the role of biology in our society, and the importance of biology to

the individual. It is a program designed to assure student ac-

ceptance in chosen careers and graduate studies. Students

transferring to this program following a 2-year program at another

institution are expected to have completed introductory courses

in Biology (i.e. Biology I and II) and Chemistry (i.e. Chemistry I and

II), plus an additional course in Biology, Physics or Math in order to

complete the degree at Oneonta in four additional semesters.

Degrees

Bachelor of Science

Majors

Biology

Adolescence Education Biology

(Students interested in majoring in Adolescence Education Biol-

ogy should refer to the Education section on page 116.)

Minor

Biology

Tracks

Biomedical Sciences

Cell and Molecular Biology

Ecology and Conservation Biology

Preprofessional Programs

Premedicine

Predentistry

Preveterinary

PrePhysical Therapy

PreOccupational Therapy

PrePhysican Assistant

PrePharmacy

PreOptometry

PreChiropractic

PreNursing

Special Programs or Facilities

The Biological Field Station, Cooperstown

5-year Combined Bachelor’s and Master’s degrees in Biology: see

the chapter "Academic Programs and Degrees on page 22" for

more information.

Program with SUNY Upstate Medical University (Syracuse):

4-3 Physical Therapy

Programs with Sage Graduate School (Troy):

4-3 Physical Therapy

4-3 Occupational Therapy

Programs with Albany Medical College

Early Assurance Program with the Center for Physician Assis-

tant Studies

Requirements for the Minor

Biology: 20 - 24 s.h. in General Biology I & II (8 s.h.) and four

courses (12-16 s.h.) chosen from electives (at least three courses

must be at the 200 or 300 level and two courses must have a

laboratory or field experience).

Biology Major Requirements

Study within the major field:

BIOL 180, 181, 201; 212 or 269; 393

17 s.h.

Immersion Experience:

1-4 s.h.

Elective courses:

Four additional upper division BIOL courses (at

least two must be at the 300 level)*

12-16 s.h.

Total 30-37 s.h.

Courses in related areas:

CHEM 111, 112; 221 or 226

12 s.h.

STAT 101

3 s.h.

One of the following courses:

CHEM 322, CHEM 330, GEOL 120, GEOL 182,

PHYS 103, PHYS 203;

4 s.h.

Total 19 s.h.

* Biology courses that cannot be used as major electives are

BIOL 295-299, BIOL 395-399, BIOL 202, BIOL 203, and BIOL

208, and BIOL 315.

Biomedical Sciences Track Requirements

Study within the major field:

BIOL 111, 180, 181, 201, 362, 393

18 s.h.

BIOL 212 or 269

4 s.h.

BIOL 205 or 276

4 s.h.

BIOL 206 or 378

4 s.h.

Immersion Experience

1-4 s.h.

One additional Elective course:

BIOL 220, 317, 340, 346, 349, 350, 356, 370,

375, 380, 207, 217

Note: BIOL 205, 206, 212, 269, 276 or 378

can be used as an elective if not taken as a

core class

3-4 s.h.

Total 34-38 s.h.

Courses in related areas:

CHEM 111 and 112

8 s.h.

CHEM 221 or 226

4 s.h.

CHEM 322 or 330

4 s.h.

MATH 173

4 s.h.

STAT 101

3 s.h.

PHYS 103 or 203

4 s.h.

PHYS 104 or 204

4 s.h.

Total 31 s.h.

* Biology courses that cannot be used as major electives are

BIOL 295-299, BIOL 395-399, BIOL 202, BIOL 203, and BIOL

208, and BIOL 315.

Cell and Molecular Biology Track Requirements

Study within the major field:

BIOL 180, 181, 201, 340, 380, 393

21 s.h.

BIOL 212 or 269

4 s.h.

Immersion Experience

1-4 s.h.

Three Elective courses (two must be from list

below; at least one elective must be at the

300-level):

BIOL 207, 216, 217, 276, 311, 312, 317, 349,

350, 362, 370, 375

Note: BIOL 212 or 269 can be used as an

elective if not taken as a core class

9-12 s.h.

Total 35-41 s.h.

Courses in related areas:

CHEM 111 and 112

8 s.h.

CHEM 221 and 322

8 s.h.

CHEM 330 or 331

4 s.h.

PHYS 103 or PHYS 203

4 s.h.

Biology 69

STAT 101

3 s.h.

Total 27 s.h.

* Biology courses that cannot be used as major electives are

BIOL 295-299, BIOL 395-399, BIOL 202, BIOL 203, and BIOL

208, and BIOL 315.

Ecology and Conservation Biology Track

Requirements

Study within the major field:

BIOL 180, 181, 201, 216, 282, 393

20 s.h.

BIOL 212 or 269

4 s.h.

Immersion Experience

1-4 s.h.

Five Elective courses (four must be from the list

below; at least two must be at the 300-level):

BIOL 217, 236, 238, 244, 250, 252, 259, 271,

284, 285, 317, 320, 321, 322, 333, 342,

344, 346, 351, 356, 367, 370, 375, 378,

383, 384, 385, 386

Note: BIOL 212 or 269 can be used as an

elective if not taken as a core class

15-20 s.h.

Total 40-48 s.h.

Courses in related areas:

CHEM 111 and 112

8 s.h.

CHEM 221 or 226

4 s.h.

STAT 101

3 s.h.

One of the following courses:

CHEM 322, CHEM 330, GEOL 120, GEOL 182,

ENVS 214, PHYS 103, PHYS 203

4 s.h.

Total 19 s.h.

* Biology courses that cannot be used as major electives are

BIOL 295-299, BIOL 395-399, BIOL 202, BIOL 203, and BIOL

208, and BIOL 315.

Biology Courses

BIOL 100 Modern Biology 3 s.h.

Acquaints students with fundamental biological concepts and

illustrates the application of these principles to everyday life.

Emphasizes the relationship of human biology to evolution, the

environment, health and biotechnology. This course is for

non-majors. Includes laboratory. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA,

NS3)

BIOL 111 Biological and Medical Terminology 1 s.h.

This course will teach Biology Majors and those interested in the

medical field both critical terminology and techniques for deci-

phering field-specific terminology. Over 400 prefixes, suffixes, and

root words of Greek and Latin origin will be covered. By the end of

the course, students should be better able to decipher the ter-

minology they will encounter in biolgical texts and peer reviewed

articles. Students will be assessed on their knowledge of the

terms covered and ability to apply those terms to novel words.

This course does not fulfill any requirements for the Biology major.

Offered Spring only.

BIOL 123 Introduction to Evolution 3 s.h.

This course will introduce the student to the processes and

mechanisms that cause evolutionary change. Topics covered will

include: the historical development of the theory of evolution; the

process of evolution through natural selection, adaptation and

fitness; evolution of plant and animal diversity, including human

evolution; and modern controversial issues associated with evo-

lution. This course does not fulfill any requirements for the Biology

major. Offered irregularly. (LA, NS3)

BIOL 180 Biology I: Cells to Organisms 4 s.h.

An introduction to biological concepts from the level of cells to the

structure and functions of organisms. Topics to be covered in-

clude macro molecules, organization of cells and organelles, cell

processes, concepts in gene function, and the anatomical and

physiological adaptations of multi-cellular organisms. The 2-hour

laboratory will include the practice of laboratory skills essential to

biology, often with live specimens. Recommended for Biology

majors or students who will continue studies in biology or in

health-related disciplines. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA, NS3)

BIOL 181 Biology II: Ecology and Evolution 4 s.h.

This course covers the causes and consequences of evolution

with examples selected from across the range of living organisms.

Topics include an introduction to systematics, evolution, natural

and sexual selection, behavioral ecology, energy flow through

trophic levels, the ecological forces that act on populations, and

organization of communities and ecosystems. The 2-hour labor-

atory will develop analytic skills using the scientific method, often

with live specimens. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA)

Prerequisite: BIOL 180 or ENVS 101 or 110.

BIOL 196 Directed Research I 1-12 s.h.

Directed research and training with faculty supervision to develop,

carry out and report on a module of research. Intended for stu-

dents with no prior experience in research. Students may work as

part of a team with other students at various academic levels on

campus, in the field, or at the Biological Field Station. Experiences

may include research methods, data collection, exposure to field

or laboratory instrumentation and the development of commu-

nication skills. Directed research at the Biological Field Station is

competitive and typically conducted for 10 weeks in the summer,

36 hours per week. Sponsored research may include a stipend or

other monetary award. This course does not fulfill any require-

ments for the Biology major.

BIOL 201 Cell and Molecular Biology 4 s.h.

Lecture provides an introduction to biological models and their

roles in carrying out cell functions. Key cellular processes such as

respiration, photosynthesis, assembly of proteins, and cell divi-

sion are presented. The laboratory uses modern techniques to

study enzyme action, to grow and observe living cells, and to

analyze cell structures. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA)

Prerequisite: BIOL 181 and CHEM 112.

BIOL 202 Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology3 s.h.

This lecture course is designed to introduce students to the

structure, organization, and functioning of the human organism.

Some common diseases and injuries will be described. Recent

brain research and its impact on child development will be dis-

cussed. This course does not fulfill any requirements for the Bi-

ology major. (LA)

Prerequisite: BIOL 100.

BIOL 203 Elementary Microbiology 3 s.h.

Designed for non-biology majors. Discussion of bacterial cell

structure, bacterial biochemistry, bacterial genetics, viral replica-

tion cycles, microbial ecology, eukaryotic microbial life cycles, and

vertebrate host defense mechanisms. Laboratory emphasizes

bacterial culturing, staining, and biochemical analysis. This

course does not fulfill any requirements for the Biology major.

Offered Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisites: BIOL 100 or 180; and CHEM 111.

BIOL 205 Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4 s.h.

This course provides an introduction to the anatomy and physi-

ology of the human body. The integumentary, skeletal, muscular,

digestive, and immune systems are studied during lecture and

laboratory sessions. Designed for students in allied health pro-

fessions, but open to others. Offered Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS, BIOL 180 and CHEM 111.

70 Biology

BIOL 206 Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4 s.h.

This course is a continuation of BIOL 205. The nervous, endo-

crine, cardiovascular, respiratory, urinary, and reproductive sys-

tems are covered in lecture and laboratory sessions. Designed

for students in health professions, but open to others. Offered

Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisite: BIOL 205.

BIOL 207 Biology of Cancer 3 s.h.

Examination of the environmental causes of cancer, the underly-

ing genetic and cellular changes that lead to a cancer diagnosis,

and new strategies for treatments. Offered Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisite: BIOL 100 or BIOL 180.

BIOL 208 Anatomy and Physiology of Human Health 4 s.h.

An exploration of the organization, structure and function of the

human body with emphasis on the nutritional and metabolic basis

of human health and disease. Lectures will focus on the basic

physiology of the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous,

circulatory, respiratory, immune, urinary and reproductive sys-

tems. Laboratories will deal with the basic anatomy of these sys-

tems and involve use of models, dissections and simulations. This

course is not intended for credit towards the Biology major.

Prerequisite: BIOL 100.

BIOL 212 Genetics 4 s.h.

Broad coverage of genetics from the classical period through

recent molecular genetics; discussion of nature, transmission,

arrangement, and function of genetic material. Laboratory em-

phasizes modern DNA techniques. Offered Fall and Spring.

(LA)

Prerequisite: BIOL 201.

BIOL 216 Evolution 3 s.h.

Fundamentals of organic evolution, emphasizing natural selec-

tion, competition, speciation, variation, genetics, and human

evolution. Offered Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisites: SoS, BIOL 181.

BIOL 217 Quantitative Biology 4 s.h.

Data in biology, descriptions and distributions of variables are

considered. Methods for inference about biological phenome-

non are studied, including hypothesis testing, analysis of vari-

ance, regression, and correlation. Offered fall semester. (LA)

Prerequisite: BIOL 181.

BIOL 220 Economic Botany 3 s.h.

Study of plants that are economically important to people, in-

cluding plants that are sources of food, fibers, medicines, gums,

insecticides, etc. Preparation of term paper and one weekend

field trip required. Offered Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS, BIOL 101 or BIOL 181.

BIOL 236 Vascular Plant Systematics 4 s.h.

Identification and classification of vascular plants emphasizing

family characteristics. Major Pteridophyte, Gymnosperm, and

Angiosperm families are studied in lecture and laboratory for-

mats. Preparation of collections; field and laboratory experiences;

one weekend field trip required. Offered Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS, BIOL 181.

BIOL 238 Dendrology 4 s.h.

A course to explore the identification, ecology and cultural aspects

of trees and shrubs. Growth habit, structure and function of wood,

reproduction, environmental relationships, and some human

uses will be studied. Laboratory emphasizes identification of

regional species. One weekend field trip may be required. Offered

Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS, BIOL 181.

BIOL 244 Entomology 4 s.h.

A biology of insects including their natural history, anatomy, and

functional morphology. Classification and ecology of forms found

locally. Laboratory-based course requiring preparation of collec-

tions; field and laboratory experiences. Offered Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS, BIOL 181.

BIOL 250 Natural History of Vertebrates 4 s.h.

The biology of vertebrate animals, including evolution, classifica-

tion, and behavior of all major classes. Laboratories stress

structural features, while field trips emphasize ecology, behavior,

and identification of local forms. Three mandatory all-day Satur-

day field trips. Offered Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS, BIOL 181.

BIOL 258 Underwater Research Methods 4 s.h.

Students develop elementary SCUBA skills and knowledge of

underwater research techniques suitable for monitoring and

surveys in freshwater environments and marine environments to

depths of 60 feet. Successful completion results in a PADI

(Professional Association of Diving Instructors) Open Water Diver

certification and PADI Research Diver certification. Examinations

are administered in academic areas, skills are developed in the

SUNY Oneonta pool and evaluations are administered in open

water (marine and/or freshwater) environments. After learning to

dive, students will learn how to do transect surveys and quadrat

surveys in still and moving waters. Upon enrollment, prior to class

start, the instructor will meet with students to evaluate their ability

to swim 200 yards and tread water for 10 minutes. Course Fee.

Offered Fall and Spring.

Prerequisite: BIOL 181; ability to swim 200 yards and tread water

for 10 minutes.

BIOL 259 Marine Biology 3 s.h.

The ecology and general biology of the marine biota. Stresses life

histories and trophic relationships, adaptations for marine life,

and limitations imposed by marine environments. Offered Spring

only. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS, BIOL 181 or OCEA 210.

BIOL 265 Evolution of Biology 3 s.h.

A brief look at how the study of biology has changed over time,

from prehistoric man to the 21st century. Emphasis will be given

to developments in techniques, instruments, thought processes

and information sharing. Students will research individual pro-

jects and complete a series of writing assignments. Offered

Spring only. (LA, BC3)

Prerequisite: SoS, BIOL 181.

BIOL 269 Methods in Population Genetics 4 s.h.

Through lecture, case studies, and hands-on laboratory experi-

ence, students will learn to design and perform experiments in

population genetics. Factors favoring specific choice of organism,

study question, molecular marker(s), laboratory techniques and

analysis methods will be discussed. In the laboratory, students

will perform all aspects of a population genetics study. Offered

Fall only.

Prerequisite: SoS, BIOL 181.

BIOL 271 Global Study in Conservation and Sustainability3 s.h.

An experiential learning course with an international immersion

component focusing on conservation and sustainability efforts

outside the U.S. The class meets regularly on campus during the

semester and travels to an international destination after the

finals week to complete the course. Course grade is based on

student performance from both on- and off-campus components.

Involves international travel with multiple modes of transporta-

tion, intensive cultural immersion, physical activities outdoors in

various weather and terrain, and dormitory-style group accom-

modation with limited amenities. Costs shared by students.

Offered Fall only. (LA)

Biology 71

Prerequisites: SoS, BIOL 181 or ENVS 101.

BIOL 276 Human Physiology 4 s.h.

An advanced study of the function of major organ systems from

the organismic, systemic, cellular and molecular levels. Topics

include cell physiology, nervous system, muscular system, endo-

crine system, cardiovascular system, respiratory system, diges-

tive system, urinary system, and reproductive system. Laborato-

ries will focus on assessing physiological variables in human

subjects. Offered Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS, CHEM 221 or CHEM 226.

BIOL 282 Ecology 4 s.h.

Interrelations between organisms and their environments at the

population, community, and ecosystem levels; laboratory and

field exercises cover population dynamics, productivity, and

community structure in aquatic and terrestrial environments.

Offered Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisites: SoS, BIOL 181.

BIOL 285 NY Stream Biota: Identification and Ecology 4 s.h.

An intensive field course focusing on the identification of and

interrelationships between stream biota of New York. Students

will learn to identify commonly encountered species of fish, in-

vertebrates, algae, and vascular plants (in-stream and riparian)

and the life histories and interrelationships between these or-

ganisms and with their surroundings. Students will perform an

independent project applying the skills learned in the course. The

students will camp at the Biological Field Station for the duration

of the course; costs shared by students. The course will be held

biennially during the Summer Session. Offered Summer only.

Prerequisite: SoS, BIOL 181.

BIOL 294 Special Topics 1 - 4 s.h.

This course gives students the opportunity to study in depth ad-

vanced and special topics in the field of biology. Topics and in-

structors will be announced prior to registration. (LA)

Prerequisites: SoS and BIOL 181.

BIOL 295 Teaching Assistantship 1 s.h.

Provides college-level experience in teaching, laboratory design,

and preparation in a 100-level Biology course. Students works

directly under a laboratory instructor of the course. Activities may

include laboratory exercise presentations, setting up and dis-

mantling of lab materials, and tutoring. Credit for BIOL 295 may

not be applied toward the requirements for the Biology major or

minor. Graded on pass/fail basis only.

Prerequisites: CWE, one SUNY Oneonta biology course and meet

minimum requirements stipulated on the campus teaching as-

sistantship application.

BIOL 296 Directed Research II 1-12 s.h.

Directed research and training with faculty supervision to develop,

carry out and report on a module of research. Intended for stu-

dents with little prior experience in research, but who have had a

year of college-level sciences. Students may work as part of a

team with other students at various academic levels on campus,

in the field, or at the Biological Field Station. Experiences may

include research methods, project proposals or grant develop-

ment, data collection, exposure to field or laboratory instrumen-

tation and the development of communication skills. Directed

research at the Biological Field Station is competitive and typically

conducted for 10 weeks in the summer, 36 hours per week.

Sponsored research may include a stipend or other monetary

award. This course does not fulfill any requirements for the Biol-

ogy major.

Prerequisite: BIOL 181.

BIOL 299 Independent Study in Biology 1-6 s.h.

Under the guidance of faculty members, students pursue projects

that do not fit within the framework of regular biology course

offerings. Open to students at the upper undergraduate and

graduate levels. Cannot apply more than 3 s.h. to biology elective

requirement. Applicability of LA credit determined when project is

identified.

Prerequisites: advanced standing and departmental permission.

BIOL 311 Human Genetics 3 s.h.

Biological basis for human heredity. Course will examine the

transmission of traits in human lineages (pedigree analysis), the

molecular basis for genetic disease (molecular genetics), chro-

mosomal defects (cytogenetics), and genetic variation in popula-

tions (population genetics). Current topics such as the human

genome project, cloning and stem cell research, DNA forensics,

and gene therapy will be discussed. Offered Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisite: BIOL 212.

BIOL 315 Lab Techniques in Biology 2 s.h.

The selection, preparation, maintenance, and proper use of la-

boratory equipment and supplies in biology; application of tech-

nologies in the biology laboratory, practice in developing demon-

strations and presentation of topics; planning of inquiry-based

laboratory exercises. Field trip may be required in which students

share the costs. Offered irregularly.

BIOL 317 Biological Literacy 3 s.h.

An intensive Scientific Literacy course designed to better prepare

students for comprehending, critically analyzing, and writing pa-

pers for the Biological Sciences. Students will be required to read

papers from a variety of subfields within biology, learn about the

common elements and pitfalls. Students will also practice crafting

journal-style papers to better familiarize themselves with the

format. This course is reading and writing intensive. (LA, BC3)

Prerequisite: BIOL 181 and 3 s.h. of 200-level BIOL.

BIOL 320 Field Botany 3 s.h.

Botanical field techniques, the vegetation of North America, and

the flora of Upstate New York. Terminology of description, use of

taxonomic keys, techniques of specimen preservation, field

recognition of plant taxa and communities and controlling eco-

logical factors, economic and wildlife significance of dominant

taxa, principles of classification and nomenclature. Two weekend

field trips required. Lab format will include individual or small

group projects including a plant collection. Offered Summer

only. (LA)

Prerequisites: BIOL 181, and 3 s.h. of 200-level BIOL.

BIOL 321 Tropical Biology Field Course 3 s.h.

An intensive and exciting learning experience based in a Latin

American country. Covers biodiversity, ecology, conservation and

natural history of tropical plants and animals. Includes rain

forest hikes, group and independent field research projects and

evening lectures. Students who are enthusiastic about wildlife

and of junior or greater standing are encouraged to take this

course. Assessment is based on written work, field quizzes, field

notebooks, scientific report writing and oral presentations. Stu-

dents must cover cost of flight and in-country tour. Offered Spring

only.

Prerequisites: JrS and BIOL 181 and 3 s.h. of 200-level BIOL.

BIOL 322 Bryophyte Biology 3 s.h.

This course will cover the structure and function of bryophtes

including anatomy, morphology, physiology, evolution and life

histories. In addition, the ecological role of these often overlooked

organisms in a diversity of ecosystems from forests to wetlands

will be explored. Laboratory sessions will include macro- and

microscopic examination of the major groups of bryophytes. Field

trips will cover field sampling methods and the preparation of a

bryophyte collection. Lecture and Laboratory. Offered Spring

only. (LA)

Prerequisite: BIOL 181 and 3 s.h. of 200-level BIOL.

72 Biology

BIOL 333 Field Study of the Rocky Mountain Region 3 s.h.

This course is an interdisciplinary study of the ecology and geology

of the Rocky Mountains region that includes a 2-week summer

field excursion. The course largely focuses on the natural envi-

ronments of the southern Rocky Mountains and Colorado Plateau.

Students will describe and synthesize information on animals,

plants, rocks and fossils in the classroom. Students will then

collect geological and ecological data in the field to investigate

and interpret processes that have shaped the region. Active par-

ticipation is required for successful completion of the course.

Enrollment is limited and students must apply to participate. Field

costs to be shared by students. This course is offered in the spring

semester of odd years. (LA)

Prerequisites: BIOL 180 and 181 or GEOL 120 and 220.

Cross-listed as GEOL 333.

BIOL 340 Molecular Biology 4 s.h.

Discussion of the organization and expression of genes in pro-

karyotes and eukaryotes, with emphasis on the mechanisms of

transcription, RNA processing and translation. Laboratory em-

phasizes nucleic acid isolation and analysis. Offered Spring only.

(LA)

Prerequisite: BIOL 201.

BIOL 342 Invertebrate Zoology 4 s.h.

The classification, evolution, anatomy and functional morphology

of invertebrate phyla; natural history of forms found locally. Em-

phasizes laboratory experiences with preserved and living spec-

imens and dissections. Field trips to a variety of habitats will be

offered. Students will be strongly encouraged to attend the one or

two overnight field trips that will be offered. Writing assignments

required. Offered Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisite: BIOL 181 and 3 s.h. of 200-level BIOL.

BIOL 344 Field Entomology 4 s.h.

An intensive field course in entomology. The biology, physiology,

ecology, and systematics of Class Insecta will be covered during

lectures. Students will learn about life histories and live identifi-

cation in the field. Students will be responsible for the creation,

identification, and curation of an insect collection in the labora-

tory as a major project. The students will camp at the Biological

Field Station for the duration of the course: costs shared by stu-

dents. The course will be held biennially during summer session.

Offered Summer only.

Prerequisite: BIOL 181 and 3 s.h. of 200-level BIOL.

BIOL 346 Parasitology 4 s.h.

This course will focus on the biology, life cycles, and identification

of protozoan and metazoan parasites of humans and other ani-

mals. Emphasis will be placed on groups of particular medical

and/or economic importance, and on species parasitizing wildlife

locally. Laboratory and field trip(s) are included. Offered Fall

only. (LA)

Prerequisite: BIOL 181 and 3 s.h. of 200-level BIOL.

BIOL 349 Endocrinology 3 s.h.

A study of the anatomic, physiologic, cellular and biochemical

aspects of hormones. Lectures provide an overview of the major

concepts governing hormone synthesis, secretion, transport and

action as well as more focused discussions of the hypothalam-

ic-pituitary system, major endocrine organs, hormonal control of

growth and energy metabolism and common endocrine patholo-

gies. Offered Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisites: BIOL 201.

BIOL 350 Immunology 3 s.h.

This course will examine the mammalian immunological defense

system. Topics covered include origin and development of the

humoral and cellular immune responses, normal immune re-

sponses to pathogens, and health problems associated with

over-reaction and under-reaction of the immune system. Offered

Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisite: BIOL 201.

BIOL 351 Biology of Fish 3 s.h.

The major groups of fishes are covered with an emphasis on

freshwater species. General biology, natural history, distribution,

systematics, reproduction, evolution, ecology, and economic

importance of fish are covered in lecture, field, and laboratory

formats. Handling and collection of live fish and use of preserved

fish will be necessary. Offered irregularly.

Prerequisite: BIOL 181 and 3 s.h. of 200-level BIOL.

BIOL 356 Animal Behavior 4 s.h.

This course has a strong focus on the function or adaptive signif-

icance of behavior, but will also address behavioral studies from

evolutionary, developmental and causal perspectives. Specific

topics to be covered include animal communication, foraging

behavior, migration, social organization, and human ethology.

Behavioral observations are emphasized in the three-hour labor-

atory. Offered Fall only. (LA,BC3)

Prerequisites: BIOL 216 or BIOL 282.

BIOL 362 Microbiology 4 s.h.

Discussion of bacterial cell structure, bacterial biochemistry,

bacterial genetics, viral replication cycles, microbial ecology, eu-

karyotic microbial life cycles, and vertebrate host defense

mechanisms. Laboratory emphasizes bacterial culturing, staining,

and biochemical analysis. (LA)

Prerequisite: BIOL 201.

BIOL 370 Animal Physiology 4 s.h.

A study of how animals function in relationships with the envi-

ronments in which they live. Discussions are organized according

to five fundamental processes that maintain homeostasis in

animals: 1) nutrition and metabolism; 2) integration; 3) move-

ment and muscle; 4) internal transport; 5) water and electrolyte

balance. Laboratories provide opportunities for students to design

and test hypotheses about animal function. Offered Fall only.

(LA)

Prerequisites: BIOL 201.

BIOL 375 Physiology of Plants 3 s.h.

The general principles of plant physiology including: mineral nu-

trition, water relations, photosynthesis, respiration, growth,

movement, photoperiodism, and plant hormones. Offered Spring

only. (LA)

Prerequisites: BIOL 201.

BIOL 378 Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates 4 s.h.

The objective of this course is to provide students with a sound

background in vertebrate morphology. Organ systems and func-

tions are emphasized. The comparative approach permits the

examination of evolutionary trends within the vertebrates. La-

boratory work consists of the dissection and the comparison of

representative species. Offered Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS and BIOL 181.

BIOL 380 Cell Biology 4 s.h.

An analysis of cellular ultrastructure and function, with emphasis

on eukaryotic cells. Topics include protein sorting/localization,

cell cycle control, and signal transduction. Laboratory utilizes

techniques such as cell fractionation, protein electrophoresis, and

fluorescent microscopy. Offered Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisite: BIOL 201.

BIOL 381 Plant Ecology 3 s.h.

The interaction of plants with their environments, emphasizing

terrestrial and wetland plant communities. Analysis of regional

plant communities are made using a variety of sampling methods.

Biology 73

Includes laboratory and one weekend field trip. Offered Fall

only. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS and BIOL 181.

BIOL 384 Aquatic Invertebrate Ecology 4 s.h.

The ecology and general biology of the freshwater biota with

emphasis on benthic invertebrates and life histories of aquatic

species. Laboratory-based course with optional weekend field

trips. Offered Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS, BIOL 181, and 3 s.h. of 200-level BIOL.

BIOL 385 Limnology 3 s.h.

The physical, chemical, and biological attributes of freshwater

environments; laboratory practice and field instruction in limno-

logical methodology. One Saturday field trip required. Offered

Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisites: JrS; BIOL 181 or ENVS 101 and CHEM 111.

BIOL 386 Seminar in Conservation Biology 3 s.h.

A discussion of current research and issues relating to the con-

servation of biodiversity, covering such topics as patterns of di-

versity and rarity, causes of extinction, population genetics, hab-

itat fragmentation and the practice of conservation biology. Stu-

dents will be required to give oral presentations and write a review

paper about current topics. Offered Spring only.

Prerequisites: BIOL 282 or ENVS 101 and 201.

BIOL 388 Stream Ecology 4 s.h.

Ecology and function of streams and rivers, including biological,

chemical, and physical features, with emphasis on current con-

cepts in stream ecology. Quantitative measurement of stream

biota and physical features during field and laboratory investiga-

tions. Offered Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisites: BIOL 181 or ENVS 101 and CHEM 111.

BIOL 393 Senior Seminar 1 s.h.

This seminar course applies the skills developed throughout the

major in biology to focus on a biological issue of topical interest.

It is intended to be taken in the final year and will incorporate

readings, oral and written presentations, case study, interpreta-

tion and analysis of a biological topic. Discussions will incorporate

both disciplinary and interdisciplinary approaches and address

the relationship between biology and society. All students will take

an assessment of student learning in biology as part of this

course. This course is required for all Biology majors. (LA)

Prerequisites: SrS; BIOL 201; BIOL 212 or BIOL 269.

BIOL 394 Special Topics 1 - 4 s.h.

This course gives students the opportunity to study in depth ad-

vanced and special topics in the field of biology. Topics and in-

structors will be announced prior to registration. (LA)

Prerequisite: JrS and BIOL 181.

BIOL 395 Teaching Assistantship 1-3 s.h.

Provides college-level experience in teaching, laboratory design

and preparation in an upper level Biology course. Student works

directly under the instructor(s) of the course selected for the

experience, and may be assigned special readings or teaching

projects related to the particular subject. Depending on relevancy,

a student may expect to teach selected topics, tutor, set up and

dismantle lab materials, or work in the greenhouse, animal room,

prep room, or outdoors as agreed upon at the beginning of the

semester by the student and instructor. Credit for BIOL 395 may

not be applied toward the requirements for the Biology major or

minor. Graded on pass/fail basis only.

Prerequisites: CWE 1, two SUNY Oneonta biology courses and

meet minimum requirements stipulated on the campus teaching

assistantship application.

BIOL 396 Directed Research III 1-12 s.h.

Directed research and training with faculty supervision to develop,

carry out and report on a module of research. Intended for stu-

dents with some prior exposure to research. Students may work

independently or as part of a team with other students at various

academic levels on campus, in the field, or at the Biological Field

Station. Experiences may include research methods, project

proposals or grant development, data collection, exposure to field

or laboratory instrumentation and the development of commu-

nication skills. Directed research at the Biological Field Station is

competitive and typically conducted for 10 weeks in the summer,

36 hours per week. Sponsored research may include a stipend or

other monetary award. This course does not fulfill any require-

ments for the Biology major.

Prerequisites: BIOL 181 and JrS.

BIOL 397 Internship in Biology 1-15 s.h.

Practical experience with an appropriate organization or agency.

Requirements and credits vary with the specific internship.

BIOL 399 Independent Study in Biology 1-6 s.h.

See description under BIOL 299.

Prerequisites: JrS and permission of department.

74 Center for Academic Development and Enrichment Program

Center for Academic Development and

Enrichment Program

Center for Academic Development and

Enrichment Courses

COMP 090 Standard Writing Practice 0 s.h.

This five-week mini-course provides individualized instruction in

writing organization, development, and coherence. Work may

include assistance in writing across the curriculum and develop-

ing research skills. (1 Institutional Credit)

COMP 095 Introduction to College Writing 0 s.h.

Helps students to communicate clearly and coherently in col-

lege-level expository prose. Emphasis is placed on understanding

the writing process, organizing ideas and information, and editing.

Assigned readings serve as models and help to develop analytical

and critical reading and writing skills. (3 Institutional Credits)

COMP 110 / PROF 110 ESL Writing and Reading 6 s.h.

Integrated writing and reading for English as a second language

students. Designed to help international students with limited

English fluency gain skills in writing, reading, and speaking Eng-

lish. Registration is based upon placement test results.

MATH 001 Basics 0 s.h.

Topics include addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, frac-

tions, decimals, ratios, proportions, percents, exponents, absolute

value, geometric figures, perimeter, area, and volume. (3 Insti-

tutional Credits)

MATH 002 Algebra I 0 s.h.

Topics include: pre-algebra review, operations with real numbers,

solving equations, application problems, operations with polyno-

mials, factoring, graphing concepts, systems of equations, radical

expressions and equations, and quadratic equations. (3 Institu-

tional Credits)

PROF 090 Individualized Development 0 s.h.

A five-week mini-course providing individualized instruction in a

full spectrum of reading strategies, study skills, and develop-

mental math skills. Students will meet with a professional tutor for

one hour of instruction weekly. (1 Institutional Credit)

PROF 111 College Reading & Writing Strategies 3 s.h.

Through guided practice in college-level strategies, students will

increase their ability to read critically and write coherently.

Students will practice the cognitive strategies of proficient and

engaged critical readers, such as accessing prior knowledge,

imaging, questioning, clarifying, predicting, considering main

ideas, summarizing, and drawing inferences. Through guided

practice in writing processes, students will increase their ability to

create unified, coherent, well-developed and well-edited essays.

PROF 112 Study Skills: Resource Management 1 s.h.

Professional Studies 112 is both a self-reflective and a strategic

course that allows students to assess their own strengths and

weaknesses in areas of motivation, learning preferences, and

resource management, as well as to develop strategies for utiliz-

ing areas of strength to develop areas of weakness. The course

targets fundamental areas of student learning which, unexplored

and undeveloped, tend to cause the greatest levels of academic

difficulty. Topics covered include motivation, time management,

multiple intelligences, stress management, concentration,

memory techniques, task analysis, and grade tracking. This

course will be offered for the first and second five-week

mini-sessions of each semester.

PROF 113 Study Skills: Textbook Reading 1 s.h.

Through reflection upon the premises of college learning, and

through guided practice of established methods, students will

learn to identify organizational patterns and emphasis cues in

college texts and will learn to use paragraph reading tools effec-

tively. Students will also develop a systematic, well-organized

approach to effective note-taking. Topics covered will include

identifying main ideas, major/minor details, patterns of organiza-

tion, SQ3R, Cornell note-taking, and schematic mapping. This

course will be offered for the first and second five-week

mini-sessions of each semester.

PROF 114 Study Skills: Test Taking Strategies 1 s.h.

Even students who work very hard to prepare for an exam often

leave the test feeling that they have studied the wrong things or

that their performance has not truly reflected the level at which

they have learned. PROF 114 is designed to address various

areas of student test-taking skills. Topics covered will include task

analysis, memory strategies, organization, effective reviewing,

Bloom’s taxonomy, mock tests, test analysis, essay test termi-

nology, and how to "cram" effectively. This course will be offered

for the third five-week mini-session of each semester.

PROF 120 College Learning Strategies 3 s.h.

This course facilitates student development of a wide range of

skills that support academic success. General topics include the

exploration of individual learning styles and processes, empow-

ered learning, student creation of effective learning environ-

ments, and development of task-specific learning tools. This dia-

logic course addresses larger learning issues (critical reading

strategies, creative approaches to problem-solving, authentic

research processes, and critical thinking strategies). This course

is writing intensive and focuses on writing as a means of self

exploration, reflective thinking, and effective communication.

(BC3)

PROF 150 Writing for Success 3 s.h.

This course supports the development of skills needed by

sophomores, juniors, and seniors for upper-level and pressurized

writing tasks such as essay exams, undergraduate theses, grad-

uate entry examinations, certification exams, and the College

Writing Exam. Writers will focus on advanced mastery of writing

task analysis, thesis-driven organization, and concise develop-

ment. Students will also revisit problematic grammar rules and

advanced conventions of syntax and punctuation. Emphasis

throughout the course is placed on students’ development of

practical writing strategies and flexible writing processes.

PROF 221 Becoming a Master Tutor I 1 s.h.

This discussion and practice course is designed to prepare stu-

dents to tutor their peers effectively. Topics of study are the tu-

tor’s role, tutorial ethics, issues of student diversity, interpersonal

communication strategies, understanding learning disabilities,

and an array of strategies for supporting student development of

academic skills such as time management, reading, note-taking,

and preparing for tests. This course is for tutors employed by or

seeking employment by the Center for Academic Development

and Enrichment. Students should enroll in as many Becoming a

Master Tutor mini courses in a semester as possible (but only one

at a time) to complete the series (PROF 221, 222, 223) within one

or two semesters.

PROF 222 Becoming a Master Tutor II 1 s.h.

This discussion and practice course is designed to prepare stu-

dents to tutor their peers effectively. Topics of study include per-

sonality theory, multiple intelligences, and metacognition. Stu-

dent tutors will also explore intermediate strategies for support of

reading, note-taking, interpersonal communications, and indi-

vidualized study techniques for students with learning disabilities.

This course is for tutors employed by or seeking employment by

the Center for Academic Development and Enrichment. Students

should enroll in as many Becoming a Master Tutor mini courses in

Center for Academic Development and Enrichment Program 75

a semester as possible (but only one at a time) to complete the

series (PROF 221, 222, 223) within one or two semesters.

PROF 223 Becoming a Master Tutor III 1 s.h.

This discussion and practice course is designed to prepare stu-

dents to tutor their peers effectively. Topics of study are reading

and writing processes, metacognition, critical thinking, task

analysis, critical reading strategies, revision, and proofreading

strategies. This course is for tutors employed by or seeking em-

ployment by the Center for Academic Development and enrich-

ment. Students should enroll in as many Becoming a Master Tutor

mini courses in a semester as possible (but only one at a time) to

complete the series (PROF 221, 222, 223) within one or two

semesters.

76 Chemistry and Biochemistry

Chemistry and Biochemistry

Professors: Chiang, Schaumloffel, Vining (Chair); Associate Pro-

fessors: Bennett, Gallagher, Green, Thomas-Smith; Assistant

Professors: Bishop, Geisler, Odago; Lecturers: DuBois, Kalikanda,

Lippolis, Tiwari

Objectives

The department offers courses in the five major areas of chemis-

try: analytical, biochemistry, inorganic, organic, and physical. The

department offers a B.S. degree in Chemistry approved by the

Committee on Professional Training of the American Chemical

Society, and a B.S. degree in Biochemistry. Students completing

the undergraduate degree program are well-prepared to begin a

career or advanced study in chemistry or related disciplines. In

addition to serving chemistry majors, the department offers

courses for students in premedicine, predentistry, biology, die-

tetics, earth sciences, physics, education, and cooperative engi-

neering programs. Introductory courses also present the princi-

ples and applications of chemistry to non-science majors.

Degrees

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

Majors

Chemistry

Biochemistry

Adolescence Education, Chemistry

Minor

Chemistry

Preprofessional Programs

PreChiropractic

PreDentistry

PreMedicine

PreNursing

PreOccupational Therapy

PreOptometry

PrePharmacy

PrePhysical Therapy

PrePhysican Assistant

PreVeterinary

Requirements for the Major

42 s.h. in chemistry are required including 8 s.h. in each of gen-

eral, organic, analytical, and physical, one hour of seminar, and at

least 3 s.h. from a selection of chemistry courses. 8 s.h. of cal-

culus, 8 s.h. of physics, and 3 s.h. in biology, earth science, or

astronomy are also required.

Requirements for the Minor

8 s.h. of general chemistry plus a selection (by advisement) of at

least 10 s.h. of 200- and 300-level chemistry courses from the

approved list.

Other Programs

Major in Chemistry with American Chemical Society Certification:

requirements include the s.h. and courses required for the major,

plus CHEM 241, 242, 342, 353, and two approved advanced

electives.

Program with Upstate Medical University(Syracuse)

4-3 Physical Therapy

Programs with The Sage Colleges (Troy)

4-2 Occupational Therapy

4-3 Physical Therapy

3-2 Engineering Program

Students who are interested in Chemical Engineering/Materials

Science & Engineering should contact the Department. Also see

the "Academic Programs and Degrees" section on page 22 for

more information.

Biochemistry B.S. Major Requirements

Study within the major field:

CHEM 111, 112, 221, 322, 331, 332, 351,

354, 361, 398

35 s.h.

Selection in Chemistry, by advisement

6 s.h.

Total 41 s.h.

Courses in related areas:

BIOL 180, 181, 201, 340, 380

20 s.h.

MATH 173, 174

8 s.h.

PHYS 203, 204

8 s.h.

Total 36 s.h.

Chemistry B.A. Major Requirements

Study within the major field:

CHEM 111, 112, 221, 241, 322, 330 or 331, 350

or 351, 361, 362, 398

37 s.h.

Electives from approved list:

CHEM 242, 315, 323, 332, 334, 342, 353, 363,

399

3 s.h.

Total 40 s.h.

Courses in related areas:

MATH 173, 174

8 s.h.

PHYS 203, 204

8 s.h.

Total 16 s.h.

Chemistry B.S. Major Requirements

Study within the major field:

CHEM 111, 112, 221, 241, 322, 331, 342, 351,

352, 354, 361, 362, 398

45 s.h.

Electives from approved list:

CHEM 242, 315, 323, 332, 334, 353, 363, 399 (a

maximum of 3sh can be from CHEM 399)

6 s.h.

Total 51 s.h.

Courses in related areas:

MATH 173, 174

8 s.h.

PHYS 203, 204

8 s.h.

COMP Elective from approved list:

COMP 200, 210, 211, 239

3 s.h.

STEM Elective: must be offered within the School of

Natural and Mathematical Sciences, excluding

Chemistry & Biochemistry

3 s.h.

Total 22 s.h.

Chemistry Courses

CHEM 100 Chemistry in Everyday Life 3 s.h.

A "chemistry appreciation" course for non-science majors. Covers

basic chemistry concepts with technical/mathematical aspects

minimized. Emphasizes the practical chemical world of human

beings and the chemical nature of everyday products. Includes

laboratory. Absence at first laboratory may result in loss of space

to a person on the waiting list. (LA, NS3)

CHEM 101 Introductory Chemistry: Organic 3 s.h.

An introduction to organic chemistry with emphasis on uses of

organic compounds. Topics include sugars, fats, soaps, amino

acids, proteins, polymers, and natural products. Credit cannot be

applied toward liberal arts chemistry or secondary chemistry

majors. Not open to students with previous credit in CHEM 221 or

226.

Chemistry and Biochemistry 77

Prerequisite: high school chemistry. (LA, NS3)

CHEM 102 Introductory General Chemistry 3 s.h.

A classical study of chemistry, emphasizing principles of matter,

and the structure of atoms and their chemical consequences.

Credit cannot be applied toward any science or secondary edu-

cation major. May not be challenged by students with high school

credit in chemistry. Includes laboratory. (LA, NS3)

CHEM 103 The Chemistry of Nature 3 s.h.

For non-science majors, this course introduces natural chemical

cycles between lakes, oceans, the earth, and the atmosphere.

Students will then use their understanding of natural cycles as a

framework for understanding how human activities affect the

environment. This course may be offered via non-distance

learning or distance learning formats. (LA, NS3)

CHEM 111 General Chemistry I 4 s.h.

Studies chemical principles, with emphasis on stoichiometric

relationships; the kinetic molecular theory of gases, atomic the-

ory, chemical bonding, periodicity, solutions and electrolytes, and

redox reactions. Includes lab. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA,

NS3)

Prerequisite: high school chemistry.

CHEM 112 General Chemistry II 4 s.h.

Continuation of General Chemistry I with emphasis on qualitative

inorganic analysis; introductory chemical kinetics, equilibrium,

electrochemistry, and chemistry of selected metals. Includes

laboratory. Offered Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisite: CHEM 111 C- or better.

CHEM 194 Special Topics in Chemistry 1-3 s.h.

A focus on current, interdisciplinary, or specialized topics im-

pacting the chemical and related sciences. This course does not

fulfill any requirements for the chemistry major. (LA)

Prerequisites: Permission of instructor only.

CHEM 214 Environmental Chemistry 3 s.h.

A discussion of the important chemical processes in the atmos-

phere, hydrosphere, and lithosphere. Considers the effects of

pollutants on natural chemical systems. Liberal arts chemistry

majors may not use this course to satisfy a requirement for the

major. (LA)

Prerequisite: CHEM 112 C- or better.

CHEM 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 s.h.

In-depth study of the functional groups of organic compounds.

Emphasizes structure, properties, reactions, and spectroscopic

methods of analysis. Includes laboratory. Part of a two-semester

sequence. Offered Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisite: CHEM 112 C- or better.

CHEM 226 Elementary Organic Chemistry 4 s.h.

Reviews the various functional groups of organic compounds with

emphasis on structure, properties, reactions, and uses. Not open

to majors in liberal arts chemistry. Includes laboratory. Offered

Fall and Spring. (LA)

Prerequisite: CHEM 111 C- or better.

CHEM 241 Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry 3 s.h.

Studies the chemistry of elements and their compounds, empha-

sizing main group elements. Topics include sources of elements,

methods of production, reactivity, and uses of inorganic chemi-

cals. Offered Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisites: CHEM 112 C- or better.

CHEM 242 Inorganic Chemistry Lab 1 s.h.

Introduction to standard techniques used in inorganic chemistry;

synthesis, and study of compounds representative of the major

types of inorganic compounds. (LA)

Prerequisite: CHEM 241 C- or better.

CHEM 299 Independent Study in Chemistry 1-3 s.h.

Experimental or other research activity for qualified students;

investigations conducted under direction of appropriate staff.

(LA)

Prerequisites: CHEM 111, permission of instructor and depart-

ment chair.

CHEM 315 Advanced Environmental Chemistry 3 s.h.

This course covers advanced topics in environmental chemistry

including a selection from the following: chemical equilibria and

kinetics as relevant to environmental systems and phenomena;

terrestrial, aquatic and atmospheric cycles and processes; cy-

cling, accumulation, migration and transformation of contami-

nants in the environment; toxicology of environmental contami-

nants; evaluation of environmental phenomena and calamites as

reported in the popular media; evaluation of public policy and its

impacts on the chemistry of the environment. (LA)

Prerequisites: CHEM 331 or 351 or 361 with C- or better.

CHEM 322 Organic Chemistry II 4 s.h.

Continuation of Organic Chemistry I, with laboratory. Offered

Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisite: CHEM 221 C- or better.

CHEM 323 Advanced Organic Chemistry 3 s.h.

The study of the synthetic reactions of organic chemistry, their

mechanisms, the synthesis of natural products and other com-

pounds, and the identification of organic compounds by instru-

mental methods. Includes laboratory. (LA)

Prerequisite: CHEM 322 C- or better.

CHEM 324 Physical Organic Chemistry 3 s.h.

This course will focus on computational approaches to the study

of molecular properties and structure. Topics will include molec-

ular mechanics, molecular dynamics, solvation, and both ab initio

(e.g., Hartree-Fock, Density Functional) and semiempirical elec-

tronic structure methods. Applications to small organic as well as

macromolecular systems (biochemical, nanostructures) will be

examined. Hands-on the UNIX/LINUX operating system, molecular

graphics, and chemical databases. (LA)

Prerequisites: CHEM 322 and CHEM 351.

CHEM 330 Introductory Biochemistry 4 s.h.

A survey of the basic biochemistry one needs to understand re-

cent medical and biotechnological advances. The structure and

functions of molecules and macromolecules in energy and ge-

netic metabolism are studied. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA)

Prerequisite: CHEM 226 or CHEM 221 C- or better.

CHEM 331 Biochemistry I 4 s.h.

Learn the structure and properties of atoms, molecules, water

and proteins, the functions of enzymes, the chemistry of carbo-

hydrates and lipids, and the metabolism of these cellular com-

ponents. Discuss topics of current interest. Includes laboratory.

The first course of a two-semester sequence. Offered Fall only.

(LA)

Prerequisites: CHEM 322 C- or better.

CHEM 332 Biochemistry II 4 s.h.

Focuses on the macromolecular basis of heredity, including the

synthesis of proteins and nucleic acids with major emphasis on

information flow from DNA to RNA to protein and beyond. Also

covers recombinant DNA, chromatin structure, gene arrange-

ment, the immune system, and more. Includes laboratory. Offered

Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisites: CHEM 322 and CHEM 331 C- or better.

78 Chemistry and Biochemistry

CHEM 334 Biochemistry in Health and Disease 3 s.h.

This course is designed for upper-level students interested in the

health professions, fitness, or human biochemistry. Topics will

include the biochemical basis and characteristics of the most

prevalent human diseases of the 21st century developed world -

heart disease, diabetes, obesity, hypertension, dyslipidemia and

metabolic syndrome. Biochemical topics relevant to optimum

health will be covered, including the biochemistry of fitness, en-

durance training, regulation of fuel use during rest and exercise,

feeding and fasting. Students will also learn principles underlying

common biochemical and chemical diagnostic tests used in clin-

ical laboratories and how new drugs are designed, tested and

marketed. (LA)

Prerequisite: CHEM 330 or 331.

CHEM 342 Theories of Inorganic Chemistry 3 s.h.

Explores recent developments in molecular orbital theory and

symmetry, acid-base theories, structure and bonding in coordina-

tion compounds, organometallic chemistry, magnetism, kinetics

and mechanisms of inorganic reactions, band theory and semi-

conductors, nanochemistry, and bioinorganic chemistry. (LA)

Prerequisite or corequisite: CHEM 352.

CHEM 350 Elementary Physical Chemistry 3.s.h.

An introduction to physical chemistry designed primarily for stu-

dents with majors in Environmental Sciences-Chemistry and Bi-

ochemistry Track in Chemistry. This course introduces students to

the basic principles of chemical thermodynamics and their ap-

plications to chemical equilibrium. It will also focus on the role of

kinetics in real world problems and especially its relationship to

biological and environmental problems. In addition, the course

will introduce oxidation-reduction kinetics and spectroscopy.

Offered irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisites: CHEM 221 or CHEM 226, and PHYS 103 or PHYS

203, and MATH 174.

CHEM 351 Physical Chemistry I 3 s.h.

Physical Chemistry I covers chemical thermodynamics, and

thermodynamics of biochemical reactions, chemical and phase

equilibrium, kinetics of gas reactions, chemical dynamics and

photochemistry, solid state chemistry. Students majoring in

Chemistry, Chemistry-Biochemistry track or Adolescence Educa-

tion-Chemistry track are strongly advised to take CHEM 354

(Physical Chemistry I laboratory) simultaneously with CHEM 351.

Offered Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisites: MATH 174 and PHYS 204.

CHEM 352 Physical Chemistry II 4 s.h.

Physical Chemistry II covers quantum theory, atomic structure,

molecular electronic structure, symmetry, rotational and vibra-

tional spectroscopy, electronic spectroscopy of molecules, statis-

tical thermodynamics, and an introduction to nanoscale physical

chemistry. Offered Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisites: CHEM 351 and CHEM 354.

CHEM 353 Physical Chemistry III 3 s.h.

Advanced topics in physical chemistry, drawn from kinetics,

thermodynamics, quantum theory, molecular structure, and

spectroscopy. (LA)

Prerequisite: CHEM 352. Differential equations recommended.

CHEM 354 Physical Chemistry I Lab 1 s.h.

Physical Chemistry I Lab reinforces material traditionally taught in

the lecture (CHEM 351: Physical Chemistry I) by providing ex-

perimental experience in thermodynamics, kinetics, gas laws and

other classical and modern topical areas in physical and materials

chemistry. Offered Fall only.

Pre- or Corequisite: CHEM 351.

CHEM 361 Analytical Chemistry I 4 s.h.

The principles and techniques of modern quantitative chemical

analysis, including volumetric and gravimetric methods, an in-

troduction to instrumental methods, statistical interpretation of

analytical data, and use of the analytical literature. Related la-

boratory work will include analysis of samples for organic and

inorganic compounds. Offered Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisite: CHEM 112 C- or better.

CHEM 362 Analytical Chemistry II 4 s.h.

An introduction to modern physiochemical methods of chemical

analysis, including optical, electrochemical, and chromatographic

techniques; laboratory experiences will include colorimetry,

spectrophotometry, emission spectroscopy, electrophoresis, po-

tentiometry, polarography, and paper, column, and gas chroma-

tography. Offered Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisites: CHEM 361 C- or better.

CHEM 363 Advanced Instrumental Methods of Organic

Analysis 3 s.h.

An advanced treatment of the theory and application of modern

spectroscopic and chromatographic methods of organic chemical

analysis. Emphasis will be placed on the use of selected tech-

niques such as nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, mass

spectrometry, infrared spectoscopy and/or gas and high perfor-

mance liquid chromatography. Lecture and laboratory. (LA)

Prerequisite: CHEM 362.

CHEM 394 Special Topics in Chemistry 1-4 s.h.

Topics of current chemical interest are offered reflecting new

developments in any area of chemistry and the changing needs of

students and faculty. Course parameters will vary with the in-

structor and content offered. Enrollment may be restricted as

required by the instructor to fit the course level and content. No

more than 4 s.h. of Topics courses may be applied to the Chem-

istry Major and then only in "non-specified" major credit. (LA)

Prerequisites: JrS and permission of instructor.

CHEM 395 Teaching Assistantship in Chemistry 1-2 s.h.

Provides college-level teaching experience involving tutoring or

laboratory assisting. Students work under the supervision of a

faculty member and are limited to 2 s.h. of credit. Credit may not

be applied toward the requirements for Chemistry major or minor.

Prerequisites: JrS or SrS, minimum GPA of 2.7 overall and in

chemistry, permission of instructor and department chair.

CHEM 396 Research Communications 1 s.h.

Introduction to the communication of research results in the

chemical sciences. On-campus lectures on the structure of scien-

tific societies, meetings, panels, and presentations. Attendance at

one or more regional or national scientific meeting(s), totaling 12

or more hours of lectures is required. Course may be repeated

once for credit. Course does not count towards the chemistry

minor as an upper-level elective. (LA)

Prerequisite: CHEM 112.

Corequisites: CHEM 226, CHEM 322.

CHEM 397 Internship in Chemistry 3-15 s.h.

Work experience utilizing experimental or theoretical chemical

techniques in an industrial, academic, or governmental laboratory

setting. Requirements and credit will vary with the specific in-

ternship.

Prerequisites: JrS or SrS, declared chemistry major, minimum of

16 s.h. of chemistry courses applicable to the major, minimum of

2.5 GPA in chemistry and overall, and passage of CWE. Approval

by the Chemistry Department required.

CHEM 398 Senior Undergraduate Seminar 3 s.h.

Capstone course in the chemical sciences, including topics such

as discussions on current literature topics in chemistry, bio-

chemistry and related fields; seminar presentations by faculty

Chemistry and Biochemistry 79

and/or invited speakers; preparation for graduate school, industry

or professional employment. Students will conduct a review of

the literature and present their evaluation of a peer-reviewed

research paper or project to the class, department faculty and

others. Selected readings from primary and secondary sources,

and writing assignments related thereto are now a part of the

course. The course may include field experiences at regional

academic, industrial or government laboratories outside of the

regularly scheduled course time. An assessment of overall

chemistry knowledge gained during the undergraduate program

will be conducted by written examination during the course.

Offered Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisite: SrS and permission of instructor.

CHEM 399 Independent Study in Chemistry 1-3 s.h.

Experimental or other research activity for qualified students;

investigations conducted under direction of appropriate staff.

(LA)

Prerequisites: JrS, permission of instructor and department chair.

Engineering Course

ENGR 342 Transport Phenomena 3 s.h.

Discusses transport phenomena, including momentum, mass,

and heat transfer. Emphasizes molecular transport, the equation

of change, viscous laminar flow, boundary layer theory, turbulent

transport, and simultaneous heat and mass transfer.

Corequisite: CHEM 351.

80 Communication & Media

Communication & Media

Professor: Arthur Dauria, Associate Professors: Chiang, Gardner,

Frye, Torosyan (Chair), Verdon; Assistant Professors: Blinne, Bot-

tonley, Bouman, Bruscella, Rastogi, Stewart; Lecturers: Felici-

ano-Ortiz, Sohns, Welch

Objectives

The Department of Communication & Media consists of two dis-

ciplines. The Communication Studies discipline blends the best

principles of liberal arts education with the intention to prepare

students for a professional role in a persuasively sophisticated,

information oriented, working environment which may include,

but is not limited to, the areas of corporate and organizational

communication, public relations, marketing, and advertising. The

Mass Communication discipline is designed to meet the needs of

students who select careers in the fields of broadcasting, jour-

nalism, film and video production.

The Department strives to help students develop and apply their

skills, critical judgments, and imaginations in areas of oral and

mediated communications. Students are guided in the use of

communicative and creative insights and abilities in ways con-

sistent with high professional purpose, discriminating enjoyment

of leisure, and dedication to the welfare of others. The Depart-

ment intends that students discover and apply the knowledge and

skills of Communication Studies and Mass Communication in a

humanities context.

Special Facilities

The Instructional Resources Center houses two color television

studios, several video editing suites, an audio studio, and film

production facilities.

Degrees

Bachelor of Arts

Bachelor of Science

Majors

Communication Studies

Mass Communication

Minors

Six hours of overlap are allowed between the major and the mi-

nor.

Advertising: a program focusing on the ways in which persuasion

and argument are employed in modern advertising campaigns.

Business Communication: an integrated study of the process of

communication with business organizational structures.

Communication Studies: a program designed for students inter-

ested in working with people and persuasion in a variety of pro-

fessions.

Documentary Studies: a program designed for students seeking

to study the meaning and the making of creative non-fiction sto-

ries in video and audio formats.

Film: a study of film as an aspect of mass media and as an art

form.

Journalism: a program designed for students seeking to study the

practice and art of Journalism.

Mass Communication: a program for students studying mass

media with special emphasis on the electronic media.

Public Relations: a program focusing on the ways in which per-

suasion, communication, and argumentation are employed in

public relations.

Special Minors

Advertising and Public Relations are two minors that are com-

plimentary to the Communication Studies major. They are availa-

ble only to students who major in Communication Studies. Only

one of these minors may be completed by a Communication

Studies major.

Requirements for the Majors

Communication Studies: 36 s.h. in Communication Studies, in-

cluding 3 s.h. each in Public Speaking and Survey of Communi-

cation Arts; 6 s.h. selected in Communication Process; 6 s.h.

selected in Communication Settings; 6 s.h. in Communication

Performance; and 12 s.h. of elective courses.

Mass Communication: 36 s.h. in Mass Communication, including

9 s.h. in core courses; 12 or 15 s.h. in major field; and 12 or 15

s.h. in specialization (Media Studies track, B.A/B.S.. or Production

track, B.S.).

Communication Studies Major Requirements

Required Courses:

COMM 110, 160

6 s.h.

Selected Courses:

Communication Process:

6 s.h.

Select two from COMM 120, 206, 241, 244,

280, 340

Communication Settings:

6 s.h.

Select two from COMM 243, 254, 255, 260,

270

Communication Performance:

6 s.h.

Select two from COMM 215, 225, 227, 250,

387

Elective Courses:

12 s.h.

Select four communication (COMM) courses not

used in the categories above (total 12 s.h.).

In addition, with advisor’s or department chair’s

permission, MCOM courses may also be used in

this category.

Six semester hours of a department supervised

internship (COMM 397) may also be used in this

category.

Total 36 s.h.

Mass Communication Major Media Studies Track

Requirements (B.A./B.S.)

Core Courses:

COMM 160, MCOM 105, 151

9 s.h.

Required Major Specialization:

MCOM 252, 259, 281, 286, 350

15 s.h.

Media Studies Electives:

Select four from ALS 208, MCOM 215, 257, 258,

279, 283, 284, 285, 294, 330; COMM 270; PHIL

231

12 s.h.

Total 36 s.h.

Mass Communication Major Production Track

Requirements (B.S.)

Core Courses:

COMM 160, MCOM 105, 151

19 s.h.

Required Major Specialization:

MCOM 252, 281, 286, 350

12 s.h.

Production Electives:

Select from MCOM 210, 215, 253, 256, 258,

260, 261, 262, 280, 301, 353, 361, 362,

380, 397*; MUSC 292

15 s.h.

Total 36 s.h.

Communication & Media 81

*A maximum of six semester-hours.

Advertising Minor Requirements

This minor will require 18 hours of credit work. Six hours of over-

lap are allowed between the major and the minor. Open to

Communication Studies majors only.

Required:

COMM 225, 270, 387; MCOM 252

12 s.h.

Select two from:

MCOM 105, 253, 260 or 261; COMP 150;

PSYC 267; PHIL 103, 231; CART 101

6 s.h.

Total 18 s.h.

Note: Students taking this minor will be encouraged to complete

at least 6 s.h. of internship, in an advertising or related organiza-

tion, as elective credit for their Communication Studies major.

Business Communication Minor Requirements

COMP 100, COMM 255, BUS 111, and

MGMT 241

12 s.h.

Select one:

COMM 110 or 227

3 s.h.

Select one:

COMP 200 or BUS 240

3 s.h.

Select one from:

COMM 244; PSYC 204; CSCI 100;

SOC 288; ACCT 100

3 s.h.

Total 21 s.h.

Communication Studies Minor Requirements

Select one:

COMM 100 or 160

3 s.h.

Select one:

COMM 206, 254, or 340

3 s.h.

Select one:

COMM 110, 215, or 227

3 s.h.

Select one:

COMM 241, 242, 243, 244, or 255

3 s.h.

Select one:

MCOM 151, 252, 253, or 260

3 s.h.

Select two:

COMM or MCOM courses not selected

from above.

6 s.h.

Total 21-22 s.h.

Documentary Studies Minor Requirements

MCOM 252, 279, 353, 362

12 s.h.

Select two from:

ALS 208; COMM 215, 241; MCOM 256, 258, 259,

262, 280, 281, 283, 284, 285, 301, 380

6 s.h.

Total 18 s.h.

Film Minor Requirements

Required:

MCOM 151, 280, 281

9 s.h.

Dramatic Analysis: select one from

THTR 100, 178

3 s.h.

Art: select one from:

ARTH 110, 200

3 s.h.

Film: select two from:

ALS 208, MCOM 279, 283, 284, 285, 294,

380

6 s.h.

Total 21 s.h.

Journalism Minor Requirements

Required:

MCOM 210, 256, 258, 262

12 s.h.

Select two from:

ARTH 221; ARTS 210; CART 210; FASH 300; COMM

215; MCOM 105, 215, 252, 257, 260, 301, 361;

PHIL 231

6 s.h.

Total 18 s.h.

Mass Communication Minor Requirements

Required:

MCOM 105, 151, 252, 281

12 s.h.

Select two from:

Any two upper-division Mass Communi-

cation electives (in addition to MCOM

252 and 281)

6 s.h.

Total 18 s.h.

Public Relations Minor Requirements

This minor will require 18 hours of credit work. Six hours of over-

lap are allowed between the major and the minor. Open to

Communication Studies majors only.

Required Courses:

COMM 207, 225, 244; MCOM 252

12 s.h.

Select two from:

COMM 215, 250, 255; MCOM 105, 210;

COMP 150; PHIL 231; CART 101

6 s.h.

Total 18 s.h.

Note: Students taking this minor will be encouraged to complete

at least 6 s.h. of internship, in a public relations organization, as

elective credit for their Communication Studies major.

Communication & Media

Communication Studies Courses

COMM 100 Introduction to Communication 3 s.h.

Development of effective oral communication skills. Emphasis on

the theory of communication as it is applied to interpersonal,

group, argumentation, public speaking skills. (LA, BC3)

COMM 110 Public Speaking 3 s.h.

Instruction and practice to prepare students to speak effectively

in public settings. Practical experience in speech composition,

delivery, and critique. Opportunity for individual assistance in

developing speaking skills. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA, BC3)

COMM 120 Introduction Communication Theory 3 s.h.

The course is an introductory offering which covers the basic

foundations of the discipline of Communication Studies. The

theories presented are guidebooks for interpreting, explaining,

and understanding the complexity of human communication.

Theories are indispensable in academic life and they provide

ideas for future research and studies in the discipline. The course

will give students the opportunity to analyze and synthesize vari-

ous basic communication theories which constitute the cognitive

core of the discipline. Offered Fall and Spring.

COMM 160 Perspectives on Communication 3 s.h.

Survey of the area of the Communication and Media. A study of

the various conceptual areas and disciplines of communication

studies and mass communication. An exploration of the influ-

ences of communication theory to the applied dimensions of

these disciplines. Not a performance course. Offered Fall and

Spring. (LA)

82 Communication & Media

COMM 206 Freedom of Speech 3 s.h.

Study of freedom of expression under the First Amendment. His-

torical antecedents and determinants from Plato, Milton, and Mill

to analysis of court cases since 1900. Study of the rhetoric of

radical groups, including the American Nazis and the KKK. Of-

fered irregularly.

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. COMM. (LA)

COMM 207 Public Relations 3 s.h.

This course surveys the field of public relations. Specific areas to

be explored include: the nature, history and theoretical basis of

public relations; the scope and process of public relations; the

role of communication in public relations; ethics and public rela-

tions; legal restraints and public relations. The course provides a

balance between theory and practical application.

Prerequisite: SoS.

COMM 215 Interviewing 3 s.h.

Interviewing is one of the most basic one-on-one communication

skills. Anyone entering a business or professional field would

benefit greatly from an understanding of the information inter-

view, the problem-solving interview, the job interview, the coun-

seling interview, and the sales interview. The general objective of

this course is to familiarize students with the current principles

and techniques of interviewing. The course is to be a practical

performance-oriented course where students are taught skills

and expected to put those skills into practice. This course will also

meet the requirement in the Communication Performance cate-

gory of the Communication Studies Major. Offered Fall and Spring.

COMM 225 Argumentation 3 s.h.

Types of argument employed as social tools. Study of evidence,

reasoning, propositions, and structure of argument. Practice in

informal argument and debate. Emphasis on consumerism. Of-

fered Fall and Spring. (LA, BC3)

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. COMM.

COMM 227 Small Group Communication 3 s.h.

Study of small group discussion and problem-solving. Gives

basic understanding of theory behind purposeful discussions and

practical experiences participating in or leading small groups.

Offered Fall and Spring. (LA, BC3)

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. COMM.

COMM 241 Gender & Communication 3 s.h.

Explores the relationship between gender and communication,

analyzing multiple and varying gender theories and the available

public vocabularies for understanding gender dynamics and is-

sues. This course further investigates gender stereotypes and

"gendered" cultural patterns of interaction within personal, pro-

fessional, and social relationships. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA)

Cross-listed as WMST 241.

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. COMM.

COMM 242 Nonverbal Communication 3 s.h.

Explores theories of and approaches to the study of nonverbal

communication. Included are the history of nonverbal study, ob-

servational techniques, the study of kinesics, proxemics, haptics,

paralanguage, object language, and chronemics. (LA)

Prerequisite: 100-level COMM course.

COMM 243 Interpersonal Communication 3 s.h.

Explores theory and practice of communication situations involv-

ing two people in face-to-face interaction. Studies informal com-

munications that occur in friendships, families, and professional

relationships. Explores goals, roles, strategies, messages, power

conflict, and response styles as they apply to successful spoken

and unspoken dialogue. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. COMM.

COMM 244 Conflict Management 3 s.h.

This course is designed to assist the student in developing

communication skills which will facilitate the management of

interpersonal conflict, the settlement of disputes, and the culti-

vation of a civilized system of peacemaking through negotiation.

The course is open to advanced students of any major. Students

will explore such areas as communication theory, conflict man-

agement, listening, questioning skills, response styles, issues

clarification, agreement writing, and non-adversarial methods of

conflict resolution such as interest-based Negotiation and Third

Party Mediation. Students will be provided the opportunity to

negotiate and mediate simulated conflict situations. Offered Fall

and Spring. (LA)

COMM 249 Listening 3 s.h.

Examines the full range of listening theory and practice from the

discriminative level all the way up to the metacognitive level. The

class will cover theories of and approaches to interpersonal,

empathic, academic, therapeutic and appreciative listening. (LA)

Prerequisite: 100-level course in COMM or permission of in-

structor.

COMM 250 Negotiation and Mediation 3 s.h.

The general objective of this course is to familiarize students with

the current principles, techniques and practices of negotiation

and mediation. Using contemporary literature as a guide, stu-

dents will develop the practical and critical skills necessary to

understand negotiation and mediation. This course will strive for a

balance of theory and practice. Students will also be encouraged

to develop practical skills of negotiation and mediation. The

course will include several performance based exercises and

activities designed to sharpen the skills of negotiation, mediation,

and peaceful conflict resolution. There will also be a group project

in which students will analyze the communication techniques and

strategies of a detailed assigned negotiation. Offered irregularly.

Prerequisites: SoS and 3 s.h. COMM.

COMM 254 Intercultural Communication 3 s.h.

Study of the interdependence of culture and oral communication

within and between cultures. Considers both intra and interna-

tional communication systems. Designed for individuals trans-

acting with other cultures, especially human service workers and

teachers. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS.

COMM 255 Organizational Communication 3 s.h.

Theories and characteristics of organizations, with special focus

on their communication practices, behaviors, and systems.

Analysis of organizations’ formal and informal message networks,

small group decision-making, human relationships and role

structures, and persuasive strategies. Offered Fall and Spring.

(LA)

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. COMM.

COMM 260 Contemporary Public Address 3 s.h.

Assessment of the influence of national and world leaders since

1900, as part of the broader question of the role of oral discourse

in society. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS or COMM 100 or 160 or 110.

COMM 270 Persuasion 3 s.h.

In this course students will, through discussion, group analysis,

and critical exploration, study the persuasions and persuasive

effects of some of the more common practical communications

that surround our everyday lives. Students will examine and ana-

lyze the persuasions in advertising, televisual news, and political

and commercial campaigns. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. COMM or MCOM.

Communication & Media 83

COMM 280 Rhetoric 3 s.h.

Study of history, nature and function of rhetoric. Study of rhetori-

cians and rhetorical theories, Plato to present. Emphasis on

making connections, understanding theories, and applying to

contemporary usage. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisites: JrS and 12 s.h. COMM.

COMM 294 Special Topics in Communication Studies1-6 s.h.

Unique topics in communication. Study of issues that confront

those concerned with speech communication or speech science

and the directions that these vital matters have taken. LA deter-

mination based on course content.

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. COMM.

COMM 295 Teaching Assistantship: Communication Studies1-3 s.h.

This course is designed to provide a college level experience for

students who are exceptionally qualified to undertake appropriate

responsibilities and demands including such activities as tutoring,

grading and recording of exams, assisting in research, assisting

with the setup and supervision of audio-video-film equipment,

and/or participating in classroom presentations. Assistant works

directly under the guidance of a faculty member.

Prerequisites: See College Minimum Teaching Assistantship Re-

quirements, JrS.

COMM 299 Independent Study in Communication Studies1-6 s.h.

Special studies under department supervision for students who

have shown unusual ability in speech. May be continued in suc-

cessive semesters with maximum of 12 s.h. credit.

Prerequisites: SoS, permission of instructor, and 3 s.h. of

200-level COMM courses.

COMM 340 Theories of Interpersonal Communication 3 s.h.

A survey of theories devised to analyze, predict, and explain the

nature of human communication. Covers dominant perspectives

on human communication, including physical, mechanical, in-

teractional, and pragmatic. Attention focused on underlying as-

sumptions, practical applications, and methods of communica-

tion theories. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. COMM.

COMM 349 Cities and Architecture 3 s.h.

This course intends to understand and analyze the relationship

between the nature and development of cities and functionalities,

meanings, and symbolic power of architecture from a

cross-disciplinary approach. Other than general introduction to

the concepts and theories in the disciplines, selected cities will be

compared. A city will be chosen as a case study each term. An

intensive and exciting trip to a city may be required. This course

will use interdisciplinary approaches to understand the formation

of a city and the functionality and symbolic meanings of the ar-

chitecture that builds a city. Theories are drawn from mul-

ti-disciplines such as geography, anthropology, communication

and media, history, and sociology. This course can be repeated

once. Offered Irregularly. (LA)

Cross-Listed as: ANTH 349.

Prerequisite: 6 s.h. from ALS, ANTH, COMM, ECON, FAMS, GEOG,

HIST, AHIS, EHIS, WHIS, POLS, PSYC, SOC, or WMST..

COMM 369 Humor & Communication 3 s.h.

Humor is a message based activity, it is a communicative activity.

However, there is very little analysis of humor as an activity of

communication. This course is designed to give students a critical

perspective about humor and its functions in our daily commu-

nicative interactions. Through the semester students will read

text, a series of scholarly articles, view videos, and participate in a

variety of analytical activities in and out of class. (LA)

Prerequisites: COMM 160.

COMM 380 Environmental Communication 3 s.h.

Environmental rhetoric is an advanced seminar in rhetorical

studies with an intensive focus on texts, issues, questions, and

problems pertaining to the environment. Topics include, but are

not limited to, American Indian discourse, environmental com-

munication, preservation v. conservation, the sublime, green

marketing, greenwashing, sustainability, climate change, com-

munication, biodiversity, gaia, and environmental advocacy. The

course involves reading diverse texts, writing a rhetorical criti-

cism, several field trips, exams, and composing a communication

plan for an organization. (LA)

Prerequisite: JrS.

COMM 387 Creating Persuasive Campaigns 3 s.h.

In the modern world of persuasion and communication, the lone

platform speaker or persuader is increasingly being replaced by a

multi-faceted persuasive campaign. This is true in advertising,

politics, culture, even religion. These persuasive campaigns often

extend the persuasive intent of an individual speaker with the

expanded use of multi-media and the internet. This is a course

that will take an understanding of the research, theory and

methods of persuasion, and apply them to practical situations.

This course will give the student a chance to actually create,

implement, and evaluate a real persuasive campaign, using a

wide range of media and methods. It is a chance to take motiva-

tional research, persuasion theory, image management, audience

psychology, and message construction, and actually "do" a com-

plex persuasive promotion. Offered Spring only.

Prerequisites: JrS, CWE, COMM 270 and 9 s.h. COMM.

COMM 394 Special Topics in Communication Studies1-4 s.h.

Unique topics in communication. Study of issues that confront

those concerned with communication. (LA) determination based

on course content.

Prerequisites: JrS and 3 s.h. of 200-level COMM courses.

COMM 397 Communication Studies Internship 1-15 s.h.

This course is designed to provide the student with an internship

experience related to his/her academic and career interests:

Communication. This experience allows the students to apply, in

the professional setting, the theory, principles and practice

learned in the classroom and to extend and develop this learning

by performing or closely observing performances of roles to which

they have tentative or definite career commitments. Prior to en-

rollment in the course, the student must meet the selection crite-

ria which have been established by the College, the Department

and the participating agencies. Each internship will be designed

to provide the student with maximum exposure to a specific area

of study in Communication under the guidance of a supervisor

particularly qualified in the area of the internship. Internships

must involve actual work with a bona fide professonal organiza-

tion strongly involved with Communication as approved by the

Department.

Prerequisites: See College Minimum Internship Requirements

and 2.5 GPA in the major, JrS.

COMM 399 Independent Study in Communication Studies3 s.h.

Special studies under department supervision for students who

have shown unusual ability in communication. May be continued

in successive semesters for up to 12 s.h. for all independent

study work.

Prerequisites: JrS, permission of instructor and 6 s.h. of 200-level

COMM courses.

Mass Communication Courses

MCOM 105 Introduction Mass Media Law and Regulation3 s.h.

This course would be of value to any student wishing a basic

exposure to current issues in how the law and common practice

and procedure interface with the mass media production and

journalism interests. This course will cover issues like the first

84 Communication & Media

amendment, libel, invasion of privacy, free press, fair trial, regu-

lation of erotic material, regulation of advertising, copyright, and

news regulation. This course will examine the above issues as

they relate to the modern mass media. Offered Fall and Spring.

MCOM 151 Understanding Mass Communication 3 s.h.

Comprehensive survey of the nature, development, operation,

functions, and effects of various mass media (print, radio, televi-

sion, film, cable, and new communication technologies). De-

signed to help students become more critical mass media con-

sumers, and to introduce them to concepts applicable to produc-

tion courses. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA)

MCOM 210 Writing for the Newspaper 3 s.h.

Writing for the newspaper. Practice in news, feature, and editorial

writing. (LA, BC3)

Prerequisite: SoS and COMP 100.

MCOM 215 Photojournalism 3 s.h.

This course introduces the student to the basics of photojournal-

ism. Students will aspire to create photos consistent in quality and

content with images taken for the media. The course will cover

various seminal aspects of photojournalism, including historical,

ethical, legal, and artistic issues. The emphasis will be on digital

photography. Students will utilize Photoshop and PowerPoint in

presenting their work. There will be a mix of field assignments,

writings, class discussions and lectures. (LA)

Prerequisite: JrS and 12 s.h. of MCOM.

MCOM 250 Mass Media and Celebrity 3 s.h.

This course will explore the pervasiveness of celebrity culture in

the United States - an inordinate amount of media content is

currently dedicated to the professional and personal lives of en-

tertainment celebrities. A focus will be place on the role of the

mass media in the production of celebrity, as well as the historical

antecedents and potential psychological effects of modern-day

celebrity. In 1962, Daniel Boorstin defined "celebrity" as a

"person who is known for is well-knowness," and claimed that,

"Every year we experience a larger number than the year before."

This sentiment certainly holds true in the 21st century, which is

why the topic warrants examination in a semester-long seminar.

(LA)

Prerequisite: JrS.

MCOM 252 Writing for Radio, Television, and Film 3 s.h.

A study and practice of writing techniques for radio, television,

and film. Emphasizes writing "for the ear" and for visual elements.

Projects include writing of commercials and PSAs, news, drama,

and comedy. Offered Fall and Spring. (BC3)

Prerequisites: SoS and COMP 100.

MCOM 253 Audio Production 3 s.h.

Provides students with fundamental knowledge of audio produc-

tion theories and techniques, as well as hands-on practice.

Offered Fall and Spring.

Prerequisites: SoS and MCOM 151.

MCOM 256 Broadcasting 3 s.h.

A study and practice of the principles and techniques of per-

forming for radio microphone and television camera. Emphasizes

the role of the radio and television announcer/performer and

contemporary broadcast announcing styles.

Prerequisites: SoS; MCOM 253 or 261.

MCOM 257 Fundamentals of Broadcasting 3 s.h.

An introduction to the American Broadcasting System and related

electronic media with emphasis on industry structure history,

economics, regulations, programming, and performances. De-

signed to introduce students to theories and principles applicable

to production courses. Mandatory attendance. Offered Fall and

Spring. (LA)

Prerequisites: MCOM 151, SoS.

MCOM 258 New Media 3 s.h.

The interactive nature of technology-enriched new media has

changed the relationship between the individual and the larger

society and has raised questions about the traditional relation-

ship between audiences and media producers. This course will

examine the ways that new technologies are changing the global

political, economic, and social contexts surrounding today’s me-

dia. Emphasis will also be placed on comparing and contrasting

what’s "new" about new media and technology with traditional

media. Students will be expected to engage with and critique new

media technologies. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS.

MCOM 259 Mass Media and Culture 3 s.h.

Analyzes the philosophy, standards, and practices of the mass

media system in the United States. Examines the relationship

between American media and American culture in a variety of

political, social, economical, and cultural contexts. Addresses

ethical problems in mass communication and examines different

methods of moral reasoning relative to their solutions. Offered

Fall and Spring. (LA)

Prerequisites: MCOM 151.

MCOM 260 Multi Camera Video Production 3 s.h.

Introduction to the elements of television production: equipment,

lighting, audio, graphics, scenery, special effects, floor directing,

switching, videotape recording, creative camera works, directing,

and picture composition. Includes hands-on labs in campus stu-

dio. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. THTR, COMM or MCOM.

MCOM 261 Videography and Digital Editing 3 s.h.

This course provides an introduction to single-camera video pro-

duction and non-linear editing. Students will learn the skills nec-

essary to begin employing video as both a tool for delivering in-

formation and as a vehicle for artistic expression.

MCOM 262 Reporting 3 s.h.

A study of news in the mass media. Emphasis is on reporter’s

obligation to transmit news efficiently as possible for print and air

media. Offered irregularly. (LA, BC3)

Prerequisites: JrS, COMP 100, and 3 s.h. humanities.

MCOM 279 The Documentary Tradition 3 s.h.

This course is open to students interested in understanding the

history and philosophy of the documentary genre as represented

in American and world media cultures. It is oriented toward de-

fining the concept of documentary, understanding the origins and

development of the genre, and analyzing the philosophical and

ethical debates surrounding this mode of communication. Epis-

temological questions about the nature of truth,

knowledge/knowing, the social construction of reality, and the

difference between objectivity, accuracy, authenticity, and fair-

ness will be highlighted. The course will also address the role of

documentaries as means of public information, social and politi-

cal criticism, education, and propaganda. The impact of technol-

ogy on the making and distribution of documentaries will be a

consistent thread throughout the course. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS.

MCOM 280 Basic Motion Picture Production 3 s.h.

This course is an introduction to expressing fictive narratives

using motion pictures. Emphasis will be placed on seeing and

thinking in cinematic terms. Movie making exercises will be as-

signed, screened, and discussed. (LA)

Prerequisite: MCOM 261.

Communication & Media 85

MCOM 281 The Art of the Motion Picture 3 s.h.

Survey of the many facets of film. Discussion and illustration of

the basic nature of the film medium itself, the varieties of tech-

nique and content encountered, and the different styles and

formats employed. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA, A3)

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. THTR. or MCOM

MCOM 283 The Development of Film 3 s.h.

A survey of motion pictures from their beginnings to the present.

The nature of the film medium itself, the changes in technique

and content, the reflection of social and historical conditions, and

the styles of different countries and of individual directors will be

illustrated through film screening, reading, discussion, and lec-

ture. (LA, A3)

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. THTR. or MCOM.

MCOM 284 Great Films of Great Directors 3 s.h.

The motion picture studied from the point of view of the director

as the central creative force. Examines careers of several major

directors through the screening of films made by each. Discusses

directors’ themes and the ways these themes are conveyed. (LA,

A3)

Prerequisite: SoS or 3 s.h. THTR. or MCOM.

MCOM 285 Film Genres 3 s.h.

A study of representative examples of such film genres as the

Western, comedy, gangster, social comment, musical, and sci-

ence fiction. Content centers on the nature of their appeal and

popularity, their relationship to the contemporary social scene

and relative quality of individual films. (LA, A3)

Prerequisites: SoS or 3 s.h. THTR. or MCOM.

MCOM 286 Research Methods in Mass Media 3 s.h.

This course is designed to develop understanding, encourage

critical thinking, and provide practice in research related to the

Mass Media. This course will introduce students to the principles

and basic techniques of mass communication research and the

application of the results of such research. The course will provide

the student with the opportunity to apply current research meth-

ods towards the creation of a research proposal related to the

areas of journalism, broadcasting, various media production, film,

video, and other mass media. Offered Fall and Spring.

Prerequisites: SoS and 3 s.h. MCOM.

MCOM 294 Special Topics in Mass Communications 1-6 s.h.

Unique topics in Mass Communication. Specialized or advanced

topics, not extensively covered in existing course, which are re-

lated to the conceptual and practical areas of mass media, and

media study. LA determination based on course content.

Prerequisites: SoS, 3 s.h. MCOM.

MCOM 295 Teaching Assistantship in Mass Communication1-3 s.h.

Designed to provide a college-level experience for students who

are exceptionally qualified to undertake appropriate responsibili-

ties and demands including such activities as tutoring, assisting in

research, assisting in the setup and supervision of video presen-

tations and/or production classes, and/or participating in class-

room presentations. Assistant works directly under the guidance

of a faculty member.

Prerequisites: See College minimum Teaching Assistantship re-

quirements.

MCOM 330 Mass Media Law & Regulations 3 s.h.

Study of the American judicial system and its impact upon and

interaction with the mass media dissemination of news, opinions,

entertainment, education, and advertising. Discussion of legal

challenges presented by the emerging digital communication

technology, including the information super-highway.

Prerequisites: JrS and MCOM 151.

MCOM 350 Seminar in Mass Communication 3 s.h.

Major theories and research findings related to the processes and

effects of mass communication, primarily in America; emphasis

on immediate and long-term cognitive, affective, and behavioral

effects of exposure to mass media stimuli. Offered Fall and

Spring. (LA)

Prerequisites: SrS; MCOM 286 and 12 s.h. of 200-level COMM or

MCOM courses.

MCOM 353 Audio Documentary Production 3 s.h.

This course is designed for students interested in producing

in-depth non-fiction pieces. The course is oriented toward field

production, exploring various approaches to audio documentary

work, from the journalistic to the personal. The focus will be on

student’s individual projects, but they will also share and work-

shop their ideas and work in progress. The course will begin with

the process of selecting a topic, background research, planning

interviews and writing scripts. The course will also include reading

assignments and listening sessions combined with discussion.

The final project will be a short documentary piece.

Prerequisites: SoS and MCOM 253.

MCOM 361 MCOM Practicum 3 s.h.

Application of advanced mass media production principles and

skills. Work with some aspect of mass media production applica-

tions. Requires major mass media project from proposal and

treatment to final production presentation.

Prerequisite: JrS.

MCOM 362 Video Documentary Production 3 s.h.

This course will explore the creative, technical, and practical as-

pects of creating a video documentary. Students will receive

hands-on instruction in conducting background research, concept

development, pre-production analysis, production development,

post-production, and distribution of productions. The final project

for the course will be a short documentary.

Prerequisites: SoS and MCOM 261.

MCOM 380 Advanced Film Production 3 s.h.

Designed for students with experience in film production.

Filmmaking exercises assigned, screened, and discussed.

Prerequisites: JrS and MCOM 280.

MCOM 397 Mass Communication Internship 1-15 s.h.

Full-time/part-time internship experience related to students’

academic and career interests in the field of mass communica-

tion. Faculty sponsor must be a member of the Communication

and Media Department qualified in area of internship. Internship

must involve actual work with bona fide professional organization

strongly involved with mass communication.

Prerequisites: See College minimum Internship requirements and

2.5 GPA in the major.

86 Earth and Atmospheric Sciences

Earth and Atmospheric Sciences

Professors: Blechman (Chair), Ebert; Associate Professor: Has-

bargen, Godek; Assistant Professors: Brunstad, Fall, Karmosky,

Sen; Lecturers: Clepper, Kandel

Objectives

The Earth and Atmospheric Sciences Department has designed

its undergraduate offerings to provide 1) preparation for students

who are interested in careers in one of the Earth and atmospheric

science areas, so that they may compete effectively on the

graduate and professional levels with students from other un-

dergraduate departments nationwide; 2) terminal degree pro-

grams for students interested in the area as a liberal arts major,

but not as a career; and 3) a wide variety of service courses for

non-science majors who may be interested in selected topics or

portions of the disciplines.

Degrees

Bachelor of Science

Majors

Earth Science

Geology

Meteorology

Adolescence Education Earth Science

(Students interested in majoring in Adolescence Education

Earth Science should refer to the Education section on page

112.)

Minors

Earth Science

Geology

Water Resources

Requirements for the Major

Earth Science: a broad program that includes eight required

courses distributed in the areas of Earth Science, Geology, Me-

teorology, Oceanography, and Astronomy for a total of 26 s.h. plus

selections of two additional courses from these areas, for a total

of 32-34 s.h. of credit in the major. It also requires one year each

of introductory chemistry and physics, an introductory statistics

course, one additional selection in mathematics, and one selec-

tion in biology, chemistry, physics, or environmental science. This

major is commonly taken as a dual major with Adolescence Ed-

ucation Earth Science.

Geology: 40-44 s.h. of geology courses including an introductory

course, earth history, geological data and analysis, paleontology,

structural geology, mineralogy, petrology, sedimentary geology,

hydrology, and geomorphology. A selection of one additional ge-

ology elective for 3-4 s.h. must be taken. A capstone experience is

also required. Related work requirements are one year of math,

chemistry, and physics. There is a 4-6 s.h. research or field expe-

rience capstone.

Meteorology: 38 s.h. of meteorology courses, including introduc-

tory meteorology, climatology, physical meteorology, mesoscale

meteorology, atmospheric dynamics, remote sensing of the at-

mosphere, and weather analysis and forecasting. Related work

includes 15 s.h. of mathematics, 8 s.h. of physics, 4 s.h. of

chemistry, an introductory geology course, and introduction to

hydrology or oceanography.

Requirements for the Minors

Earth Science: 12 s.h. including an introductory geology course,

introduction to meteorology, introduction to oceanography, in-

troductory astronomy, plus 6-8 s.h. of electives selected from

geology, meteorology, earth science or astronomy.

Geology: 10 s.h. including an introductory geology course, and

earth history, plus 9-16 s.h. of electives selected from geology,

one of which must be tectonics.

Water Resources: 12 s.h. including an introductory geology

course, introduction to hydrology, watershed management, ap-

plied hydrology, plus 6 s.h. of electives not in student’s major

selected from geology, earth science or chemistry.

Supplemental Information

The Earth and Atmospheric Sciences Department is housed in a

65,000 square foot building shared with Biology. The department

has exclusive use of five laboratories, three classrooms, and two

student computer clusters. Holdings include maps, aerial photos,

minerals, rocks, fossils, and weather data.

Geological equipment includes a scanning,electron microscope, a

X-ray fluorescence spectrometer, Raman spectrophotometer,

petrographic microscopes, hydrologic laboratory and field

equipment, geophysical instruments, electromagnetic induction

instrument, gravimeter, ground penetrating radar (GPR), survey-

ing equipment, total station, differential GPS, hand-held GPS

units, as well as standard thin-section equipment.

Meteorological equipment includes a rooftop weather station that

relays weather data to the meteorology laboratory and a computer

room for observations, forecasts, and satellite pictures of national

and worldwide cloud patterns. A broadcast studio/lab for tele-

vised weather forecasts, a portable radiosonde system, and a

unique "skylab" augment traditional instruction.

Geology Major Requirements

Study within the major field:

GEOL 115 or 120 or 150 or 182

4 s.h.

GEOL 220 Earth History & the Fossil Record

4 s.h.

GEOL 242 Mineralogy

4 s.h.

GEOL 275 Geologic Data and Analysis

4 s.h.

GEOL 282 Introduction to Hydrogeology

4 s.h.

GEOL 314 Igneous & Metamorphic Petrology

4 s.h.

GEOL 321 Paleontology

4 s.h.

GEOL 330 Structural Geology

4 s.h.

GEOL 360 Sedimentary Geology

4 s.h.

GEOL 370 Geomorphology

4 s.h.

Select one of the following:

GEOL 227 or any 300 level GEOL course

3 s.h.

Capstone Experience

4-6 s.h.

ESCI 398 (6s.h.) or ESCI 398 (3s.h.) and GEOL

343 (3s.h.) or GEOL 343 (6s.h.) or Approved

Field Camp (4s.h.)

Total 47 s.h.

Courses in related areas:

CHEM 111, 112

8 s.h.

MATH 173, 174

8 s.h.

PHYS 103-104 or PHYS 203-204

8 s.h.

Total 24 s.h.

Meteorology Major Requirements

Study within the major field:

METR 110, 212, 290, 340, 350, 351, 360, 361,

375, 380, 385, 392

Total 38 s.h.

Courses in related areas:

CHEM 111

GEOL 120 or 115 or 150 or 182

GEOL 282 or OCEA 110

MATH 173, 174, 276, 277

PHYS 203, 204

Total 33 s.h.

Earth and Atmospheric Sciences 87

Earth Science Major Requirements

Study within the major field:

GEOL 115 or 120 or 150 or 182

4 s.h.

GEOL 220

4 s.h.

ESCI 215

4 s.h.

GEOL 275

4 s.h.

ASTR 271

3 s.h.

METR 110

4 s.h.

METR 212

4 s.h.

OCEA 110

3 s.h.

GEOL 370

3 s.h.

Selections:

Choose two courses from GEOL, METR,

OCEA, ESCI or ASTR. (At least one selec-

tion must be at the 300 level.)

6 s.h.

Total 39 s.h.

Courses in related areas:

CHEM 111, 112

8 s.h.

PHYS 103-104 or 203-204

8 s.h.

MATH 105 or 173

3-4 s.h.

STAT 101

3 s.h.

Selection in Biology, Chemistry, Physics,

or Environmental Science

3 s.h.

Total 25-26 s.h.

Earth Sciences Courses

ESCI 100 Introduction to the Earth 3 s.h.

An introduction to the earth sciences; concepts developed in

astronomy, geology, geophysics, meteorology, and oceanography.

Lecture only. Credit cannot be applied toward science require-

ment in any science major in Liberal Arts or Secondary Education.

Students who have had high school earth science should consider

other introductory earth science classes. (LA, NS3)

ESCI 105 Introduction to Soils 3 s.h.

Introduction to soils. Focus on the soil as a natural resource and

as an ecosystem. Highlights interactions between soils and other

components of the natural world (forest, agriculture, wetlands).

Introduces soils as systems. Concepts from Biology, Chemistry,

Geology. Lecture only.

ESCI 200 Investigations in Earth and Planetary Science3 s.h.

An exploration of science as inquiry, focusing on the unifying

concepts and processes of science as applied to planet Earth. The

specific Earch Science content from the K-4 and 5-8 levels of the

National Science Education Standards (NRC 1996) will be rigor-

ously and comprehensively explored. Laboratory activities will

model science as inquiry, with students engaged in a variety of

directed and open-ended investigations of selected Earth and

planetary science phenomena and topics. This course is intended

primarily for Elementary Education majors, but is open to all stu-

dents. Content and instruction are consistent with the NSES,

NSTA Standards and New York’s MST Learning Standards. Of-

fered irregularly. (LA, NS3)

Prerequisite: SoS.

ESCI 214 Principles of Soil Science 4 s.h.

Introduction to the principles of soil science to gain an under-

standing of soils as natural resources and integral components of

the terrestrial environment. Focus on fundamental physical,

chemical and biological properties of soils and processes gov-

erning formation, development and differentiation. Lecture and

lab weekly. Labs will focus on practical experiences in soil classi-

fication and analyses. A 2-day weekend field trip is mandatory.

Offered irregularly.

Cross-Listed as ENVS 214.

Prerequisite: ENVS 101 or 3sh. of 100 level GEOL.

ESCI 215 Earth Materials 4 s.h.

This course provides an overview of the physical and chemical

properties, origins, and geologic settings of the major categories

of earth materials: minerals, rocks, and geofluids. It includes

development of hands-on skills in mineral and rock identification

and textural analysis at hand-specimen scale. It is intended for

liberal arts Earth Science, Adolescent Education Earth Science,

and Environmental Earth Science majors. Offered Fall only. (LA)

Prerequisite: GEOL 120 or 115 or 150 or 182.

ESCI 257 Global Climate Change 3 s.h.

This course is an introduction to the scientific evidence for hu-

man-induced climate change, the natural variability of our climate

system against which changes are assessed, and the impacts on

the natural world and the predicted response of Earth’s ecosys-

tems. It also focuses on the economic and policy proposals and

debates about how humanity needs to respond. At the end of the

course, students will present a research symposium on current

issues in climate change, impacts and adaptations and efforts to

mitigate human influence. It is expected that this course will be

offered every spring. Offered irregularly.

Cross-Listed as ENVS 257.

Prerequisite: METR 110 or ENVS 101.

ESCI 290 Waste Management 3 s.h.

An introduction to the basic scientific, technical, and regulatory

aspects of waste management. Includes an overview of all cate-

gories of waste options available to manage various wastes and

environmental issues tied to waste management. Offered irreg-

ularly. (LA)

Cross-Listed as ENVS 290.

Prerequisites: CHEM 111 and GEOL 115 or GEOL 120 or GEOL

150 or GEOL 182 or ESCI 100..

ESCI 294 Special Topics in Earth Science 1-4 s.h.

Selected topics of current geological interest not found in other

courses. Subject matter will vary each time the course is offered,

reflecting new developments in the field and changing interests of

the students and staff. Intended for students majoring in any of

the Earth Sciences disciplines or in the Environmental Sciences.

(LA)

Prerequisites: SoS, prior courses in Earth Sciences or Environ-

mental Sciences.

ESCI 295 Teaching Assistantship in Earth Science 1-2 s.h.

Provides college-level experience as an assistant to the teaching

faculty. Student assistants will serve directly under faculty super-

vision, with responsibilities such as tutoring, as well as assistance

in laboratory classes, review sessions, field trips, laboratory

set-up, and administration of classroom functions (e.g., taking

attendance, setting up AV facilities). The teaching assistantship

may be repeated as ESCI 395, but with a 3-credit maximum

combined total for both courses. Credit can be applied toward

earth science elective categories.

Prerequisites: JrS or SrS, major in an Earth Sciences field, mini-

mum GPA 2.5, permission of instructor and chair.

ESCI 299 Independent Study in Earth Science 1-6 s.h.

Individual studies under faculty supervision. Admission by con-

sent of department chair and instructor involved. (LA)

Prerequisites: SoS and prior course(s) in earth sciences.

ESCI 315 Laboratory Techniques in Earth Science 2 s.h.

The selection, preparation, maintenance, and proper use of la-

boratory equipment and supplies in earth science; application of

technologies in the earth science laboratory, practice in devel-

oping demonstrations and presentation of topics; planning of

inquiry-based laboratory exercises. Offered Spring only.

Prerequisites: JrS and 6 s.h. in approved earth sciences.

Corequisite: SCIN 315.

88 Earth and Atmospheric Sciences

ESCI 323 Global Biogeochemistry 4 s.h.

Introduction to the study of the chemical, physical, biological and

geological processes and reactions that govern the composition

of the natural environment. Focus on cycles of matter and energy

that transport Earth’s components in time and space. Concepts

from Atmospheric Sciences, Biology, Ecology, Chemistry, Geology

and Soil Science. Lecture and lab weekly. Labs will focus on stu-

dent presentation and discussion of case studies. Offered ir-

regularly.

Cross-Listed as ENVS 323.

Prerequisite: GEOL 386.

ESCI 394 Special Topics in Earth Science 1-4 s.h.

Selected topics in areas of Earth Science in which recent ad-

vances have occurred and are not covered adequately in other

courses. Subject matter is taught by one or more Earth Science

faculty members and varies in content. Intended for Earth Science

majors of SoS or higher. (LA)

ESCI 395 Teaching Assistantship in Earth Science 1-2 s.h.

Provides college-level experience as an assistant to the teaching

faculty. Student assistants will serve directly under faculty super-

vision, with responsibilities such as tutoring, as well as assistance

in laboratory classes, review sessions, field trips, laboratory

set-up, and administration of classroom functions (e.g., taking

attendance, setting up AV facilities). There is a 3-credit maximum

combined total for ESCI 295 and ESCI 395. Credit can be applied

toward earth science elective categories.

Prerequisites: JrS or SrS, major in an Earth Sciences field, mini-

mum GPA 2.5, permission of instructor and chair, ESCI 295.

ESCI 396 Seminar in Environmental Earth Science 1-4 s.h.

Designed to familiarize majors in the Earth Sciences disciplines

(including Environmental Earth Science, Earth Science, Geology,

Meteorology, Oceanography, and Water Resources) with current

issues and developments in their field by reading, discussion,

written reports, and oral presentations with active involvement by

all participants. Offered irregularly. (LA)

Prerequisites: enrollment by consent of department chair and

instructor involved. Passing grade on CWE.

ESCI 397 Internship in Environmental Earth Sciences1-15 s.h.

Students are placed with an appropriate organization or agency

for applied work experience. Requirements and credits vary with

individual internships.

Prerequisites: JrS and passing grade on CWE.

ESCI 398 Senior Thesis in Earth Science 3 s.h.

Individual research under faculty supervision in disciplines of

environmental sciences, geology, water resources, meteorology,

or oceanography. Enrollment by consent of department chair and

instructor involved. A thesis is likely to require more than one

semester to complete. (LA)

Prerequisites: SrS, GEOL 390.

ESCI 399 Independent Study in Earth Science 1-6 s.h.

Individual studies under faculty supervision. Admission by con-

sent of department chair and instructor involved. (LA)

Prerequisites: JrS and prior courses in earth sciences.

Geology Courses

GEOL 102 Sustaining Water 3 s.h.

Sustaining Water explores the science of water, the elixir of life,

and the importance of water in human society. Beginning with the

unique properties of water, this course investigates the unique

origin of liquid water on Earth, the movement of water above and

below the land surface, and the role of water in shaping our

landscape. We discuss the hazards posed to society through

climate change, droughts, floods, water-born diseases, and wars

fought over water supplies. Through lectures, readings, and class

discussions, students will earn how to evaluate water issues using

the scientific method, and how to sustainably develop water re-

sources to meet the needs of current and future generations.

(LA, NS3)

GEOL 115 Science of Natural Disasters 4 s.h.

Course provides an overview of natural disasters, such as earth-

quakes, volcanic eruptions, floods, tsunamis, mass movement,

meteorite impact and severe weather (including hurricanes and

longer term climate change). Students will learn about the geo-

logical and meteorological processes responsible for producing

these disasters through the use of various national and interna-

tional data sources, as well as local and national case studies.

Laboratories will provide for experiences in the application of the

scientific method. In addition, this course will demonstrate how

science can influence personal, societal, and governmental deci-

sions. No special costs or restrictions. (LA, NS3)

GEOL 120 Introduction to Geology 4 s.h.

An examination of the materials that make up our home planet

and the processes that shape Earth from within and without.

These processes include the earthquakes, volcanoes, movement

of Earth’s plates, mountain building, weathering and erosion,

among others. Laboratories are frequently taught by graduate

teaching assistants. Offered Fall and Spring. (LA, NS3)

GEOL 150 Introduction to Forensic Geology 4 s.h.

Geologic materials provide important evidence in many criminal

cases. This course will introduce students to the nature of geo-

logic evidence, scientific protocols for the collection and exami-

nation of this evidence and selected techniques for identification

of geologic materials. Students will develop an understanding of

the geologic processes and contexts which form various geologic

materials. With a firm grounding in the scientific basis for the use

of geologic materials as evidence, students will apply this

knowledge in a variety of case studies and representative sce-

narios. The laboratory portion of the course emphasizes recogni-

tion of minerals, rocks, soils, microfossils and man-made materi-

als of geologic origin. Analyses of case studies, laboratory and

project reports emphasize scientific reasoning and enhancement

of writing skills. Course will be offered fall semesters. (LA, NS3,

WS2)

GEOL 182 Water and the Blue Planet 4 s.h.

Water and the Blue Planet offers a holistic exploration of the

science of water and its value to human society. Beginning with

the unique properties of water that make it an essential ingredi-

ent for life, we investigate the movement of water above and

below the Earth’s surface, the geologic formations that store

water, the role of water in shaping landscapes, the hazards

poised to society by drought and flood events, and the origin and

effects of contemporary water shortages. Through hands-on lab

activities, lectures, readings, and class discussions, students will

learn how to evaluate water issues using the scientific method,

how to protect and manage water resources to meet the needs of

current and future generations, and how to communicate this

knowledge to others. Offered Fall only. (LA, NS3)

GEOL 201 Environmental Geology 3 s.h.

A study of the practical aspects of geology that relate natural

processes to the human environment; topics include Environ-

mental Impact Statements, soil properties, ground stability, ero-

sion controls, seismic hazards, solid waste disposal, and surface

runoff and flooding. Prerequisite: GEOL 120 or 115 or 150 or

182. Offered irregularly. (LA)

GEOL 220 Earth History and the Fossil Record 4 s.h.

An overview of the history of physical, chemical and biologic

changes that have taken place on Earth since its formation 4.6

billion years ago. A major emphasis in the course is on the tools

and techniques that are used to read and interpret this history

Earth and Atmospheric Sciences 89

using fossils and physical features in the rock. Laboratory and

field exercises illustrate events in Earth’s history and provide

students with opportunities to engage in geologic inquiry. Writing

in the discipline is emphasized through laboratory reports, field

trip reports and research papers. Offered Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisite: GEOL 120 or 115 or 150 or 182.

GEOL 227 Global Tectonics 3 s.h.

Course content focuses on studies of ancient and modern plate

tectonic settings. Class discussions will stem from recent tectonic

events. Students will read geological publications and will give at

least three 15-minute oral presentations during the course of the

semester on tectonic topics. Students will gain knowledge of

global tectonic processes while developing their critical thinking

and oral presentation skills. Assessment is based on class par-

ticipation, presentations, assignments, and exams. Course will be

offered spring semesters. (LA)

Prerequisite: SoS, and ESCI 100 or GEOL 115 or 120 or 150 or

182.

GEOL 230 Energy Resources and Environment 4 s.h.

This course provides an overview of the basic geologic, engi-

neering, economic, and environmental factors controlling the

availability and use of energy resources. Topics will include tradi-

tional energy resources (e.g. fossil fuels, uranium, and hydro-

power) and alternative energy resources (e.g. hydrogen fuel cells,

wind, solar, geothermal, and tidal), as well as the mineral re-

sources used to store, convert, and transport energy (e.g. batter-

ies, engines, and electrical wiring). The course will emphasize the

environmental consequences of the development and utilization

of each resource, and the long-range sustainability of each re-

source. (LA)

Cross-Listed as ENVS 230.

Prerequisite: GEOL 120 or GEOL 115 or GEOL 150 or GEOL 182.

GEOL 242 Mineralogy 4 s.h.

The study of minerals, their physical and chemical properties,

classification, origin, and geologic occurrence; basic principles of

optical mineralogy, crystallography and crystal chemistry. Pro-

cesses of formation on minerals and their assemblages in specific

tectonic settings are emphasized. Mineral identification in hand

specimen and in thin section is utilized in laboratory. Offered

Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisites: GEOL 120, or GEOL 115, or GEOL 150 or GEOL

182 and CHEM 111.

GEOL 275 Geologic Data And Analysis 4 s.h.

An examination of field and remote sensing techniques for gath-

ering spatially distributed and oriented geologic data and com-

mon techniques for the preparation, analysis and presentation of

these data. Brunton compasses, handheld GPS units and sur-

veying tools will be utilized in collection of field data. Construction

of GIS maps, using a variety of bases (e.g., topographic maps,

aerial photos, satellite images, etc.) and geologic interpretation of

mapped data will be a central focus of laboratory activities.

Offered Fall only.

Prerequisite: MATH 105 and GEOL 115 or 120 or 150 or 182.

GEOL 282 Introduction to Hydrogeology 4 s.h.

Investigation of the hydrologic cycle, with emphasis on the flow of

surface water and ground water; geologic aspects of fluid flow and

water supply; hydrologic problems, including pollution, water

quality, economics, and water-law; includes independent labora-

tory work in open-channel and ground-water flow. Offered Fall

only. (LA)

Prerequisites: SoS; GEOL 115 or GEOL 120 or GEOL 150 or GEOL

182.

GEOL 299 Independent Study in Geology 1-6 s.h.

Individual studies under faculty supervision. Admission by con-

sent of department chair and instructor involved. (LA)

Prerequisites: SoS and prior course(s) in GEOL.

GEOL 305 Mineral Resources and the Environment 3 s.h.

An overview of the basic geologic, engineering, economic, and

environmental factors controlling the availability of mineral re-

sources. Topics will include metallic and non- metallic ores, en-

ergy resources, construction and industrial minerals. Examination

of the environmental consequences of exploration and develop-

ment of mineral deposits. Discussion of global mineral reserves

and resources. Offered alternate fall semesters. Intended clien-

tele: undergraduate environmental science, geology, water re-

sources, and secondary education earth science majors. (LA)

Cross-Listed as: ENVS 305.

Prerequisite: GEOL 242 or ESCI 215.

GEOL 314 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology 4 s.h.

The formation of Earth’s most common crustal rocks is explored

from both descriptive and theoretical perspectives. Laboratory

emphasizes recognition of rock textures and composition in hand

samples and thin sections and the interpretation of processes of

formation of these features. Physical and chemical processes of

rock formation are a major focus of this course. Offered Spring

only. (LA)

Prerequisite: GEOL 242.

GEOL 321 Paleontology 4 s.h.

Fossils are a fundamental component of the rock record and

provide the only direct evidence of past life on Earth. Fossils can

help solve many geologic and biologic problems of interest, such

as the dating of events in the geologic record, interpretation of

depositional environments, paleogeography, climate change, the

nature of mass extinction, and the history of biodiversity, at a

temporal perspective unavailable when studying modern sys-

tems. In this course students will learn how to address questions

and solve problems related to these topics through lab activities

involving hypothesis testing, interactive lectures, presentations,

projects, and discussions of the scientific literature. Offered

Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisite: GEOL 360.

GEOL 330 Structural Geology 4 s.h.

An introduction to common structural features-folds, faults, folia-

tions, lineations, unconformities, geologic contacts - their geom-

etry and origin. Examination of basic concepts of stress and

strain; laboratory application of basic geometric techniques used

in structural analysis, including orthographic and stereographic

projection, construction of cross-sections, and interpretation of

structure from geological maps. Physics 103-104 or 203-204

suggested, but not required. Offered Spring only. (LA)

Prerequisites: GEOL 275, GEOL 242.

GEOL 331 Introduction to Engineering Geology 3 s.h.

An introduction to the application of geological principles to ge-

otechnical problems such as slope stability, behaviors of founda-

tions in soil and rock, site selection and characterization for en-

gineering works, and resource extraction. Offered irregularly.

Prerequisites: GEOL 220 and PHYS 103 or 203.

GEOL 333 Field Study of the Rocky Mountain Region 3 s.h.